This is a modern-English version of Anson's Voyage Round the World: The Text Reduced, originally written by Walter, Richard. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


ANSON'S VOYAGE ROUND THE WORLD.

THE TEXT REDUCED.

WITH INTRODUCTION, NOTES AND GLOSSARY

BY

H.W. HOUSEHOLD, M.A.

FORMERLY ASSISTANT MASTER AT CLIFTON COLLEGE.

RIVINGTONS
34, KING STREET, COVENT GARDEN,
LONDON.

RIVINGTONS
34 King Street, Covent Garden,
London.

1901.

1901.


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA.

SOUTH AMERICA MAP.

MAP OF THE CHINA SEA.

MAP OF THE SOUTH CHINA SEA.


CONTENTS.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

CHAPTER 1.
PURPOSE OF THE VOYAGE. COMPOSITION OF THE SQUADRON. ARRIVAL AT MADEIRA.

CHAPTER 1.
PURPOSE OF THE VOYAGE. COMPOSITION OF THE SQUADRON. ARRIVAL AT MADEIRA.

CHAPTER 2.
SPANISH PREPARATIONS. FATE OF PIZARRO'S SQUADRON.

CHAPTER 2.
SPANISH PREPARATIONS. FATE OF PIZARRO'S SQUADRON.

CHAPTER 3.
FROM MADEIRA TO ST. CATHERINE'S. UNHEALTHINESS OF THE SQUADRON.

CHAPTER 3.
FROM MADEIRA TO ST. CATHERINE'S. UNHEALTHINESS OF THE SQUADRON.

CHAPTER 4.
THE COMMODORE'S INSTRUCTIONS. BAD WEATHER. NARROW ESCAPE OF THE PEARL. ST JULIAN.

CHAPTER 4.
THE COMMODORE'S INSTRUCTIONS. BAD WEATHER. CLOSE CALL FOR THE PEARL. ST JULIAN.

CHAPTER 5.
FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS. TIERRA DEL FUEGO. THE STRAITS OF LE MAIRE.

CHAPTER 5.
FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS. TIERRA DEL FUEGO. THE STRAITS OF LE MAIRE.

CHAPTER 6.
HEAVY GALES. A LONG BATTLE WITH WIND AND SEA. THE CENTURION LOSES HER CONSORTS.

CHAPTER 6.
STRONG WINDS. A LONG STRUGGLE WITH THE WIND AND OCEAN. THE CENTURION LOSES HER COMPANIONS.

CHAPTER 7.
OUTBREAK OF SCURVY. DANGER OF SHIPWRECK.

CHAPTER 7.
OUTBREAK OF SCURVY. RISK OF SHIPWRECK.

CHAPTER 8.
ARRIVAL AT JUAN FERNANDEZ. THE TRIAL REJOINS.

CHAPTER 8.
ARRIVAL AT JUAN FERNANDEZ. THE TRIAL RESUMES.

CHAPTER 9.
THE SICK LANDED. ALEXANDER SELKIRK. SEALS AND SEA-LIONS.

CHAPTER 9.
THE SICK LANDED. ALEXANDER SELKIRK. SEALS AND SEA-LIONS.

CHAPTER 10.
REAPPEARANCE OF THE GLOUCESTER. DISTRESS ON BOARD. HER EFFORTS TO ENTER THE BAY.

CHAPTER 10.
RETURN OF THE GLOUCESTER. TROUBLE ON BOARD. HER ATTEMPTS TO GET INTO THE BAY.

CHAPTER 11.
TRACES OF SPANISH CRUISERS. ARRIVAL OF THE ANNA PINK.

CHAPTER 11.
EVIDENCE OF SPANISH CRUISERS. THE ANNA PINK ARRIVES.

CHAPTER 12.
THE WRECK OF THE WAGER. A MUTINY.

CHAPTER 12.
THE WRECK OF THE WAGER. A MUTINY.

CHAPTER 13.
THE WRECK OF THE WAGER (CONTINUED). THE ADVENTURES OF THE CAPTAIN'S PARTY.

CHAPTER 13.
THE WRECK OF THE WAGER (CONTINUED). THE ADVENTURES OF THE CAPTAIN'S PARTY.

CHAPTER 14.
THE LOSSES FROM SCURVY. STATE AND PROSPECTS OF THE SQUADRON.

CHAPTER 14.
THE LOSSES FROM SCURVY. CURRENT STATUS AND FUTURE OF THE SQUADRON.

CHAPTER 15.
A PRIZE. SPANISH PREPARATIONS. A NARROW ESCAPE.

CHAPTER 15.
A PRIZE. SPANISH PREPARATIONS. A NARROW ESCAPE.

CHAPTER 16.
THE COMMODORE'S PLANS. ANOTHER PRIZE. THE TRIAL DESTROYED.

CHAPTER 16.
THE COMMODORE'S PLANS. ANOTHER PRIZE. THE TRIAL DESTROYED.

CHAPTER 17.
MORE CAPTURES. ALARM OF THE COAST. PAITA.

CHAPTER 17.
MORE CAPTURES. COAST ALERT. PAITA.

CHAPTER 18.
THE ATTACK ON PAITA.

CHAPTER 18.
THE ASSAULT ON PAITA.

CHAPTER 19.
THE ATTACK ON PAITA (CONTINUED). KIND TREATMENT AND RELEASE OF THE PRISONERS. THEIR GRATITUDE.

CHAPTER 19.
THE ATTACK ON PAITA (CONTINUED). KIND TREATMENT AND RELEASE OF THE PRISONERS. THEIR GRATITUDE.

CHAPTER 20.
A CLEVER TRICK. WATERING AT QUIBO. CATCHING THE TURTLE.

CHAPTER 20.
A SMART MOVE. WATERING AT QUIBO. CATCHING THE TURTLE.

CHAPTER 21.
DELAY AND DISAPPOINTMENT. CHASING A HEATH FIRE. ACAPULCO. THE MANILA GALLEON. FRESH HOPES.

CHAPTER 21.
DELAY AND DISAPPOINTMENT. CHASING A HEATH FIRE. ACAPULCO. THE MANILA GALLEON. NEW HOPES.

CHAPTER 22.
THE MANILA TRADE.

CHAPTER 22.
THE MANILA TRADE.

CHAPTER 23.
WAITING FOR THE GALLEON. DISAPPOINTMENT. CHEQUETAN.

CHAPTER 23.
WAITING FOR THE GALLEON. DISAPPOINTMENT. CHEQUETAN.

CHAPTER 24.
THE PRIZES SCUTTLED. NEWS OF THE SQUADRON REACHES ENGLAND. BOUND FOR CHINA.

CHAPTER 24.
THE PRIZES SCUTTLED. NEWS OF THE SQUADRON REACHES ENGLAND. BOUND FOR CHINA.

CHAPTER 25.
DELAYS AND ACCIDENTS. SCURVY AGAIN. A LEAK. THE GLOUCESTER ABANDONED.

CHAPTER 25.
DELAYED AND ACCIDENTS. SCURVY AGAIN. A LEAK. THE GLOUCESTER LEFT BEHIND.

CHAPTER 26.
THE LADRONES SIGHTED. TINIAN.

CHAPTER 26.
THE ROBBERS SIGHTED. TINIAN.

CHAPTER 27.
LANDING THE SICK. CENTURION DRIVEN TO SEA.

CHAPTER 27.
BRINGING IN THE SICK. CENTURION TAKEN TO SEA.

CHAPTER 28.
ANSON CHEERS HIS MEN. PLANS FOR ESCAPE. RETURN OF THE CENTURION.

CHAPTER 28.
ANSON MOTIVATES HIS TEAM. ESCAPE PLANS. THE CENTURION RETURNS.

CHAPTER 29.
THE CENTURION AGAIN DRIVEN TO SEA. HER RETURN. DEPARTURE FROM TINIAN.

CHAPTER 29.
THE CENTURION ONCE AGAIN FORCED TO FLEE TO SEA. HER COMEBACK. LEAVING TINIAN.

CHAPTER 30.
CHINESE FISHING FLEETS. ARRIVAL AT MACAO.

CHAPTER 30.
CHINESE FISHING FLEETS. ARRIVAL AT MACAO.

CHAPTER 31.
MACAO. INTERVIEW WITH THE GOVERNOR. A VISIT TO CANTON.

CHAPTER 31.
MACAO. INTERVIEW WITH THE GOVERNOR. A VISIT TO CANTON.

CHAPTER 32.
A LETTER TO THE VICEROY. A CHINESE MANDARIN. THE CENTURION IS REFITTED AND PUTS TO SEA.

CHAPTER 32.
A LETTER TO THE VICEROY. A CHINESE MANDARIN. THE CENTURION IS REFITTED AND SETS SAIL.

CHAPTER 33.
WAITING FOR THE MANILA GALLEON.

CHAPTER 33.
WAITING FOR THE MANILA GALLEON.

CHAPTER 34.
THE CAPTURE OF THE GALLEON.

CHAPTER 34.
THE GALLEON CAPTURE.

CHAPTER 35.
SECURING THE PRISONERS. MACAO AGAIN. AMOUNT OF THE TREASURE.

CHAPTER 35.
KEEPING THE PRISONERS SAFE. BACK TO MACAO. VALUE OF THE TREASURE.

CHAPTER 36.
THE CANTON RIVER. NEGOTIATING WITH THE CHINESE. PRISONERS RELEASED.

CHAPTER 36.
THE CANTON RIVER. DEALING WITH THE CHINESE. PRISONERS SET FREE.

CHAPTER 37.
CHINESE TRICKERY.

CHAPTER 37.
CHINESE MANIPULATION.

CHAPTER 38.
PREPARATIONS FOR A VISIT TO CANTON.

CHAPTER 38.
GETTING READY FOR A TRIP TO CANTON.

CHAPTER 39.
STORES AND PROVISIONS. A FIRE IN CANTON. SAILORS AS FIREMEN. THE VICEROY'S GRATITUDE.

CHAPTER 39.
STORES AND PROVISIONS. A FIRE IN CANTON. SAILORS AS FIREMEN. THE VICEROY'S GRATITUDE.

CHAPTER 40.
ANSON RECEIVED BY THE VICEROY. CENTURION SETS SAIL. TABLE BAY. SPITHEAD.

CHAPTER 40.
ANSON MEETS WITH THE VICEROY. CENTURION DEPARTS. TABLE BAY. SPITHEAD.

MAPS.
1. MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA.
2. MAP OF THE CHINA SEA.

MAPS.
1. MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA.
2. MAP OF THE CHINA SEA.


INTRODUCTION.

It was in the reign of Elizabeth that England first became the enemy of Spain. Rivals as yet Spain had none, whether in Europe or beyond the seas. There was only one great military monarchy in Europe, only one great colonising power in the New World, and that was Spain. While England was still slowly recovering from the prostration consequent upon the Wars of the Roses, and nearly a century had to run before she established her earliest colony in Newfoundland, the enterprise and disciplined courage of the Spaniards had added an enormous empire across the Atlantic to the already great dominions of the Spanish crown. In 1520 Magellan, whose ship was the first to circumnavigate the globe, pushed his way into the Pacific and reached the Philippines. In 1521 Cortez completed the conquest of Mexico. Pizarro in 1532 added Peru, and shortly afterwards Chile to the Spanish Empire.

It was during Elizabeth's reign that England first became Spain's enemy. At that time, Spain had no rivals, either in Europe or overseas. There was only one major military monarchy in Europe and one dominant colonizing power in the New World, and that was Spain. While England was still slowly recovering from the devastation of the Wars of the Roses, and nearly a century would pass before she established her first colony in Newfoundland, the ambition and disciplined bravery of the Spaniards had created a vast empire across the Atlantic, adding to the already extensive territories of the Spanish crown. In 1520, Magellan, whose ship was the first to sail around the world, ventured into the Pacific and reached the Philippines. In 1521, Cortez completed the conquest of Mexico. Pizarro added Peru in 1532, and soon after, Chile to the Spanish Empire.

From the gold mines of Chile and the silver mines of Peru a wealth of bullion hitherto undreamed of poured into the treasuries of Spain. But no treasuries, however full, could meet the demands of Phillip II. His fanatical ambition had thought to dominate Europe and root out the newly reformed religion which had already established itself in the greater part of the north and west, and nowhere more firmly than among his subjects in the Netherlands and among the English. England for years he had seemed to hold in the hollow of his hand. The Dutch, at the beginning of their great struggle for freedom, appeared even to themselves to be embarking upon a hopeless task. Yet from their desperate struggle England and Holland rose up two mighty nations full of genius for commerce and for war, while Spain had already advanced far along that path of decline which led rapidly to the extinction of her preeminence in Europe and the loss of her colonies beyond the seas.

From the gold mines of Chile and the silver mines of Peru, an unimaginable amount of wealth flowed into the treasuries of Spain. However, no treasury, no matter how full, could satisfy Philip II's demands. His fanatical ambition aimed to control Europe and eliminate the newly reformed religion that had already taken root in much of the north and west, especially among his subjects in the Netherlands and the English. For years, he seemed to have England completely under his control. The Dutch, at the start of their important struggle for freedom, even felt that they were taking on a hopeless task. Yet from their desperate fight, England and Holland emerged as two powerful nations, excelling in trade and warfare, while Spain had already begun its rapid decline, losing its dominance in Europe and its colonies overseas.

By the daring genius of Drake and the great English seamen of the age of Elizabeth the field of operations was transferred from the Channel to the American coast. The sack of Spanish towns and the spoil of treasure ships enriched the adventurers, whose methods were closely akin to piracy, and who rarely paused to ask whether the two countries were formally at war. "No peace beyond the line" was a rule of action that scarcely served to cloak successful piracy. In Spanish eyes it was, not without reason, wholly unjustifiable.

By the bold genius of Drake and the great English sailors during Elizabeth's reign, the area of action shifted from the Channel to the American coast. The plundering of Spanish towns and treasure ships made the adventurers wealthy, and their tactics were similar to piracy. They hardly stopped to consider whether the two countries were officially at war. "No peace beyond the line" was a guiding principle that barely disguised their successful piracy. In the eyes of the Spanish, this was, not without cause, completely unjustifiable.

The colonial policy of Spain was calculated to raise up everywhere a host of enemies. In her mistaken anxiety to keep all the wealth of her colonies to herself she prohibited the rest of the world from engaging in trade with them. Only with her might they buy and sell. The result was that a great smuggling trade sprang up. No watchfulness could defeat the daring and ingenuity of the English, Dutch, and French sailors who frequented the Caribbean Sea. No threats could prevent the colonists from attempting to buy and sell in the market that paid them best. The ferocious vengeance of the Spaniards, which in some cases almost exterminated the population of their own colonies, converted the traders into the Buccaneers, an association of sailors of all nations who established themselves in one of the islands of the Caribbean Sea, and who for three-quarters of a century were the scourge of the Spanish trade and dominions. Their cruelty was as remarkable as their skill and daring. They spared neither man, nor woman, nor child. Even half a century after their association had been broken up the memory of their inhuman barbarity was so vivid that no Spanish prisoner ever mounted Anson's deck without a lively dread, which was only equalled by the general surprise at his kindly and courteous treatment. The sight of an English sailor woke terror in every heart.

The colonial policy of Spain was designed to create a lot of enemies everywhere. In her misguided effort to keep all the wealth of her colonies to herself, she banned the rest of the world from trading with them. Only she could buy and sell with them. As a result, a huge smuggling trade developed. No amount of vigilance could stop the boldness and creativity of the English, Dutch, and French sailors who navigated the Caribbean Sea. No threats could stop the colonists from trying to buy and sell in the market that offered them the best deal. The brutal retaliation of the Spaniards, which in some cases nearly wiped out the populations of their own colonies, turned the traders into Buccaneers—sailors from all nations who settled on one of the Caribbean islands and for three-quarters of a century became a nightmare for Spanish trade and territories. Their cruelty was as notable as their skill and daring. They spared neither man, woman, nor child. Even fifty years after their association had ended, the memory of their inhumanity was so fresh that no Spanish prisoner ever stepped onto Anson's ship without intense fear, matched only by the general astonishment at his kind and polite treatment. The sight of an English sailor struck terror in every heart.

At last, in 1713, by the Treaty of Utrecht, that closed the famous War of the Spanish Succession, in which Marlborough gained his wonderful victories, Spain consented to resign her claim to a monopoly of trade with her colonies so far as to permit one English ship a year to visit the American coasts. But the concession was unavailing. It granted too little to satisfy the traders. The one ship was sent, but as soon as her cargo had been cleared she was reloaded from others which lay in the offing, and the Spanish colonists, only too glad to enrich themselves, actively connived at the irregularity. The Spanish cruisers endeavoured to enforce respect for the treaty. They claimed, not without justice, to search English vessels seen in American waters and to confiscate forbidden cargoes. English pride rebelled, and English sailors resisted. Violent affrays took place. The story of Jenkins' ear kindled a wild, unreasoning blaze of popular resentment, and by 1739 the two countries were on the verge of war. In the temper of the English people Walpole dared not admit the Spanish right of search, and he was compelled by popular feeling to begin a war for which he was not prepared, in a cause in which he did not believe.

At last, in 1713, the Treaty of Utrecht ended the famous War of the Spanish Succession, during which Marlborough achieved his incredible victories. Spain agreed to give up its claim to exclusive trade with its colonies and allowed one English ship per year to visit the American coasts. However, this concession was not enough to satisfy the traders. The single ship was sent, but as soon as her cargo was cleared, she was reloaded from other ships waiting nearby, and the Spanish colonists, eager to profit, actively went along with this illegal practice. Spanish cruisers tried to enforce respect for the treaty. They justifiably claimed the right to search English vessels in American waters and confiscate banned cargoes. English pride pushed back, and English sailors fought back. Intense clashes occurred. The story of Jenkins' ear fueled a wild, irrational anger among the public, and by 1739, the two countries were close to war. Given the sentiment of the English people, Walpole dared not accept the Spanish right to search, and he was forced by public opinion to start a war for which he was unprepared and in a cause he did not believe in.

It was at this point that Anson's expedition was fitted out.

It was at this point that Anson's expedition was prepared.

George Anson was born in 1697. He came of a lawyer stock in Staffordshire. In 1712 he entered the navy as a volunteer on board the Ruby. His promotion was rapid, owing partly to his own merit, partly to the influence of his relations. By 1724 he was captain of the Scarborough frigate, and was sent out to South Carolina to protect the coast and the trading ships against pirates, and also against the Spanish cruisers, which were already exercising that right of searching English vessels that finally provoked the war of 1739. There he remained till 1730. He was again on the same station from 1732 to 1735. In 1737 he was appointed to the Centurion, a small ship of the line carrying sixty guns, and was sent first to the West Coast of Africa and then to the West Indies. In 1739 he was recalled to conduct the expedition which has made his name so famous.

George Anson was born in 1697 into a family of lawyers in Staffordshire. He joined the navy as a volunteer on the Ruby in 1712. His promotion was quick, thanks partly to his own abilities and partly to the influence of his relatives. By 1724, he was captain of the Scarborough frigate and was sent to South Carolina to safeguard the coast and trading ships from pirates and also from Spanish cruisers, which had already started searching English vessels, ultimately leading to the war of 1739. He stayed there until 1730 and returned to the same station from 1732 to 1735. In 1737, he was appointed to the Centurion, a small ship of the line with sixty guns, and was sent first to the West Coast of Africa and then to the West Indies. In 1739, he was recalled to lead the expedition that made his name well-known.

In the account of that voyage, which his Chaplain, Mr. Walter, wrote under his supervision, everything is told so straightforwardly, and seems so reasonable and simple, that one is apt to underestimate the difficulties which he had to face, and the courage and skill which alone enabled him to overcome them. Seldom has an undertaking been more remorselessly dogged by an adverse fate than that of Anson. Seldom have plain common sense, professional knowledge, and unflinching resolution achieved a more memorable triumph.

In the account of that voyage, which his chaplain, Mr. Walter, wrote with his guidance, everything is presented so clearly and appears so logical and straightforward that it's easy to overlook the challenges he faced, along with the courage and skill that allowed him to overcome them. Few endeavors have been met with such relentless misfortune as Anson's. Rarely have common sense, professional expertise, and unwavering determination led to such a remarkable victory.

On his return from the great voyage he was promoted rear-admiral, and in 1746 he was given command of the Channel fleet. In 1747 he engaged and utterly overwhelmed an inferior French fleet, captured several vessels, and took treasure amounting to 300,000 pounds. For this achievement he was made a peer. In 1751 he became First Lord of the Admiralty, and to his untiring efforts in the preparation of squadrons and the training of seamen is due some part, at any rate, of the glory won by English sailors during the famous days of Pitt's great ministry. He died in 1762.

On his return from the great voyage, he was promoted to rear-admiral, and in 1746, he took command of the Channel fleet. In 1747, he confronted and completely defeated a smaller French fleet, capturing several ships and seizing treasure worth 300,000 pounds. For this accomplishment, he was made a peer. In 1751, he became First Lord of the Admiralty, and due to his relentless efforts in preparing squadrons and training sailors, he contributed in no small part to the glory achieved by English sailors during the famous days of Pitt's great ministry. He died in 1762.

No finer testimony to his skill in choosing and in training his subordinates can be found than in the list of men who served under him in the Centurion and afterwards rose to fame. "In the whole history of our Navy," it has been said, "there is not another instance of so many juniors from one ship rising to distinction, men like Saunders, Suamarez, Peircy Brett, Keppel, Hyde Parker, John Campbell."

No better proof of his ability to select and train his team can be found than in the list of men who served under him in the Centurion and later achieved fame. "In the entire history of our Navy," it has been said, "there is no other example of so many juniors from one ship rising to prominence, men like Saunders, Suamarez, Peircy Brett, Keppel, Hyde Parker, John Campbell."

He was a man who had a thorough knowledge of his profession. No details were beneath him. His preparations were always thorough and admirably adapted to the purpose in view. Always cool, wary, resourceful, and brave, he was ready to do the right thing, whether he had to capture a town, delude his enemies, cheer his disheartened crew, or frustrate the wiliness of a Chinese viceroy.

He was a man who had a deep understanding of his profession. No detail was too small for him. His preparations were always meticulous and perfectly suited to the task at hand. Calm, cautious, resourceful, and courageous, he was ready to do the right thing, whether that meant capturing a town, outsmarting his enemies, lifting the spirits of his discouraged crew, or outmaneuvering a crafty Chinese viceroy.

Though without anything of the heroic genius of a Nelson, he is still one of the finest of those great sailors who have done so much for England; one of whom she will ever be proud, and one whose life and deeds will always afford an example for posterity to follow.

Though he may not possess the heroic genius of a Nelson, he remains one of the greatest sailors who have contributed so much to England; someone she will always be proud of, and whose life and accomplishments will serve as a lasting example for future generations.


ANSON'S VOYAGE ROUND THE WORLD.

CHAPTER 1.
PURPOSE OF THE VOYAGE.--COMPOSITION OF THE SQUADRON--MADEIRA.

THE SQUADRON SAILS.

THE SQUAD SAILS.

When, in the latter end of the summer of the year 1739, it was foreseen that a war with Spain was inevitable, it was the opinion of several considerable persons, then trusted with the administration of affairs, that the most prudent step the nation could take, on the breaking out of the war, was attacking that Crown in her distant settlements. It was from the first determined that George Anson, Esquire, then captain of the "Centurion", should be employed as commander-in-chief of an expedition of this kind. The squadron, under Mr. Anson, was intended to pass round Cape Horn into the South Seas, and there to range along the coast, cruising upon the enemy in those parts, and attempting their settlements. On the 28th of June, 1740, the Duke of Newcastle, Principal Secretary of State, delivered to him His Majesty's instructions. On the receipt of these, Mr. Anson immediately repaired to Spithead, with a resolution to sail with the first fair wind, flattering himself that all his delays were now at an end. For though he knew by the musters that his squadron wanted 300 seamen of their complement, yet as Sir Charles Wager* informed him that an order from the Board of Admiralty was despatched to Sir John Norris to spare him the numbers which he wanted, he doubted not of his complying therewith. But on his arrival at Portsmouth he found himself greatly mistaken and disappointed in this persuasion, for Admiral Balchen, who succeeded to the command at Spithead after Sir John Norris had sailed to the westward, instead of 300 able sailors, which Mr. Anson wanted of his complement, ordered on board the squadron 170 men only, of which 32 were from the hospital and sick quarters, 37 from the Salisbury, with officers of Colonel Lowther's regiment, and 98 marines; and these were all that were ever granted to make up the forementioned deficiency.

When, in the late summer of 1739, it became clear that war with Spain was unavoidable, several key figures involved in managing government affairs believed the smartest move for the nation, once the war started, would be to attack the Spanish Crown in its distant colonies. It was decided from the outset that George Anson, Esquire, then captain of the "Centurion," would be appointed commander-in-chief for this mission. The plan was for Mr. Anson's squadron to navigate around Cape Horn into the South Seas and patrol the coastline, engaging the enemy and targeting their settlements. On June 28, 1740, the Duke of Newcastle, Principal Secretary of State, gave him the King’s instructions. Upon receiving these, Mr. Anson promptly went to Spithead, ready to set sail at the first favorable wind, believing that his delays were finally over. Although he knew from the crew reports that his squadron was short 300 sailors, Sir Charles Wager had assured him that an order had been sent to Sir John Norris to provide the needed numbers, so he was confident they would comply. However, upon arriving in Portsmouth, he was greatly mistaken and disappointed, as Admiral Balchen, who took over at Spithead after Sir John Norris had sailed west, sent only 170 men to join his squadron instead of the 300 he needed. Of these, 32 were from the hospital and sick quarters, 37 were from the Salisbury with officers from Colonel Lowther's regiment, and 98 were marines; and this was all that was ever provided to address the mentioned shortfall.

(*Note. Sir Charles Wager was at that time First Lord of the Admiralty in Walpole's Ministry.)
(*Note: Sir Charles Wager was the First Lord of the Admiralty in Walpole's government at that time.)

But the Commodore's mortification did not end here. It was at first intended that Colonel Bland's regiment, and three independent companies of 100 men each, should embark as land forces on board the squadron. But this disposition was now changed, and all the land forces that were to be allowed were 500 invalids, to be collected from the out-pensioners of Chelsea College.* As these out-pensioners consist of soldiers, who, from their age, wounds, or other infirmities, are incapable of service in marching regiments, Mr. Anson was greatly chagrined at having such a decrepit detachment allotted to him; for he was fully persuaded that the greatest part of them would perish long before they arrived at the scene of action, since the delays he had already encountered necessarily confined his passage round Cape Horn to the most vigorous season of the year.** They were ordered on board the squadron on the 5th of August; but instead of 500 there came on board no more than 259; for all those who had limbs and strength to walk out of Portsmouth deserted, leaving behind them only such as were literally invalids, most of them being sixty years of age, and some of them upwards of seventy.

But the Commodore's embarrassment didn’t stop there. Initially, Colonel Bland's regiment and three independent companies of 100 men each were supposed to join the squadron as ground troops. But that plan changed, and now the only land forces allowed were 500 invalids, drawn from the out-pensioners of Chelsea College.* These out-pensioners are soldiers who, due to age, injuries, or other disabilities, can’t serve in active marching regiments. Mr. Anson was very frustrated to be given such a feeble group; he firmly believed that most of them would likely die before they reached the battlefield, especially since the delays he had faced meant he could only make the passage around Cape Horn during the best season of the year.** They were scheduled to board the squadron on August 5th, but instead of 500, only 259 showed up; those who were still able to walk out of Portsmouth deserted, leaving behind only those who were truly invalids, most of whom were sixty years old, and some even older than seventy.

(*Note. A local name for Chelsea Hospital, a home for old and disabled soldiers. It was founded by Charles II and the buildings were designed by Wren.)
(*Note: A local name for Chelsea Hospital, a residence for elderly and disabled soldiers. It was established by Charles II and the buildings were designed by Wren.)
(**Note. The squadron did not reach the neighbourhood of Cape Horn until March when the autumn of the Southern Hemisphere had begun and with it the stormy season.)
(**Note. The squadron didn't arrive near Cape Horn until March, when autumn in the Southern Hemisphere had started, bringing the stormy season.)

To supply the place of the 240 invalids which had deserted there were ordered on board 210 marines detached from different regiments. These were raw and undisciplined men, for they were just raised, and had scarcely anything more of the soldier than their regimentals, none of them having been so far trained as to be permitted to fire. The last detachment of these marines came on board the 8th of August, and on the 10th the squadron sailed from Spithead to St. Helens, there to wait for a wind to proceed on the expedition.

To replace the 240 invalids who had deserted, 210 marines were ordered on board from different regiments. These men were inexperienced and undisciplined since they had just been recruited and barely had any soldiering skills aside from their uniforms; none of them had been trained enough to be allowed to fire their weapons. The last group of marines boarded on August 8th, and on the 10th, the squadron set sail from Spithead to St. Helens, where they would wait for favorable winds to continue on the expedition.

But the diminishing the strength of the squadron was not the greatest inconvenience which attended these alterations, for the contests, representations, and difficulties which they continually produced occasioned a delay and waste of time which in its consequences was the source of all the disasters to which this enterprise was afterwards exposed. For by this means we were obliged to make our passage round Cape Horn in the most tempestuous season of the year, whence proceeded the separation of our squadron, the loss of numbers of our men, and the imminent hazard of our total destruction. And by this delay, too, the enemy had been so well informed of our designs that a person who had been employed in the South Sea Company's* service, and arrived from Panama three or four days before we left Portsmouth, was able to relate to Mr. Anson most of the particulars of the destination and strength of our squadron from what he had learned among the Spaniards before he left them. And this was afterwards confirmed by a more extraordinary circumstance; for we shall find that when the Spaniards (fully satisfied that our expedition was intended for the South Seas) had fitted out a squadron to oppose us, which had so far got the start of us as to arrive before us off the island of Madeira, the Commander of this squadron was so well instructed in the form and make of Mr. Anson's broad pennant, and had imitated it so exactly that he thereby decoyed the "Pearl", one of our squadron, within gunshot of him before the captain of the Pearl was able to discover his mistake.

But the reduction in the squadron's strength wasn’t the biggest issue caused by these changes. The ongoing contests, representations, and difficulties led to delays and wasted time, which ultimately became the root of all the disasters this mission later faced. As a result, we had to navigate around Cape Horn during the most stormy time of the year, leading to the separation of our squadron, the loss of many of our men, and the serious risk of our complete destruction. This delay also allowed the enemy to become so well aware of our plans that a person who had been working for the South Sea Company and arrived from Panama just three or four days before we left Portsmouth was able to share most of the details about our mission and the size of our squadron with Mr. Anson based on what he had learned from the Spaniards before leaving them. This was later supported by an even more remarkable event; we’ll see that when the Spaniards, fully convinced our expedition was aimed at the South Seas, had prepared a squadron to confront us, which managed to get to the island of Madeira before we did, the Commander of this squadron was so well-informed about Mr. Anson's broad pennant design and had copied it so accurately that he lured the "Pearl," one of our ships, within gunshot before the captain of the Pearl realized his mistake.

(*Note. The South Sea Company was formed in 1711 on the model of the East India Company to trade in the Pacific; and on the conclusion of the Treaty of Utrecht it was given the monopoly of the English trade with the Spanish coasts of America. The grant of certain privileges by Government led to wild speculation in its shares which gave rise to the famous South Sea Bubble of 1720.)
(*Note. The South Sea Company was established in 1711 based on the model of the East India Company to trade in the Pacific. After the Treaty of Utrecht was signed, it received the exclusive rights to English trade with the Spanish territories in America. The government’s granting of specific privileges resulted in rampant speculation in its shares, leading to the notorious South Sea Bubble of 1720.)

On the 18th of September, 1740, the squadron weighed from St. Helens with a contrary wind. It consisted of five men-of-war, a sloop-of-war, and two victualling ships. They were the Centurion, of 60 guns, 400 men, George Anson, Esquire, commander; the "Gloucester", of 50 guns, 300 men, Richard Norris, commander; the "Severn", of 50 guns, 300 men, the Honourable Edward Legg, commander; the Pearl, of 40 guns, 250 men, Matthew Mitchel, commander; the "Wager", of 28 guns, 160 men, Dandy Kidd, commander; and the "Trial", sloop, of 8 guns, 100 men, the Honourable John Murray, commander. The two victuallers were pinks, the largest about 400 and the other about 200 tons burthen; these were to attend us till the provisions we had taken on board were so far consumed as to make room for the additional quantity they carried with them, which when we had taken into our ships they were to be discharged. Besides the complement of men borne by the above-mentioned ships as their crews, there were embarked on board the squadron about 470 invalids and marines, under the denomination of land forces, which were commanded by Lieutenant-Colonel Cracherode.

On September 18, 1740, the squadron set sail from St. Helens with an unfavorable wind. It included five warships, a sloop-of-war, and two supply ships. They were the Centurion, with 60 guns and 400 men, commanded by George Anson; the Gloucester, with 50 guns and 300 men, commanded by Richard Norris; the Severn, with 50 guns and 300 men, commanded by the Honorable Edward Legg; the Pearl, with 40 guns and 250 men, commanded by Matthew Mitchel; the Wager, with 28 guns and 160 men, commanded by Dandy Kidd; and the Trial, a sloop with 8 guns and 100 men, commanded by the Honorable John Murray. The two supply ships were pinks, the larger about 400 tons and the other about 200 tons; these were to stay with us until our onboard provisions were low enough to accommodate the additional supplies they carried, which we would take on and then send them back. In addition to the crew members on the ships mentioned, there were around 470 invalids and marines embarked as land forces, commanded by Lieutenant-Colonel Cracherode.

The winds were so contrary that we had the mortification to be forty days in our passage from St. Helens to the island of Madeira, though it is known to be often done in ten or twelve. However, at last, on Monday, October the 25th, at five in the morning, we, to our great joy, made the land, and in the afternoon came to an anchor in Madeira Road.

The winds were so against us that we experienced the frustration of taking forty days to travel from St. Helens to the island of Madeira, even though that trip is usually done in ten or twelve days. Finally, on Monday, October 25th, at five in the morning, we joyfully spotted land and anchored in Madeira Road in the afternoon.

We continued about a week at this island, watering our ships and providing the squadron with wine and other refreshments.

We stayed on this island for about a week, refilling our ships with water and supplying the squadron with wine and other refreshments.

When Mr. Anson visited the Governor of Madeira* he received information from him that for three or four days in the latter end of October there had appeared, to the westward of that island, seven or eight ships of the line. The Governor assured the Commodore, upon his honour, that none upon the island had either given them intelligence or had in any sort communicated with them, but that he believed them to be either French or Spanish, but was rather inclined to think them Spanish. On this intelligence Mr. Anson sent an officer in a clean sloop eight leagues to the westward to reconnoitre them, and, if possible, to discover what they were. But the officer returned without being able to get a sight of them, so that we still remained in uncertainty. However, we could not but conjecture that this fleet was intended to put a stop to our expedition. Afterwards, in the course of our expedition, we were many of us persuaded that this was the Spanish squadron commanded by Don Joseph Pizarro, which was sent out purposely to traverse the views and enterprises of our squadron, to which in strength they were greatly superior.

When Mr. Anson visited the Governor of Madeira, he was informed that for three or four days at the end of October, seven or eight warships had been spotted to the west of the island. The Governor assured the Commodore, on his honor, that no one on the island had notified them or communicated with them in any way, but he believed they were either French or Spanish, leaning more towards thinking they were Spanish. Based on this information, Mr. Anson sent an officer in a small, clean sloop eight leagues to the west to scout them out and, if possible, find out what they were. However, the officer returned without seeing them, leaving us still uncertain. Nevertheless, we couldn't help but suspect that this fleet was meant to disrupt our expedition. Later, throughout our travels, many of us became convinced that this was the Spanish squadron led by Don Joseph Pizarro, which had been sent specifically to interfere with the plans and goals of our squadron, to which they were significantly stronger.

(*Note. Madeira then as now belonged to Portugal--a neutral power at that time usually jealous of Spain.)
(*Note. Madeira, both then and now, is part of Portugal—a neutral country that was typically protective of its interests against Spain at that time.)

CHAPTER 2.
SPANISH PREPARATIONS--FATE OF PIZARRO'S SQUADRON.

DON JOSEPH PIZARRO.

DON JOSEPH PIZARRO.

When the squadron fitted out by the Court of Spain to attend our motions had cruised for some days to the leeward of Madeira they left that station in the beginning of November and steered for the River of Plate, where they arrived the 5th of January, Old Style,* and coming to an anchor in the bay of Maldonado at the mouth of that river their admiral, Pizarro, sent immediately to Buenos Ayres for a supply of provisions for they had departed from Spain with only four months' provisions on board. While they lay here expecting this supply they received intelligence by the treachery of the Portuguese Governor of St. Catherine's, of Mr. Anson's having arrived at that island on the 21st of December preceding, and of his preparing to put to sea again with the utmost expedition. Pizarro, notwithstanding his superior force, had his reasons (and as some say, his orders likewise) for avoiding our squadron anywhere short of the South Seas. He was besides extremely desirous of getting round Cape Horn before us, as he imagined that step alone would effectually baffle all our designs, and therefore, on hearing that we were in his neighbourhood** and that we should soon be ready to proceed for Cape Horn he weighed anchor*** after a stay of seventeen days only and got under sail without his provisions, which arrived at Maldonado within a day or two after his departure. But notwithstanding the precipitation with which he departed we put to sea from St. Catherine's four days before him and in some part of our passage to Cape Horn the two squadrons were so near together that the Pearl, one of our ships, being separated from the rest, fell in with the Spanish fleet, and mistaking the Asia for the Centurion had got within gunshot of Pizarro before she discovered her error, and narrowly escaped being taken.

When the squadron outfitted by the Spanish Court had been sailing for several days downwind of Madeira, they left that location in early November and headed for the Rio de la Plata, arriving on January 5, Old Style.* After anchoring in the bay of Maldonado at the river's mouth, their admiral, Pizarro, immediately sent to Buenos Aires for more provisions since they had only packed four months' worth before leaving Spain. While waiting for this supply, they learned through the betrayal of the Portuguese Governor of St. Catherine's that Mr. Anson had reached the island on December 21 and was preparing to set sail again as quickly as possible. Despite having a stronger force, Pizarro had reasons (and some say, orders) to avoid our squadron until reaching the South Seas. He was also very eager to round Cape Horn before us, believing that this move would thwart all our plans, so upon hearing that we were nearby** and would soon be heading for Cape Horn, he weighed anchor*** after just seventeen days and set sail without his provisions, which arrived at Maldonado a day or two after his departure. However, despite the haste of his departure, we left St. Catherine's four days ahead of him, and during part of our journey to Cape Horn, the two squadrons were close enough that the Pearl, one of our ships, became separated from the rest and stumbled upon the Spanish fleet. Mistaking the Asia for the Centurion, she got within cannon range of Pizarro before realizing her mistake and narrowly escaped capture.

(*Note. The calendar as regulated by Julius Caesar in 46 BC assumed the length of the solar year to be exactly 365 1/2 days, whereas it is eleven minutes and a few with seconds less. By 1582 the error had become considerable for the calendar was ten days behind the sun. Pope Gregory XIII therefore ordained that ten days in that year should be dropped and October 5th reckoned as October 15th. In order to avoid error in the future it was settled that three of the leap years that occur in 400 years should be considered common years. So 1600 was and 2000 will be a leap year but 1700, 1800 and 1900 were not. The New Style (NS.) was adopted by Catholic countries. Protestant countries as a rule rejected it and adhered to the old Style (OS.). The result was a considerable confusion in dates as will be plain in the course of the book. The New Style was adopted by England in 1751, when eleven days had to be omitted, and September 3rd was reckoned as September 14th. Ignorant people thought that they were defrauded of eleven days wages. "Give us back our eleven days" became a popular cry against the Minister of the time. Russia and other countries under the Greek Church still adhere to the old Style and are now thirteen days behind.)
(*Note: The calendar established by Julius Caesar in 46 BC assumed the solar year was exactly 365 1/2 days long, but it is actually about eleven minutes and a few seconds shorter. By 1582, this discrepancy had become significant, resulting in the calendar being ten days behind the actual solar year. Pope Gregory XIII then decreed that ten days should be omitted that year, with October 5th being counted as October 15th. To prevent future errors, it was determined that three of the leap years within a 400-year span should be treated as common years. Therefore, 1600 was a leap year, and 2000 will be, but 1700, 1800, and 1900 were not. The New Style (N.S.) was adopted by Catholic countries, while Protestant countries generally refused it and stuck with the Old Style (O.S.). This led to significant confusion regarding dates, as will be evident throughout this book. England adopted the New Style in 1751, necessitating the omission of eleven days, meaning September 3rd was considered September 14th. Many people mistakenly believed they had lost eleven days' worth of wages. The phrase "Give us back our eleven days" became a popular complaint against the Minister of the time. Russia and other countries following the Greek Church still use the Old Style and are currently thirteen days behind.)
(**Note. Anson's squadron was then at St. Catherine's in Brazil. See below, Chapter 3.)
(**Note. Anson's squadron was at St. Catherine's in Brazil at that time. See below, Chapter 3.)
(***Note. The Spanish squadron when it sailed from Maldonado consisted of the following ships: "Asia", 66 guns, flag ship; "Guipuscoa", 74; "Hermiona", 54; "Esperanza", 50; "St. Estevan", 40. The Asia was the only ship that ever returned to Spain.)
(***Note. The Spanish squadron that set sail from Maldonado included the following ships: "Asia", 66 guns, flagship; "Guipuscoa", 74; "Hermiona", 54; "Esperanza", 50; "St. Estevan", 40. The Asia was the only ship that ever returned to Spain.)

Pizarro with his squadron having, towards the latter end of February, run the length of Cape Horn, he then stood to the westward in order to double it; but in the night of the last day of February, OS. while, with this view, they were turned to windward the Guipuscoa, the Hermiona, and the Esperanza were separated from the Admiral. On the 6th of March following the Guipuscoa was separated from the other two, and on the 7th (being the day after we had passed straits le Maire) there came on a most furious storm at north-west, which, in despite of all their efforts, drove the whole squadron to the eastward, and obliged them, after several fruitless attempts, to bear away for the River of Plate, where Pizarro in the Asia arrived about the middle of May and a few days after him the Esperanza and the St. Estevan. The Hermiona was supposed to founder at sea for she was never heard of more and the Guipuscoa was run ashore and sunk on the coast of Brazil. The calamities of all kinds which this squadron underwentin this unsuccessful navigation can only be paralleled by what we ourselves experienced in the same climate when buffeted by the same storms. There was indeed some diversity in our distresses which rendered it difficult to decide whose situation was most worthy of commiseration; for to all the misfortunes we had in common with each other as shattered rigging, leaky ships, and the fatigues and despondency which necessarily attend these disasters, there was superadded on board our squadron the ravage of a most destructive and incurable disease* and on board the Spanish squadron the devastation of famine.

Pizarro and his squadron, in late February, had traveled the length of Cape Horn, then headed west to round it. However, during the night of February's last day, while trying to navigate against the wind, the Guipuscoa, the Hermiona, and the Esperanza were separated from the Admiral. On March 6, the Guipuscoa separated from the other two ships, and on the 7th, just after we passed the Straits of le Maire, a fierce storm hit from the northwest. Despite their best efforts, the entire squadron was pushed eastward, forcing them to set course for the River Plate after several unsuccessful attempts. Pizarro arrived in the Asia around mid-May, followed shortly by the Esperanza and the St. Estevan. The Hermiona was presumed to have sunk at sea as it was never heard from again, and the Guipuscoa ran ashore and sank on the Brazilian coast. The various troubles this squadron faced during this unsuccessful voyage can only be matched by what we experienced in the same weather, battling similar storms. There was indeed some difference in our hardships, making it hard to determine whose situation deserved more sympathy; we shared misfortunes like damaged rigging, leaking ships, and the exhaustion and despair that come with such disasters, while our squadron also suffered from a devastating and incurable disease and the Spanish squadron faced the horrors of famine.

(*Note. Scurvy.)
(*Note: Scurvy.)

FAMINE.

Food crisis.

For this squadron departed from Spain as has been already observed with no more than four months' provision and even that, as it is said, at short allowance only, so that, when by the storms they met with off Cape Horn their continuance at sea was prolonged a month or more beyond their expectation they were thereby reduced to such infinite distress that rats, when they could be caught, were sold for four dollars a piece and a sailor who died on board had his death concealed for some days by his brother who during that time lay in the same hammock with the corpse only to receive the dead man's allowance of provisions.

For this squadron left Spain, as noted earlier, with just four months' worth of supplies, and even that was rationed. When they encountered storms off Cape Horn that extended their time at sea for a month or more beyond what they expected, they were pushed into unimaginable suffering. Rats, when they could be caught, were sold for four dollars each, and a sailor who died on board had his death hidden for several days by his brother, who during that time shared the hammock with the corpse just to keep getting the dead man's food rations.

By the complicated distress of fatigue, sickness, and hunger, the three ships which escaped lost the greatest part of their men. The Asia, their Admiral's ship, arrived at Monte Video in the River of Plate with half her crew only; the St. Estevan had lost in like manner half her hands when she anchored in the Bay of Barragan. The Esperanza, a 50-gun ship, was still more unfortunate, for of 450 hands which she brought from Spain only 55 remained alive.

By the overwhelming struggles of exhaustion, illness, and hunger, the three ships that survived lost most of their crew. The Asia, the Admiral's ship, reached Monte Video in the River Plate with only half of its crew; the St. Estevan similarly lost half of its men by the time it anchored in the Bay of Barragan. The Esperanza, a 50-gun ship, was even more unfortunate, as only 55 out of the 450 crew members it brought from Spain were still alive.

By removing the masts of the Esperanza into the Asia, and making use of what spare masts and yards they had on board, they made a shift to refit the Asia and the St. Estevan, and in the October following Pizarro was preparing to put to sea with these two ships in order to attempt the passage round Cape Horn a second time, but the St. Estevan, in coming down the River of Plate, ran on a shoal and beat off her rudder, on which, and other damages she received, she was condemned and broke up, and Pizarro in the Asia proceeded to sea without her. Having now the summer before him and the winds favourable, no doubt was made of his having a fortunate and speedy passage; but being off Cape Horn and going right before the wind in very moderate weather, though in a swelling sea by some misconduct of the officer of the watch the ship rolled away her masts and was a second time obliged to put back to the River of Plate in great distress.

By removing the masts from the Esperanza to use on the Asia, and taking advantage of the spare masts and yards they had on board, they managed to refit both the Asia and the St. Estevan. In October, Pizarro was getting ready to set sail again with these two ships to try the passage around Cape Horn for a second time. However, the St. Estevan, while coming down the River Plate, ran aground on a shoal and lost her rudder. Due to this and other damages, she was deemed unfit for sailing and was broken up. Pizarro then continued to sea with just the Asia. With summer ahead and favorable winds, everyone expected a quick and successful journey. However, while off Cape Horn and sailing with the wind in moderate weather, the ship rolled over her masts because of some mistake by the officer on watch. As a result, she was forced to return to the River Plate in dire straits.

The Asia having considerably suffered in this second unfortunate expedition the Esperanza which had been left behind at Monte Video, was ordered to be refitted, the command of her being given to Mindinuetta, who was captain of the Guipuscoa when she was lost. He, in the November of the succeeding year that is, in November, 1742, sailed from the River of Plate for the South Seas and arrived safe on the coast of Chile where his Commodore, Pizarro, passing overland from Buenos Ayres met him. There were great animosities and contests between these two gentlemen at their meeting occasioned principally by the claim of Pizarro to command the Esperanza, which Mindinuetta had brought round, for Mindinuetta refused to deliver her up to him, insisting that as he came into the South Seas alone, and under no superior, it was not now in the power of Pizarro to resume that authority which he had once parted with. However the President of Chile interposing, and declaring for Pizarro, Mindinuetta after a long and obstinate struggle, was obliged to submit.

The Asia had suffered greatly during its second unfortunate journey, so the Esperanza, which was left behind in Monte Video, was ordered to be refurbished. The command was given to Mindinuetta, who was captain of the Guipuscoa when it was lost. In November of the following year, that is, November 1742, he set sail from the River Plate for the South Seas and safely reached the coast of Chile, where his Commodore, Pizarro, met him after traveling overland from Buenos Ayres. There was a lot of tension and conflict between these two men during their meeting, mainly because Pizarro claimed the right to command the Esperanza, which Mindinuetta had brought around. Mindinuetta refused to hand it over, arguing that since he entered the South Seas alone and without a superior, Pizarro could not reclaim that authority. However, the President of Chile intervened and sided with Pizarro, forcing Mindinuetta to eventually submit after a long and stubborn struggle.

But Pizarro had not yet completed the series of his adventures, for when he and Mindinuetta came back by land from Chile to Buenos Ayres in the year 1745 they found at Monte Video the Asia, which near three years before they had left there. This ship they resolved, if possible, to carry to Europe, and with this view they refitted her in the best manner they could; but their great difficulty was to procure a sufficient number of hands to navigate her, for all the remaining sailors of the squadron to be met with in the neighbourhood of Buenos Ayres did not amount to a hundred men. They endeavoured to supply this defect by pressing many of the inhabitants of Buenos Ayres, and putting on board besides all the English prisoners then in their custody, together with a number of Portuguese smugglers whom they had taken at different times, and some of the Indians of the country. Among these last there was a chief and ten of his followers who had been surprised by a party of Spanish soldiers about three months before. The name of this chief was Orellana; he belonged to a very powerful tribe which had committed great ravages in the neighbourhood of Buenos Ayres. With this motley crew (all of them except the European Spaniards extremely averse to the voyage) Pizarro set sail from Monte Video, in the River of Plate about the beginning of November, 1745, and the native Spaniards, being no strangers to the dissatisfaction of their forced men treated both the English prisoners and the Indians with great insolence and barbarity, but more particularly the Indians; for it was common for the meanest officers in the ship to beat them most cruelly on the slightest pretences, and often times only to exert their superiority. Orellana and his followers, though in appearance sufficiently patient and submissive, meditated a severe revenge for all these inhumanities. Having agreed on the measures necessary to be taken, they first furnished themselves with Dutch knives sharp at the point, which, being the common knives used in the ship, they found no difficulty in procuring. Besides this they employed their leisure in secretly cutting out thongs from raw hides, of which there were great numbers on board, and in fixing to each end of these thongs the double-headed shot of the small quarter-deck guns; this, when swung round their heads according to the practice of their country was a most mischievous weapon* in the use of which the Indians about Buenos Ayres are trained from their infancy, and consequently are extremely expert.

But Pizarro hadn't finished his adventures yet. When he and Mindinuetta returned overland from Chile to Buenos Aires in 1745, they found the Asia at Monte Video, the ship they had left there nearly three years earlier. They decided to try to bring her to Europe and did their best to refit her. Their biggest challenge was gathering enough crew members to sail her, as the remaining sailors around Buenos Aires didn’t number more than a hundred. They tried to fill this gap by conscripting many locals from Buenos Aires and also bringing aboard all the English prisoners they had, along with some Portuguese smugglers they had captured at different times, and a few Indigenous people from the area. Among these was a chief named Orellana and ten of his followers who had been captured by Spanish soldiers about three months earlier. Orellana was from a powerful tribe that had caused significant destruction near Buenos Aires. With this mixed group (all except the European Spaniards were strongly opposed to the voyage), Pizarro set sail from Monte Video in the River Plate around early November 1745. The local Spaniards, aware of their crew’s discontent, treated both the English prisoners and the Indigenous people with harshness, especially the latter. It was common for even the lowest-ranking officers on the ship to beat them severely for the tiniest reasons, often just to assert their dominance. While Orellana and his followers seemed patient and submissive, they secretly planned a serious revenge for these cruelties. They first equipped themselves with pointed Dutch knives, which were the common knives on the ship and easy to get. They also spent their free time secretly cutting strips from raw hides, of which there were plenty on board, and attaching double-headed shot from the small quarter-deck guns to each end. When swung around their heads as practiced in their culture, this made for a dangerous weapon, and the Indigenous people around Buenos Aires were trained to use it from a young age, making them extremely skilled with it.

SPANISH CRUELTY.

SPANISH CRUELTY.

These particulars being in good forwardness, the execution of their scheme was perhaps precipitated by a particular outrage committed on Orellana himself; for one of the officers, who was a very brutal fellow, ordered Orellana aloft, which being what he was incapable of performing, the officer, under pretence of his disobedience, beat him with such violence that he left him bleeding on the deck and stupefied for some time with his bruises and wounds. This usage undoubtedly heightened his thirst for revenge, and made him eager and impatient till the means of executing it were in his power, so that within a day or two after this incident he and his followers opened their desperate resolves in the ensuing manner.

These details being well underway, the execution of their plan was probably rushed by a specific attack on Orellana himself; one of the officers, who was quite brutal, ordered Orellana to climb up, which he was unable to do. The officer, pretending it was due to his disobedience, violently beat him, leaving him bleeding on the deck and dazed for a while from his injuries. This treatment undoubtedly fueled his desire for revenge, making him eager and restless until he had the chance to act on it, so within a day or two after this incident, he and his followers shared their desperate intentions in the following way.

(*Note. It is called a bola.)
(*Note: It's referred to as a bola.)

A DARING ADVENTURE.

A daring adventure.

It was about nine in the evening, when many of the principal officers were on the quarter-deck indulging in the freshness of the night air; the waist of the ship was filled with live cattle, and the forecastle was manned with its customary watch. Orellana and his companions under cover of the night, having prepared their weapons and thrown off their trousers and the more cumbrous part of their dress, came altogether on the quarter-deck and drew towards the door of the great cabin. The boatswain immediately reprimanded them and ordered them to be gone. On this Orellana spoke to his followers in his native language when four of them drew off, two towards each gangway, and the chief and the six remaining Indians seemed to be slowly quitting the quarter-deck. When the detached Indians had taken possession of the gangways, Orellana placed his hands hollow to his mouth and bellowed out the war-cry used by those savages, which is said to be the harshest and most terrifying sound known in nature. This hideous yell was the signal for beginning the massacre, for on this the Indians all drew their knives and brandished their prepared double-headed shot, and the six, with their chief, who remained on the quarter-deck, immediately fell on the Spaniards who were intermingled with them, and laid near forty of them at their feet, of whom above twenty were killed on the spot, and the rest disabled. Many of the officers, in the beginning of the tumult, pushed into the great cabin, where they put out the lights and barricaded the door. And of the others, who had avoided the first fury of the Indians, some endeavoured to escape along the gangways into the forecastle, but the Indians placed there on purpose stabbed the greatest part of them as they attempted to pass by, or forced them off the gangways into the waist. Others threw themselves voluntarily over the barricades into the waist, and thought themselves happy to lie concealed amongst the cattle; but the greatest part escaped up the main-shrouds and sheltered themselves either in the tops or rigging; and though the Indians attacked only the quarter-deck, yet the watch in the forecastle, finding their communication cut off, and being terrified by the wounds of the few who, not being killed on the spot, had strength sufficient to force their passage along the gangways, and not knowing either who their enemies were or what were their numbers, they likewise gave all over for lost, and in great confusion ran up into the rigging of the foremast and bowsprit.

It was around nine in the evening when many of the main officers were on the quarter-deck enjoying the cool night air. The ship's deck was filled with live cattle, and the forecastle had its usual watch. Orellana and his companions, taking advantage of the night, had prepared their weapons and removed their trousers and bulkier clothing, then all together headed to the quarter-deck and moved towards the door of the great cabin. The boatswain quickly yelled at them and told them to leave. In response, Orellana spoke to his followers in their native language, prompting four of them to disperse, two toward each gangway, while the chief and the remaining six Indians appeared to be slowly leaving the quarter-deck. Once the separated Indians were positioned at the gangways, Orellana cupped his hands to his mouth and let out the war cry used by those tribes, reputed to be the most jarring and terrifying sound in nature. This awful scream was the signal to start the massacre; upon hearing it, the Indians all pulled out their knives and brandished their prepared double-headed shots. The six Indians, along with their chief, who stayed on the quarter-deck, immediately attacked the Spaniards who were mingled among them, bringing down nearly forty, more than twenty of whom died right there, while the rest were injured. Many officers, at the start of the chaos, rushed into the great cabin, where they turned off the lights and barricaded the door. Others who managed to dodge the initial attack tried to escape along the gangways to the forecastle, but the Indians stationed there stabbed most of them as they tried to pass, or pushed them off the gangways into the waist of the ship. Some jumped over the barricades into the waist, feeling lucky to hide among the cattle; but the majority climbed up the main shrouds and found refuge either in the tops or rigging. Even though the Indians only attacked the quarter-deck, the watch in the forecastle, seeing their escape routes blocked and frightened by the injuries of a few who had managed to get through the gangways, and unsure of who their enemies were or how many there were, also surrendered hope and scrambled up into the rigging of the foremast and bowsprit.

Thus these eleven Indians, with a resolution perhaps without example, possessed themselves almost in an instant of the quarter-deck of a ship mounting sixty-six guns, with a crew of nearly five hundred men, and continued in peaceable possession of this post a considerable time; for the officers in the great cabin (amongst whom were Pizarro and Mindinuetta), the crew between decks, and those who had escaped into the tops and rigging, were only anxious for their own safety, and were for a long time incapable of forming any project for suppressing the insurrection and recovering the possession of the ship. It is true, the yells of the Indians, the groans of the wounded and the confused clamours of the crew, all heightened by the obscurity of the night, had at first greatly magnified their danger, and had filled them with the imaginary terrors which darkness, disorder, and an ignorance of the real strength of an enemy never fail to produce. For as the Spaniards were sensible of the disaffection of their pressed hands, and were also conscious of their barbarity to their prisoners, they imagined the conspiracy was general, and considered their own destruction as infallible; so that, it is said, some of them had once taken the resolution of leaping into the sea, but were prevented by their companions.

So, these eleven Indians, with an unprecedented determination, quickly took control of the quarter-deck of a ship with sixty-six guns and nearly five hundred crew members. They maintained their hold on this position for quite a while because the officers in the main cabin (including Pizarro and Mindinuetta), the crew below deck, and those who had fled to the tops and rigging were mainly focused on their own safety. For a long time, they couldn't come up with a plan to suppress the uprising and reclaim the ship. It's true that the Indians' screams, the moans of the wounded, and the chaotic shouts of the crew, all amplified by the darkness of night, initially exaggerated their sense of danger and filled them with imagined fears that darkness, chaos, and ignorance of their enemy's true strength always create. The Spaniards were aware of their pressed crew's discontent and their own mistreatment of the prisoners, leading them to believe that the conspiracy was widespread and their destruction was inevitable. Some even considered jumping into the sea but were stopped by their comrades.

However, when the Indians had entirely cleared the quarter-deck, the tumult in a great measure subsided; for those who had escaped were kept silent by their fears, and the Indians were incapable of pursuing them to renew the disorder. Orellana, when he saw himself master of the quarter-deck, broke open the arm chest, which, on a slight suspicion of mutiny, had been ordered there a few days before, as to a place of the greatest security. Here, he took it for granted, he should find cutlasses sufficient for himself and his companions, in the use of which weapon they were all extremely skilful, and with these, it was imagined, they proposed to have forced the great cabin; but on opening the chest there appeared nothing but firearms, which to them were of no use. There were indeed cutlasses in the chest, but they were hid by the firearms being laid over them. This was a sensible disappointment to them, and by this time Pizarro and his companions in the great cabin were capable of conversing aloud, through the cabin windows and port-holes, with those in the gun-room and between decks; and from hence they learned that the English (whom they principally suspected) were all safe below, and had not intermeddled in this mutiny; and by other particulars they at last discovered that none were concerned in it but Orellana and his people. On this Pizarro and the officers resolved to attack them on the quarter-deck, before any of the discontented on board should so far recover their first surprise as to reflect on the facility and certainty of seizing the ship by a junction with the Indians in the present emergency. With this view Pizarro got together what arms were in the cabin, and distributed them to those who were with him; but there were no other firearms to be met with but pistols, and for these they had neither powder nor ball. However, having now settled a correspondence with the gun room, they lowered down a bucket out of the cabin window, into which the gunner, out of one of the gun-room ports, put a quantity of pistol cartridges. When they had thus procured ammunition, and had loaded their pistols, they set the cabin door partly open, and fired some shot amongst the Indians on the quarter-deck, at first without effect. But at last Mindinuetta had the good fortune to shoot Orellana dead on the spot; on which his faithful companions, abandoning all thoughts of further resistance, instantly leaped into the sea, where they every man perished. Thus was this insurrection quelled, and the possession of the quarter-deck regained, after it had been full two hours in the power of this great and daring chief and his gallant and unhappy countrymen.

However, once the Indians had completely cleared the quarter-deck, the chaos mostly died down; those who had escaped fell silent due to their fears, and the Indians were unable to pursue them to reignite the disorder. Orellana, seeing himself in control of the quarter-deck, broke open the armory chest, which had been secured there a few days earlier as a precaution against mutiny. He assumed he would find enough cutlasses for himself and his comrades, as they were all very skilled in using that weapon, and they planned to use these to take the great cabin. However, upon opening the chest, he found only firearms, which were useless to them. There were indeed cutlasses inside, but they were hidden beneath the firearms stacked on top. This was a significant disappointment for them, and by this time, Pizarro and his companions in the great cabin were able to talk openly through the cabin windows and portholes with those in the gun-room and below decks; from there, they learned that the English (who they mainly suspected) were all safe below and had not interfered in the mutiny. Through further information, they eventually discovered that only Orellana and his crew were involved. On realizing this, Pizarro and the officers decided to launch an attack on the quarter-deck before any of the dissatisfied crew recovered from their initial shock and started to consider the opportunity to seize the ship by joining forces with the Indians in this critical moment. With this goal, Pizarro gathered all the weapons he could find in the cabin and distributed them among his companions; however, the only firearms available were pistols, and they had no powder or bullets for them. Nevertheless, having established communication with the gun room, they lowered a bucket out of the cabin window, into which the gunner placed some pistol cartridges from one of the gun-room ports. After securing ammunition and loading their pistols, they partially opened the cabin door and fired shots at the Indians on the quarter-deck, initially without any effect. Eventually, Mindinuetta was fortunate enough to shoot Orellana dead on the spot; upon this, his loyal companions, abandoning any thought of further resistance, jumped into the sea, where each one perished. Thus, this insurrection was suppressed, and control of the quarter-deck was regained after being in the hands of this bold and daring leader and his brave yet unfortunate countrymen for over two hours.

Pizarro, having escaped this imminent peril, steered for Europe, and arrived safe on the coast of Galicia* in the beginning of the year 1746, after having been absent between four and five years.

Pizarro, having escaped this immediate danger, headed for Europe and safely arrived on the coast of Galicia* at the beginning of 1746, after being away for four to five years.

(*Note. Galicia is the north-western province of Spain.)
(*Note: Galicia is the northwestern province of Spain.)

CHAPTER 3.
FROM MADEIRA TO ST. CATHERINE'S--UNHEALTHINESS OF THE SQUADRON.

On the 3rd of November we weighed from Madeira.

On November 3rd, we set sail from Madeira.

On the 20th the captains of the squadron represented to the Commodore that their ships' companies were very sickly, and that it was their own opinion as well as their surgeons' that it would tend to the preservation of the men to let in more air between decks; but that their ships were so deep they could not possibly open their lower ports. On this representation the Commodore ordered six air-scuttles to be cut in each ship, in such places where they would least weaken it.

On the 20th, the squadron's captains informed the Commodore that their crews were very unwell, and both they and their surgeons believed it would help keep the men safe to let in more air below deck. However, their ships were so deep that they couldn't possibly open their lower ports. In response to this, the Commodore ordered six air vents to be cut into each ship in spots that would least compromise the ship's integrity.

We crossed the Equinoctial, with a fine fresh gale at south-east on Friday, the 28th of November, at four in the morning, being then in the longitude of 27 degrees 59 minutes west from London.

We crossed the Equinoctial with a nice fresh breeze coming from the southeast on Friday, November 28th, at four in the morning, while we were at a longitude of 27 degrees 59 minutes west of London.

On the 12th of December we spoke with a Portuguese brigantine from Rio de Janeiro, who informed us that we were sixty-four leagues from Cape St. Thomas, and forty leagues from Cape Frio.

On December 12th, we talked to a Portuguese brigantine from Rio de Janeiro, who told us that we were sixty-four leagues from Cape St. Thomas and forty leagues from Cape Frio.

DISEASE.

ILLNESS.

We now began to grow impatient for a sight of land, both for the recovery of our sick and for the refreshment and security of those who as yet continued healthier. When we departed from St. Helens, we were in so good a condition that we lost but two men on board the Centurion in our long passage to Madeira. But in this present run between Madeira and St. Catherine's we had been very sickly, so that many died, and great numbers were confined to their hammocks, both in our own ship and in the rest of the squadron; and several of these past all hopes of recovery. By our continuance at sea all our complaints were every day increasing, so that it was with great joy that we discovered the coast of Brazil on the 18th of December, at seven in the morning.

We were starting to get anxious to see land, both for the recovery of our sick and for the rest and safety of those who were still healthy. When we left St. Helens, we were in pretty good shape, having lost only two men on board the Centurion during our long journey to Madeira. However, on this leg between Madeira and St. Catherine's, we had been very unwell, leading to many deaths, and a large number of us were stuck in our hammocks, both on our ship and throughout the squadron; several of them were beyond hope of recovery. Our time at sea only worsened our ailments day by day, so we were extremely relieved to spot the coast of Brazil on the 18th of December at seven in the morning.

We moored at the island of St. Catherine's on Sunday, the 21st of December, the whole squadron being sickly and in great want of refreshments: both which inconveniences we hoped to have soon removed at this settlement, celebrated by former navigators for its healthiness and its provisions, and for the freedom, indulgence, and friendly assistance there given to the ships of all European nations in amity with the Crown of Portugal.

We anchored at St. Catherine's Island on Sunday, December 21st, with the entire squadron feeling unwell and in desperate need of supplies. We hoped to address both issues soon at this settlement, which former sailors had praised for its good health, ample provisions, and the freedom, kindness, and support offered to ships from all European nations friendly with the Crown of Portugal.

Our first care, after having moored our ships, was to send our sick men on shore. We sent about eighty sick from the Centurion, and the other ships I believe, sent nearly as many in proportion to the number of their hands. As soon as we had performed this necessary duty, we scraped our decks, and gave our ship a thorough cleansing; then smoked it between decks, and after all washed every part well with vinegar. Our next employment was wooding and watering our squadron, caulking our ships' sides and decks, overhauling our rigging, and securing our masts against the tempestuous weather we were, in all probability, to meet with in our passage round Cape Horn in so advanced and inconvenient a season.

Our first priority, after anchoring our ships, was to get our sick crew members ashore. We sent about eighty ill sailors from the Centurion, and I believe the other ships sent nearly as many based on their crew size. Once we took care of this important task, we cleaned our decks and gave our ship a thorough scrub; then we smoked it between decks and washed every part well with vinegar. Our next task was to replenish our supplies of wood and water for the squadron, repair the sides and decks of our ships, check our rigging, and secure our masts against the rough weather we were likely to face while rounding Cape Horn in such an advanced and unsuitable season.

In order to render the ships stiffer, and to enable them to carry more sail abroad, and to prevent their labouring in hard gales of wind, each captain had orders given him to strike down some of their great guns into the hold. These precautions being complied with, and each ship having taken in as much wood and water as there was room for, the whole squadron was ready for the sea; on which the tents on shore were struck, and all the sick were received on board. And here we had a melancholy proof how much the healthiness of this place had been overrated by former writers, for we found that though the Centurion alone had buried no less than twenty-eight men since our arrival, yet the number of our sick was in the same interval increased from eighty to ninety-six.

To make the ships sturdier, to allow them to carry more sails, and to prevent them from struggling in strong winds, each captain was instructed to move some of their heavy cannons into the hold. Once these precautions were taken, and each ship had stocked up on as much wood and water as they could carry, the entire squadron was prepared to set sail; the tents on shore were taken down, and all the sick were brought on board. Here, we received a sad reminder of how much the healthiness of this location had been overestimated by previous writers, as we found that even though the Centurion alone had buried twenty-eight men since we arrived, the number of sick had increased from eighty to ninety-six in the same time.

And now our crews being embarked, and everything prepared for our departure, the Commodore made a signal for all captains, and delivered them their orders, containing the successive places of rendezvous from hence to the coast of China. And then on the next day, being the 18th of January, 1741, the signal was made for weighing, and the squadron put to sea.

And now that our crews were on board and everything was ready for our departure, the Commodore signaled all the captains and gave them their orders, which included the locations for meeting from here to the coast of China. Then, the next day, January 18th, 1741, the signal was made to weigh anchor, and the squadron set sail.

CHAPTER 4.
THE COMMODORE'S INSTRUCTIONS--BAD WEATHER--NARROW ESCAPE OF THE PEARL--ST JULIAN.

THE LAST AMICABLE PORT.

THE FINAL FRIENDLY PORT.

In leaving St. Catherine's, we left the last amicable port we proposed to touch at, and were now proceeding to a hostile, or at best a desert and inhospitable coast. And as we were to expect a more boisterous climate to the southward than any we had yet experienced, not only our danger of separation would by this means be much greater than it had been hitherto, but other accidents of a more pernicious nature were likewise to be apprehended, and as much as possible to be provided against. And therefore Mr. Anson, in appointing the various stations at which the ships of the squadron were to rendezvous, had considered that it was possible his own ship might be disabled from getting round Cape Horn, or might be lost; and had given proper directions that even in that case the expedition should not be abandoned. For the orders delivered to the captains the day before we sailed for St. Catherine's were that in case of separation--which they were with the utmost care to endeavour to avoid--the first place of rendezvous should be the Bay of Port St. Julian. If after a stay there of ten days, they were not joined by the Commodore, they were then to proceed through Straits le Maire round Cape Horn into the South Seas, where the next place of rendezvous was to be the island of Nuestra Senora del Socoro.* They were to bring this island to bear east-north-east, and to cruise from five to twelve leagues' distance from it, as long as their store of wood and water would permit, both which they were to expend with the utmost frugality. And when they were under an absolute necessity of a fresh supply, they were to stand in, and endeavour to find out an anchoring-place; and in case they could not, and the weather made it dangerous to supply their ships by standing off and on, they were then to make the best of their way to the island of Juan Fernandez. And as soon as they had recruited their wood and water, they were to continue cruising off the anchoring-place of that island for fifty-six days, in which time, if they were not joined by the Commodore, they might conclude that some accident had befallen him; and they were forthwith to put themselves under the command of the senior officer, who was to use his utmost endeavours to annoy the enemy both by sea and land. With these views their new Commodore was to continue in those seas as long as his provisions lasted, or as long as they were recruited by what he should take from the enemy, reserving only a sufficient quantity to carry him and the ships under his command to Macao at the entrance of the River Tigris, near Canton, on the coast of China, where, having supplied himself with a new stock of provisions he was thence without delay to make the best of his way to England.

In leaving St. Catherine's, we departed from the last friendly port we planned to visit and were now heading towards a hostile, or at best, a barren and unwelcoming coast. Since we were expecting a more turbulent climate to the south than anything we had encountered so far, not only was our risk of separation much higher now than it had been before, but we also needed to prepare for other potentially serious incidents. Therefore, Mr. Anson, when setting the various locations for the ships in the squadron to meet, had considered that his own ship might be unable to round Cape Horn or might be lost altogether; he had given clear instructions that even in that case, the expedition should not be abandoned. The orders given to the captains the day before we left for St. Catherine's stated that in case of separation—which they were to avoid at all costs—the first meeting point should be the Bay of Port St. Julian. If after ten days there they hadn’t seen the Commodore, they were to head through Straits le Maire around Cape Horn into the South Seas, where the next rendezvous would be the island of Nuestra Senora del Socoro.* They were to bring this island into view at east-north-east and cruise from five to twelve leagues away for as long as they could manage their wood and water supplies, using both as sparingly as possible. When they absolutely needed a fresh supply, they were to approach and look for a suitable anchorage; if they couldn’t find one and the weather made it too dangerous to supply their ships by moving in and out, they were then to make their best way to the island of Juan Fernandez. Once they had replenished their wood and water, they were to continue cruising off that island’s anchorage for fifty-six days. If after that they still hadn’t joined up with the Commodore, they could assume something had happened to him and were to fall under the command of the senior officer, who would do everything possible to engage the enemy both by sea and land. With this plan in mind, their new Commodore would remain in those waters for as long as his supplies lasted or as long as they could be replenished by taking from the enemy, ensuring to keep enough to get himself and the ships under his command to Macao at the entrance of the River Tigris, near Canton, on the coast of China, where he would quickly restock his provisions and then set out for England.

(*Note. Nuestra Senora del Socoro is one of the smaller outer islands of the Chonos Archipelago on the western coast of Patagonia.)
(*Note. Nuestra Senora del Socoro is one of the smaller outer islands of the Chonos Archipelago on the western coast of Patagonia.)

The next day we had very squally weather, attended with rain, lightning, and thunder; but it soon became fair again, with light breezes, and continued thus till Wednesday evening, when it blew fresh again; and increasing all night, by eight the next morning it became a most violent storm, and we had with it so thick a fog that it was impossible to see at the distance of two ships' lengths, so that the whole squadron disappeared.* On this a signal was made by firing guns, to bring to with the larboard tacks, the wind being then due east. We ourselves lay to under a reefed mizzen till noon, when the fog dispersed; and we soon discovered all the ships of the squadron, except the Pearl, which did not join us till near a month afterwards. The Trial sloop was a great way to leeward, having lost her mainmast in this squall, and having been obliged, for fear of bilging, to cut away the wreck. We bore down with the squadron to her relief, and the Gloucester was ordered to take her in tow, for the weather did not entirely abate until the day after, and even then a great swell continued from the eastward in consequence of the preceding storm.

The next day, we experienced very stormy weather, accompanied by rain, lightning, and thunder; but it soon cleared up, with light breezes, and stayed like that until Wednesday evening, when the winds picked up again. It continued to strengthen all night, and by eight the next morning, we were in a violent storm, with such thick fog that we couldn’t see even two ship lengths away, causing the entire squadron to vanish.* Because of this, a signal was made by firing guns to instruct everyone to come to a halt with the port tacks, as the wind was coming from the east. We stayed put under a reefed mizzen sail until noon, when the fog lifted; soon after, we spotted all the ships in the squadron, except the Pearl, which didn’t rejoin us until almost a month later. The Trial sloop was far downwind, having lost her mainmast in this storm and had to cut away the wreck to avoid capsizing. We headed down with the squadron to help her, and the Gloucester was ordered to tow her, as the weather didn’t fully calm down until the following day, and even then, there was still a significant swell coming from the east due to the earlier storm.

(*Note. i.e. from the sight of those on board the Centurion.)
(*Note: This is from the perspective of those on board the Centurion.)

A RUSE DE GUERRE.

A military deception.

On the 17th of February at five in the afternoon, we came to an anchor in the latitude of 48 degrees 58 minutes. Weighing again at five the next morning, we an hour afterwards discovered a sail upon which the Severn and Gloucester were both directed to give chase; but we soon perceived it to be the Pearl, which separated from us a few days after we left St. Catherine's; and on this we made a signal for the Severn to rejoin the squadron, leaving the Gloucester alone in the pursuit. And now we were surprised to see that, on the Gloucester's approach, the people on board the Pearl increased their sail and stood from her. However, the Gloucester came up with them, but found them with their hammocks in their nettings and everything ready for an engagement. At two in the afternoon the Pearl joined us, and running up under our stern, Lieutenant Salt hailed the Commodore, and acquainted him that Captain Kidd* died on the 31st of January. He likewise informed him that he had seen five large ships on the 10th instant, which he for some time imagined to be our squadron; that he suffered the commanding ship, which wore a red broad pennant exactly resembling that of the Commodore, at the main top-mast head, to come within gun-shot of him before he discovered his mistake; but then, finding it not to be the Centurion, he hauled close upon the wind, and crowded from them with all his sail, and standing across a rippling, where they hesitated to follow him, he happily escaped. He made them out to be five Spanish men-of-war, one of them exceedingly like the Gloucester, which was the occasion of his apprehensions when the Gloucester chased him. By their appearance he thought they consisted of two ships of 70 guns, two of 50, and one of 40 guns. The whole squadron continued in chase of him all that day, but at night, finding they could not get near him, they gave over the chase, and directed their course to the southward.

On February 17th at 5 PM, we dropped anchor at a latitude of 48 degrees 58 minutes. The next morning at 5, we lifted anchor again and an hour later saw a sail, prompting both the Severn and Gloucester to pursue it. However, we quickly realized it was the Pearl, which had separated from us a few days after leaving St. Catherine's. We signaled the Severn to rejoin our squadron, leaving the Gloucester to continue the chase alone. To our surprise, when the Gloucester got closer, the crew on the Pearl increased their sail and began to flee. The Gloucester managed to catch up, only to find the crew ready for battle with their hammocks set up in the rigging. By 2 PM, the Pearl joined us, and as it passed behind our ship, Lieutenant Salt called out to the Commodore to inform him that Captain Kidd had died on January 31st. He also mentioned that he had seen five large ships on the 10th, which he initially thought were part of our squadron. He let the commanding ship, which was flying a red broad pennant similar to the Commodore's, come within firing range before realizing his mistake. Recognizing it wasn’t the Centurion, he turned hard into the wind and sailed away as they hesitated to follow. He identified the five vessels as Spanish warships, one of which looked very much like the Gloucester, causing his fears during the chase. From their appearance, he estimated they included two ships with 70 guns, two with 50 guns, and one with 40 guns. Our entire squadron chased him throughout the day, but at night, realizing we couldn't close the gap, we abandoned the pursuit and headed south.

(*Note. Captain Mitchel commanded the Pearl when the squadron started; but Captain Norris of the Gloucester had gone home sick from Madeira and several changes had taken place in the commands. The death of Captain Kidd caused fresh promotions. Captain Mitchel now commanded the Gloucester and Captain Murray the Pearl; while Lieutenants Cheap and Saunders had been promoted captains of the Wager and Trial.)
(*Note: Captain Mitchel was in charge of the Pearl when the squadron set out; however, Captain Norris of the Gloucester had returned home sick from Madeira, leading to several changes in command. The death of Captain Kidd resulted in new promotions. Captain Mitchel now commands the Gloucester, while Captain Murray commands the Pearl; Lieutenants Cheap and Saunders have been promoted to captains of the Wager and Trial.)

And now, had it not been for the necessity we were under of refitting the Trial, this piece of intelligence would have prevented our making any stay at St. Julian; but as it was impossible for that sloop to proceed round the Cape in the present condition, some stay there was inevitable; and, therefore, we sent the two cutters belonging to the Centurion and Severn in shore to discover the harbour of St. Julian, while the ships kept standing along the coast at about the distance of a league from the land. At six o'clock we anchored in the Bay of St. Julian. Soon after the cutters returned on board, having discovered the harbour, which did not appear to us in our situation, the northernmost point shutting in upon the southernmost, and in appearance closing the entrance.

And now, if we hadn’t needed to refit the Trial, this news would have stopped us from staying at St. Julian. However, it was impossible for that sloop to continue around the Cape in its current condition, so we had to stay for a while. Therefore, we sent the two cutters from the Centurion and Severn ashore to find the harbor of St. Julian, while the ships cruised along the coast about a league from the land. At six o'clock, we anchored in the Bay of St. Julian. Soon after, the cutters returned with news that they had found the harbor, which didn’t look good for us; the northernmost point seemed to close in on the southernmost, making the entrance appear blocked.

Being come to an anchor in this Bay of St. Julian, principally with a view of refitting the Trial, the carpenters were immediately employed in that business, and continued so during our whole stay at the place. Here the Commodore, too, in order to ease the expedition of all unnecessary expense, held a consultation with his captains about unloading and discharging the Anna pink;* but they represented to him that they were so far from being in a condition of taking any part of her loading on board that they had still great quantities of provisions in the way of their guns between decks, and that their ships were withal so very deep that they were not fit for action without being cleared. This put the Commodore under the necessity of retaining the pink in the service; and as it was apprehended we should certainly meet with the Spanish squadron in passing the Cape, Mr. Anson thought it advisable to give orders to the captains to put all their provisions which were in the way of their guns on board the Anna pink, and to remount such of their guns as had formerly for the ease of their ships been ordered into the hold.

Having anchored in the Bay of St. Julian, mainly to repair the Trial, we immediately put the carpenters to work on that task, and they continued working throughout our entire stay. The Commodore also held a meeting with his captains to discuss unloading the Anna pink in order to save costs; however, they pointed out that they were not in a position to take any of her cargo on board since they still had a lot of provisions in the way of their cannons below decks, and their ships were so heavily loaded that they weren’t ready for action without clearing some space. This meant the Commodore had to keep the pink in service. Since it was likely we would encounter the Spanish squadron while passing the Cape, Mr. Anson decided it would be wise to instruct the captains to transfer all provisions blocking their guns onto the Anna pink, and to re-mount any cannons that had been put in storage below for the comfort of their ships.

(*Note. The Industry pink had been unloaded and discharged on November 19th.)
(*Note: The Industry pink was unloaded and discharged on November 19th.)

CHAPTER 5.
FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS--TIERRA DEL FUEGO--THE STRAITS OF LE MAIRE.

A COUNCIL OF WAR.

A war council.

The Trial being nearly refitted, which was our principal occupation at this Bay of St. Julian, and the sole occasion of our stay, the Commodore thought it necessary, as we were now directly bound for the South Seas and the enemy's coasts, to regulate the plan of his future operations. And therefore, on the 24th of February, a signal was made for all captains, and a council of war was held on board the Centurion. At this council Mr. Anson proposed that their first attempt, after their arrival in the South Seas, should be the attack of the town and harbour of Baldivia, the principal frontier place of the district of Chile. To this proposition made by the Commodore the council unanimously and readily agreed; and in consequence of this resolution instructions were given to the captains of the squadron, by which they were directed in case of separation to make the best of their way to the island of Nuestra Senora del Socoro, and to cruise off that island ten days; from whence, if not joined by the Commodore, they were to proceed and cruise off the harbour of Baldivia, making the land between the latitudes of 40 degrees and 40 degrees 30 minutes, and taking care to keep to the southward of the port; and if in fourteen days they were not joined by the rest of the squadron, they were then to quit this station, and to direct their course to the island of Juan Fernandez, after which they were to regulate their further proceedings by their former orders. And as separation of the squadron might prove of the utmost prejudice to His Majesty's service, each captain was ordered to give it in charge to the respective officers of the watch not to keep their ship at a greater distance from the Centurion than two miles, as they would answer it at their peril; and if any captain should find his ship beyond the distance specified, he was to acquaint the Commodore with the name of the officer who had thus neglected his duty.

The Trial was nearly ready, which was our main task at this Bay of St. Julian and the only reason for our stay. The Commodore thought it was important, since we were now headed for the South Seas and the enemy's coast, to plan our future operations. So, on February 24th, a signal was made for all captains, and a council of war was held on board the Centurion. At this meeting, Mr. Anson suggested that their first action upon arriving in the South Seas should be to attack the town and harbor of Baldivia, the main frontier location in the region of Chile. The council agreed to this proposal from the Commodore without hesitation. As a result, instructions were given to the captains of the squadron, directing them that in case of separation, they should head directly to the island of Nuestra Senora del Socoro and patrol around that island for ten days. If they hadn’t met up with the Commodore by then, they were to proceed and patrol off the harbor of Baldivia, covering the area between latitudes 40 degrees and 40 degrees 30 minutes, ensuring they stayed south of the port. If they hadn't rejoined the rest of the squadron within fourteen days, they were to leave that area and head toward the island of Juan Fernandez, after which they would follow their previous orders for further actions. To prevent separation from being detrimental to His Majesty’s service, each captain was instructed to ensure that the officers on watch did not let their ship drift more than two miles from the Centurion, as they would be held responsible; and if any captain found his ship farther away than that, he was to inform the Commodore of the name of the officer who failed to carry out his duty.

These necessary regulations being established, and the Trial sloop completed, the squadron weighed on Friday, the 27th of February, at seven in the morning, and stood to sea.

These necessary rules being set, and the Trial sloop finished, the squadron set sail on Friday, February 27th, at seven in the morning, and headed out to sea.

From our departure from St. Julian to the 4th of March we had little wind, with thick, hazy weather and some rain. On the 4th of March we were in sight of Cape Virgin Mary,* and not more than six or seven leagues distant from it. The afternoon of this day was very bright and clear, with small breezes of wind, inclinable to a calm; and most of the captains took the opportunity of this favourable weather to pay a visit to the Commodore.

From our departure from St. Julian until March 4th, we had very little wind, with thick, hazy weather and some rain. On March 4th, we could see Cape Virgin Mary,* and we were no more than six or seven leagues away from it. That afternoon was very bright and clear, with light breezes that were almost calm, and most of the captains took the chance of this nice weather to visit the Commodore.

(*Note. Cape de las Virgenes, the south-eastern extremity of Patagonia at the entrance to the straits of Magellan.)
(*Note: Cape de las Virgenes is the southeastern tip of Patagonia, located at the entrance to the Straits of Magellan.)

We here found, what was constantly verified by all our observations in these high latitudes,* that fair weather was always of an exceeding short duration, and that when it was remarkably fine it was a certain presage of a succeeding storm; for the calm and sunshine of our afternoon ended in a most turbulent night, the wind freshening from the south-west as the night came on, and increasing its violence continually till nine in the morning the next day, when it blew so hard that we were obliged to bring to with the squadron, and to continue under a reefed mizzen till eleven at night. Towards midnight, the wind abating, we made sail again; and steering south, we discovered in the morning for the first time the land called Tierra del Fuego. This indeed afforded us but a very uncomfortable prospect, it appearing of a stupendous height, covered everywhere with snow. As we intended to pass through Straits le Maire next day, we lay to at night that we might not over shoot them, and took this opportunity to prepare ourselves for the tempestuous climate we were soon to be engaged in; with which view we employed ourselves good part of the night in bending an entire new suit of sails to the yards. At four the next morning, being the 7th of March, we made sail, and at eight saw the land, and soon after we began to open the Straits.

We found, as our observations in these high latitudes repeatedly confirmed, that fair weather was always very brief, and when it was especially nice, it was a sure sign that a storm was coming. The calm and sunny afternoon turned into a very rough night, with the wind picking up from the southwest as night fell and growing stronger until nine the next morning. By that time, it was blowing so hard that we had to stop with the squadron and stay under a reefed mizzen until eleven at night. Around midnight, as the wind calmed, we set sail again; steering south, we spotted land for the first time in the morning, which was called Tierra del Fuego. Unfortunately, it looked pretty grim, appearing extremely high and covered in snow. Since we planned to pass through the Straits le Maire the next day, we stayed put at night to avoid missing them and took the chance to prepare for the harsh climate we were about to face. We spent a good part of the night getting a completely new set of sails ready for the yards. At four the next morning, on March 7th, we set sail, and by eight we saw the land and soon began to open the Straits.

THE EVE OF DISASTER.

Disaster Eve.

About ten o'clock, the Pearl and the Trial being ordered to keep ahead of the squadron, we entered them with fair weather and a brisk gale, and were hurried through by the rapidity of the tide in about two hours, though they are between seven and eight leagues in length. As these Straits are often considered as the boundary between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and as we presumed we had nothing now before us but an open sea till we arrived on those opulent coasts where all our hopes and wishes centred, we could not help flattering ourselves that the greatest difficulty of our passage was now at an end, and that our most sanguine dreams were upon the point of being realised, and hence we indulged our imaginations in those romantic schemes which the fancied possession of the Chilean gold and Peruvian silver might be conceived to inspire. These joyous ideas were heightened by the brightness of the sky and the serenity of the weather, which was indeed most remarkably pleasing; for though the winter was now advancing apace, yet the morning of this day, in its brilliancy and mildness, gave place to none we had seen since our departure from England. Thus animated by these delusions, we traversed these memorable Straits, ignorant of the dreadful calamities that were then impending, and just ready to break upon us; ignorant that the time drew near when the squadron would be separated never to unite again, and that this day of our passage was the last cheerful day that the greatest part of us would ever live to enjoy.

Around ten o'clock, the Pearl and the Trial were ordered to stay ahead of the squadron. We entered under clear skies and a strong wind, and thanks to the fast tide, we made our way through in about two hours, even though these Straits are between seven and eight leagues long. Since these Straits are often seen as the boundary between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and we figured we had nothing but open sea ahead of us until we reached those wealthy coasts where all our hopes and wishes were focused, we couldn't help but feel that the toughest part of our journey was behind us, and that our most optimistic dreams were about to come true. This made us indulge in those romantic ideas inspired by the imagined riches of Chilean gold and Peruvian silver. Our happy thoughts were enhanced by the bright sky and calm weather, which was remarkably pleasant; even though winter was approaching quickly, the morning of this day, with its brightness and mildness, was unmatched since we left England. Thus, driven by these illusions, we traveled through these historic Straits, unaware of the terrible misfortunes that were about to hit us; unaware that soon the squadron would be separated forever, and that this day of our journey would be the last joyful day that most of us would ever experience.

(*Note. The Equator is the zero (0 degrees) of latitude. The latitude becomes higher as one proceeds to the poles (90 degrees).)
(*Note: The Equator is 0 degrees of latitude. Latitude increases as you move towards the poles (90 degrees).)

CHAPTER 6.
HEAVY GALES--A LONG BATTLE WITH WIND AND SEA--THE CENTURION LOSES HER CONSORTS.

We had scarcely reached the southern extremity of the straits of le Maire, when our flattering hopes were instantly lost in the apprehensions of immediate destruction. For before the sternmost ships of the squadron were clear of the Straits, the serenity of the sky was suddenly changed, and gave us all the presages of an impending storm; and immediately the wind shifted to the southward, and blew in such violent squalls that we were obliged to hand our topsails and reef our mainsail. The tide, too, which had hitherto favoured us, now turned against us and drove us to the eastward with prodigious rapidity, so that we were in great anxiety for the Wager and the Anna pink, the two sternmost vessels, fearing they would be dashed to pieces against the shore of Staten Land. Nor were our apprehensions without foundation, for it was with the utmost difficulty they escaped. And now the whole squadron, instead of pursuing their intended course to the south-west, were driven to the eastward by the united force of the storm and of the currents; so that next day in the morning we found ourselves near seven leagues to the eastward of Staten Land. The violence of the current, which had set us with so much precipitation to the eastward, together with the force and constancy of the westerly winds, soon taught us to consider the doubling of Cape Horn as an enterprise that might prove too mighty for our efforts, though some amongst us had lately treated the difficulties which former voyagers were said to have met with in this undertaking as little better than chimerical, and had supposed them to arise rather from timidity and unskilfulness than from the real embarrassments of the winds and seas. But we were severely convinced that these censures were rash and ill-grounded, for the distresses with which we struggled during the three succeeding months will not easily be paralleled in the relation of any former naval expedition.

We had barely reached the southern end of the straits of le Maire when our hopeful expectations were quickly overshadowed by fears of imminent disaster. Just as the rear ships of our squadron were clearing the Straits, the clear sky suddenly changed, giving us all the signs of an approaching storm. The wind then shifted to the south and blew in such fierce gusts that we had to lower our topsails and reef our mainsail. The tide, which had been in our favor, now turned against us and pushed us eastward with incredible speed, leaving us very worried about the Wager and the Anna pink, the two ships at the back, fearing they might be crashed against the shore of Staten Land. Our worries were justified, as they barely escaped. Now the entire squadron, instead of continuing on our planned route to the southwest, was pushed eastward by the combined force of the storm and the currents. By the next morning, we found ourselves nearly seven leagues east of Staten Land. The severity of the current that had rushed us eastward, along with the strong and persistent westerly winds, quickly made us reconsider the challenge of rounding Cape Horn as perhaps too daunting for us. Some among us had recently dismissed the difficulties that previous sailors faced on this voyage as little more than fanciful tales, thinking they resulted more from fear and lack of skill than from the actual challenges posed by the winds and seas. But we were painfully reminded that such judgments were hasty and unfounded, as the hardships we faced over the next three months will be hard to match in the accounts of any past naval expedition.

From the storm which came on before we had well got clear of Straits le Maire, we had a continual succession of such tempestuous weather as surprised the oldest and most experienced mariners on board, and obliged them to confess that what they had hitherto called storms were inconsiderable gales compared with the violence of these winds, which raised such short and at the same time such mountainous waves as greatly surpassed in danger all seas known in any other part of the globe. And it was not without great reason that this unusual appearance filled us with continual terror, for had any one of these waves broke fairly over us, it must in all probability have sent us to the bottom.

From the storm that hit us before we had fully cleared Straits le Maire, we faced a nonstop series of wild weather that shocked even the oldest and most experienced sailors on board. They had to admit that what they used to call storms were just minor gales compared to the intensity of these winds, which created short but massive waves that posed a greater danger than any seas known elsewhere in the world. It was only natural that this strange occurrence filled us with constant fear, because if one of those waves had crashed down on us, it likely would have sent us to the bottom.

SEAS MOUNTAINS HIGH.

SEAS MOUNTAINS HIGH.

It was on the 7th of March, as has been already observed, that we passed Straits le Maire, and were immediately afterwards driven to the eastward by a violent storm and the force of the current which set that way. For the four or five succeeding days we had hard gales of wind from the same quarter, with a most prodigious swell; so that though we stood, during all that time, towards the south-west, yet we had no reason to imagine we had made any way to the westward. In this interval we had frequent squalls of rain and snow, and shipped great quantities of water; after which for three or four days, though the seas ran mountains high, yet the weather was rather more moderate. But on the 18th we had again strong gales of wind with extreme cold. From hence to the 23rd the weather was more favourable, though often intermixed with rain and sleet, and some hard gales; but as the waves did not subside, the ship, by labouring in this lofty sea, was now grown so loose in her upper works that she let in the water at every seam; so that every part within board was constantly exposed to the sea-water, and scarcely any of the officers ever lay in dry beds. Indeed, it was very rare that two nights ever passed without many of them being driven from their beds by the deluge of water that came upon them.

It was on March 7th, as mentioned before, that we passed through the Strait of Le Maire and were immediately pushed eastward by a violent storm and the strong current in that direction. For the next four or five days, we faced intense gales from the same direction, along with huge swells. Even though we were sailing southwest during that time, we had no reason to believe we were making any progress westward. During this time, we often experienced squalls of rain and snow, taking on a lot of water. Then, for three or four days, even though the waves were enormous, the weather was somewhat milder. However, on the 18th, we faced strong winds and extreme cold again. From then until the 23rd, the weather improved slightly, although it was still mixed with rain, sleet, and some powerful gales. But since the waves didn’t calm down, the ship became so loose in her upper parts that it let in water at every joint; consequently, every area inside was constantly exposed to seawater, and hardly any of the officers ever got to sleep in dry beds. In fact, it was quite rare for two nights to go by without many of them being forced out of their beds by the flood of water that came over them.

On the 23rd we had a most violent storm of wind, hail, and rain, with a very great sea; and though we handed the main-topsail before the height of the squall, yet we found the yard sprung; and soon after, the foot-rope of the mainsail breaking, the mainsail itself split instantly to rags, and in spite of our endeavours to save it, much the greater part of it was blown overboard. On this the Commodore made the signal for the squadron to bring to; and, the storm at length flattening to a calm, we had an opportunity of getting down our main-topsail yard to put the carpenters at work upon it, and of repairing our rigging; after which, having bent a new mainsail, we got under sail again with a moderate breeze. But in less than twenty-four hours we were attacked by another storm still more furious than the former; for it proved a perfect hurricane, and reduced us to the necessity of lying to under our bare poles.

On the 23rd, we experienced a really intense storm with strong winds, hail, and rain, along with huge waves. Even though we took in the main-topsail before the worst of the squall hit, we discovered that the yard had been damaged. Soon after, the foot-rope of the mainsail broke, causing the mainsail to tear into shreds, and despite our efforts to save it, most of it was blown overboard. At this point, the Commodore signaled for the squadron to stop, and when the storm finally calmed down, we had the chance to take down our main-topsail yard so the carpenters could work on it and fix our rigging. After that, we set a new mainsail and got sailing again with a gentle breeze. But less than twenty-four hours later, we were hit by another storm, even more violent than the last; it turned into a full-blown hurricane, forcing us to call a halt and ride it out with just our bare poles.

As our ship kept the wind better any of the rest, we were obliged in the afternoon to wear ship, in order to join the squadron to the leeward, which otherwise we should have been in danger of losing in the night; and as we dared not venture any sail abroad, we were obliged to make use of an expedient which answered our purpose; this was putting the helm a-weather and manning the fore-shrouds. But though this method proved successful for the end intended, yet in the execution of it one of our ablest seaman was canted overboard; and notwithstanding the prodigious agitation of the waves, we perceived that he swam very strong, and it was with the utmost concern that we found ourselves incapable of assisting him; and we were the more grieved at his unhappy fate, since we lost sight of him struggling with the waves, and conceived from the manner in which he swam that he might continue sensible for a considerable time longer of the horror attending his irretrievable situation.

As our ship handled the wind better than any of the others, we had to change course in the afternoon to catch up with the squadron downwind, or we risked losing sight of them during the night. Since we couldn't put up any sails, we had to come up with a workaround that worked for us: we turned the helm into the wind and worked on the fore-shrouds. Although this approach was effective for our purpose, unfortunately, during its execution, one of our best sailors fell overboard. Despite the rough waves, we noticed he was swimming strongly, and it was incredibly distressing that we couldn’t help him. Our grief was intensified by his tragic fate, especially as we lost sight of him struggling in the water and feared, given how he was swimming, that he would remain aware of the horror of his situation for quite a while.

It was this incident that inspired Cowper's 'Castaway,' and called forth the touching verse given below--a verse so eloquent in its testimony to that gentler side of Anson's nature, which won for him the affection and regard not only of his own sailors, but even of his Spanish prisoners.

It was this incident that inspired Cowper's 'Castaway,' and brought forth the moving verse provided below—a verse that powerfully illustrates the kinder side of Anson's character, which earned him the love and respect not only of his own crew but even of his Spanish captives.

Of this poor sailor, and of the page in the ship's books that bore his name, Cowper wrote:

Of this poor sailor, and of the entry in the ship's records that had his name, Cowper wrote:

No poet wept him; but the page
Of narrative sincere,
That tells his name, his worth, his age,
Is wet with Anson's tear.
And tears by bards or heroes shed
Alike immortalise the dead.

No poet cried for him; but the page
Of honest storytelling,
That shares his name, his value, his time,
Is damp with Anson's tear.
And tears shed by poets or heroes
Equally immortalize the dead.

From hence we had an interval of three or four days less tempestuous than usual, but accompanied with a thick fog, in which we were obliged to fire guns almost every half-hour to keep our squadron together.

From there, we had a stretch of three or four days that was calmer than usual, but it came with a thick fog, which forced us to fire our guns almost every half-hour to keep our fleet together.

On the first of April the weather returned again to its customary bias, the sky looked dark and gloomy, and the wind began to freshen and to blow in squalls; however, it was not yet so boisterous as to prevent our carrying our topsails close reefed; but its appearance was such as plainly prognosticated that a still severer tempest was at hand. And accordingly, on the 3rd of April, there came on a storm which both in its violence and continuation (for it lasted three days) exceeded all that we had hitherto encountered. In its first onset we received a furious shock from the sea which broke upon our larboard quarter, where it stove in the quarter gallery, and rushed into the ship like a deluge; our rigging, too, suffered extremely, so that to ease the stress upon the masts and shrouds we lowered both our main and fore yards, and furled all our sails, and in this posture we lay to for three days, when, the storm somewhat abating, we ventured to make sail under our courses only. But even this we could not do long, for the next day, which was the 7th, we had another hard gale of wind, with lightning and rain, which obliged us to lie to again all night.

On April 1st, the weather went back to its usual patterns, with the sky looking dark and dreary, and the wind picking up and blowing in gusts. However, it wasn't so wild that we couldn't keep our topsails closely reefed; still, the conditions clearly indicated that a much worse storm was approaching. As expected, on April 3rd, a storm hit that was more violent and lasted longer (for three days) than anything we had faced before. In its initial impact, we took a hard hit from the sea on our left side, which smashed in the quarter gallery and flooded the ship like a torrent. Our rigging was heavily damaged, so to relieve the pressure on the masts and shrouds, we lowered both our main and fore yards, and furled all our sails. We stayed in that position for three days, and when the storm eased a bit, we decided to set sail again, but only under our courses. Unfortunately, we couldn't maintain that for long as the next day, April 7th, we faced another strong gale with lightning and rain, forcing us to hunker down again all night.

And now, after all our solicitude, and the numerous ills of every kind to which we had been incessantly exposed for near forty days, we had great consolation in the flattering hopes we entertained, that our fatigues were drawing to a period, and that we should soon arrive in a more hospitable climate, where we should be amply repaid for all our past sufferings. For, towards the latter end of March, we were advanced by our reckoning near 10 degrees to the westward of the westernmost point of Tierra del Fuego, and this allowance being double what former navigators have thought necessary to be taken in order to compensate the drift of the eastern current, we esteemed ourselves to be well advanced within the limits of the southern ocean, and had therefore been ever since standing to the northward with as much expedition as the turbulence of the weather and our frequent disasters permitted. And, on the 13th of April, we were but a degree in latitude to the southward of the west entrance of the straits of Magellan, so that we fully expected, in a very few days, to have experienced the celebrated tranquillity of the Pacific Ocean.

And now, after all our worries and the countless challenges we faced for nearly forty days, we found great comfort in the hopeful belief that our struggles were coming to an end, and that we would soon reach a more welcoming climate where we would be richly rewarded for all our past hardships. By the end of March, we had calculated that we were nearly 10 degrees west of the westernmost point of Tierra del Fuego. This adjustment was twice what previous navigators believed necessary to account for the drift of the eastern current, so we considered ourselves well into the southern ocean and had been heading north as fast as the rough weather and our numerous setbacks allowed. On April 13th, we were just one degree south of the western entrance of the straits of Magellan, and we fully expected to soon experience the renowned calm of the Pacific Ocean.

AN UNEXPECTED DANGER.

AN UNEXPECTED THREAT.

But these were delusions which only served to render our disappointment more terrible; for the next morning, between one and two, as we were standing to the northward, and the weather, which had till then been hazy, accidentally cleared up, the pink made a signal for seeing land right ahead and it being but two miles distant, we were all under the most dreadful apprehensions of running on shore; which, had either the wind blown from its usual quarter with its wonted vigour, or had not the moon suddenly shone out, not a ship amongst us could possibly have avoided. But the wind, which some few hours before blew in squalls from the south-west, having fortunately shifted to west-north-west, we were enabled to stand to the southward, and to clear ourselves of this unexpected danger; so that by noon we had gained an offing of near twenty leagues.

But these were just illusions that only made our disappointment worse. The next morning, around one or two, as we were positioned to the north and the weather, which had been hazy until then, unexpectedly cleared up, the pink signaled that land was just ahead and only two miles away. We were all filled with dread about running aground; if the wind had been blowing from its usual direction with its usual strength, or if the moon hadn't suddenly shone out, none of our ships would have been able to avoid it. Fortunately, the wind, which had been blowing in gusts from the southwest a few hours earlier, shifted to west-northwest, allowing us to head south and steer clear of this unexpected danger. By noon, we had managed to sail nearly twenty leagues offshore.

By the latitude of this land we fell in with, it was agreed to be a part of Tierra del Fuego, near the southern outlet of the Straits of Magellan. It was indeed most wonderful that the currents should have driven us to the eastward with such strength; for the whole squadron esteemed themselves upwards of ten degrees more westerly than this land. And now, instead of having our labours and anxieties relieved by approaching a warmer climate and more tranquil seas, we were to steer again to the southward, and again to combat those western blasts which had so often terrified us; and this, too, when we were weakened by our men falling sick and dying apace, and when our spirits, dejected by a long continuance at sea, and by our late disappointment, were much less capable of supporting us in the various difficulties which we could not but expect in this new undertaking. Add to all this, too, the discouragement we received by the diminution of the strength of the squadron; for three days before this we lost sight of the Severn and the Pearl in the morning; and though we spread our ships, and beat about for some time, yet we never saw them more; whence we had apprehensions that they too might have fallen in with this land in the night, and, being less favoured by the wind and the moon than we were, might have run on shore and have perished.

By the latitude of this land we encountered, it was agreed to be part of Tierra del Fuego, near the southern entrance of the Straits of Magellan. It was truly remarkable that the currents had carried us eastward with such force; the whole squadron believed they were more than ten degrees west of this land. Now, instead of having our hard work and worries eased by moving toward a warmer climate and calmer seas, we were facing a return southward, battling those western winds that had often terrified us. This was especially tough since we were weakened by our men getting sick and dying quickly, and our spirits were low from a long time at sea and our recent disappointment, making us less able to handle the various challenges we expected in this new endeavor. To make matters worse, we faced discouragement from the reduced strength of the squadron; three days earlier, we lost sight of the Severn and the Pearl in the morning. Even after spreading out our ships and searching for a while, we never saw them again, leading us to fear that they too might have encountered this land during the night and, being less fortunate with the wind and the moon than we were, could have run aground and perished.

After the mortifying disappointment of falling in with the coast of Tierra del Fuego, when we esteemed ourselves 10 degrees to the westward of it, we stood away to the south-west till the 22nd of April, when we were in upwards of 60 degrees south, and by our account near 6 degrees to the westward of Cape Noir.* And in this run we had a series of as favourable weather as could well be expected in that part of the world, even in a better season; so that this interval, setting the inquietude of our thoughts aside, was by far the most eligible of any we enjoyed from Straits le Maire to the west coast of America. This moderate weather continued with little variation till the 24th; but on the 24th in the evening the wind began to blow fresh, and soon increased to a prodigious storm; and the weather being extremely thick, about midnight we lost sight of the other ships of the squadron, which, notwithstanding the violence of the preceding storms, had hitherto kept in company with us.

After the embarrassing disappointment of reaching the coast of Tierra del Fuego when we thought we were still 10 degrees to the west of it, we headed southwest until April 22nd, when we were more than 60 degrees south and, according to our calculations, about 6 degrees west of Cape Noir.* During this journey, we enjoyed a stretch of weather that was as pleasant as could be expected in that part of the world, even better than at other times; so aside from our anxious thoughts, this was by far the best period we experienced between the Straits of Le Maire and the west coast of America. This mild weather continued mostly the same until the 24th; but on the evening of the 24th, the wind picked up and soon turned into a huge storm. The weather became very foggy, and around midnight we lost sight of the other ships in our squadron, which, despite the severity of the earlier storms, had been sailing with us until that point.

(*Note. Part of Tierra del Fuego near the southern outlet of the Straits of Magellan.)
(*Note: Part of Tierra del Fuego near the southern end of the Straits of Magellan.)

On the 25th, about noon, the weather became more moderate, but still we had no sight of the rest of the squadron, nor indeed were we joined by any of them again till after our arrival at Juan Fernandez, nor did any two of them, as we have since learned, continue in company together.

On the 25th, around noon, the weather got milder, but we still hadn't seen the rest of the squadron, and we didn’t reunite with any of them until we got to Juan Fernandez. As we've learned since, none of them stayed together either.

The remaining part of this month of April we had generally hard gales, although we had been every day since the 22nd edging to the northward. However, on the last day of the month we flattered ourselves with the hopes of soon terminating all our sufferings, for we that day found ourselves in the latitude of 52 degrees 13 minutes, which, being to the northward of the Straits of Magellan we were assured that we had completed our passage, and had arrived in the confines of the Southern Ocean; and this ocean being nominated Pacific,* from the equability of the seasons which are said to prevail there, and the facility and security with which navigation is there carried on, we doubted not but we should be speedily cheered with the moderate gales, the smooth water, and the temperate air, for which that tract of the globe has been so renowned. And under the influence of these pleasing circumstances we hoped to experience some kind of compensation for the complicated miseries which had so constantly attended us for the last eight weeks. But here we were again disappointed; for in the succeeding month of May our sufferings rose to a much higher pitch than they had ever yet done, whether we consider the violence of the storms, the shattering of our sails and rigging, or the diminishing and weakening of our crew by deaths and sickness, and the probable prospect of our total destruction.

The rest of April brought us mostly strong winds, even though we had been moving northward every day since the 22nd. However, on the final day of the month, we felt hopeful that our hardships were coming to an end, as we found ourselves at the latitude of 52 degrees 13 minutes. Being north of the Straits of Magellan, we believed we had successfully completed our journey and reached the edges of the Southern Ocean. This ocean is called the Pacific because of its generally mild seasons and the safe and easy navigation conditions reported there. We had no doubt that we would soon be welcomed with gentle winds, calm waters, and temperate air, for which that part of the world is famous. Given these promising circumstances, we hoped to find some kind of relief from the complicated miseries we had faced for the past eight weeks. But once again, we were let down; in the following month of May, our suffering increased to levels we had never experienced before, whether due to the severity of the storms, the damage to our sails and rigging, or the declining health of our crew from deaths and illness, along with the looming threat of our complete destruction.

(*Note. Peace-making. So named by Magellan from the fine weather he experienced there in 1520 and 1521. He was the first European to enter that ocean. The name was scarcely deserved.)
(*Note. Peace-making. This name was given by Magellan based on the nice weather he encountered there in 1520 and 1521. He was the first European to reach that ocean. The name was hardly warranted.)

CHAPTER 7.
OUTBREAK OF SCURVY*--DANGER OF SHIPWRECK.

(*Note. 'Scurvy.' The nature of the disease and the proper method of treatment were not fully understood in Anson's day. It is caused by improper diet and particularly by the want of fresh vegetables. Lemon and lime juice are the best protectives against it and they were made an essential element in nautical diet in 1795. The disease which used to cause dreadful mortality on long voyages has since that time gradually disappeared and is now very rarely met with.)
(*Note. 'Scurvy.' During Anson's time, the nature of the disease and the correct way to treat it weren't fully understood. It's caused by a poor diet, especially a lack of fresh vegetables. Lemon and lime juice are the most effective preventatives, and they became a crucial part of sailors' diets in 1795. The disease, which used to cause significant deaths on long journeys, has gradually diminished since then and is now very rarely seen.)

THE PACIFIC.

THE PACIFIC OCEAN.

Soon after our passing Straits le Maire the scurvy began to make its appearance amongst us; and our long continuance at sea, the fatigue we underwent, and the various disappointments we met with, had occasion its spreading to such a degree, that at the latter end of April there were but few on board who were not in some degree afflicted with it; and in that month no less than forty-three died of it on board the Centurion. But though we thought that the distemper had then risen to an extraordinary height, and were willing to hope that as we advanced to the northward its malignant would abate, yet we found, on the contrary, that in the month of May we lost nearly double that number. And as we did not get to land till the middle of June, the mortality went on increasing, and the disease extended itself so prodigiously that after the loss of above two hundred men we could not at last muster more than six foremast men in a watch capable of duty.

Soon after we passed through the Straits of Le Maire, scurvy began showing up among us; our long time at sea, the exhaustion we experienced, and the various disappointments we faced caused it to spread to such an extent that by the end of April, there were barely a few on board who weren’t affected by it to some degree, and in that month, no less than forty-three died from it on the Centurion. Even though we thought that the illness had reached an extreme level and hoped it would lessen as we moved further north, we found, instead, that in May we lost nearly double that number. And since we didn’t reach land until the middle of June, the death toll continued to rise, and the disease spread so massively that after losing over two hundred men, we could ultimately only muster six foremast men in a watch who were fit for duty.

This disease, so frequently attending all long voyages, and so particularly destructive to us, is usually attended with a strange dejection of the spirits, and with shiverings, tremblings, and a disposition to be seized with the most dreadful terrors on the slightest accident. Indeed, it was most remarkable, in all our reiterated experience of this malady, that whatever discouraged our people, or at any time damped their hopes, never failed to add new vigour to the distemper, for it usually killed those who were in the last stage of it, and confined those to their hammocks who were before capable of some kind of duty; so that it seemed as if alacrity of mind and sanguine thoughts were no contemptible preservatives from its fatal malignity.

This disease, which often occurs on long voyages and is particularly devastating for us, usually comes with a strange feeling of sadness, along with shivers, trembles, and a tendency to be gripped by the most terrifying fears over the slightest incident. In fact, it was very noticeable in all our repeated experiences with this illness that anything that discouraged our crew or dampened their spirits invariably made the illness worse. It primarily struck those who were already in the final stages of the disease and confined those who were previously able to do some work to their hammocks. It seemed as though a positive mindset and hopeful thoughts were significant defenses against its deadly nature.

A most extraordinary circumstance, and what would be scarcely credible upon any single evidence, is, that the scars of wounds which had been for many years healed were forced open again by this virulent distemper. Of this there was a remarkable instance in one of the invalids on board the Centurion, who had been wounded above fifty years before at the battle of the Boyne;* for though he was cured soon after, and had continued well for a great number of years past, yet, on his being attacked by the scurvy, his wounds, in the progress of his disease, broke out afresh, and appeared as if they had never been healed. Nay, what is still more astonishing, the callous of a broken bone, which had been completely formed for a long time, was found to be hereby dissolved, and the fracture seemed as if it had never been consolidated. Indeed, the effects of this disease were in almost every instance wonderful; for many of our people, though confined to their hammocks, appeared to have no inconsiderable share of health, for they ate and drank heartily, were cheerful, and talked with much seeming vigour, and with a loud, strong tone of voice; and yet on their being the least moved, though it was only from one part of the ship to the other, and that in their hammocks, they have immediately expired; and others who have confided in their seeming strength, and have resolved to get out of their hammocks, have died before they could well reach the deck. And it was no uncommon thing for those who were able to walk the deck, and to do some kind of duty, to drop down dead in an instant, on any endeavours to act with their utmost vigour, many of our people having perished in this manner during the course of this voyage.

A truly extraordinary situation, which would hardly be believable based on a single account, is that the scars from wounds that had been healed for many years were reopened by this severe disease. There was a notable example of this in one of the sick on board the Centurion, who had been injured over fifty years earlier at the battle of the Boyne;* although he was treated soon after and had been well for a large number of years, when he contracted scurvy, his wounds reopened during the course of his illness and looked as if they had never healed. Moreover, even more astonishing, the hard tissue from a broken bone that had fully formed a long time ago was found to have dissolved, making the fracture seem as if it had never been set. Indeed, the effects of this disease were remarkable in almost every case; many of our crew, although confined to their hammocks, seemed to have a significant degree of health, as they ate and drank heartily, appeared cheerful, and spoke with much apparent energy and a loud, strong voice; yet, with the slightest movement, even just shifting from one side of the ship to the other, while still in their hammocks, they would instantly die. Others, who trusted their apparent strength and tried to get out of their hammocks, died before they could even reach the deck. It was not uncommon for those who were able to walk on deck and perform some kind of duty to drop dead suddenly when exerting themselves as much as they could, with many people having perished this way during the voyage.

(*Note. William III defeated James II and his army of Irish and French troops July 12th, 1690.)
(*Note. William III defeated James II and his army of Irish and French troops on July 12, 1690.)

THE ISLAND OF SOCORO.

Socorro Island.

With this terrible disease we struggled the greatest part of the time of our beating round Cape Horn. We entertained hopes that when we should have once secured our passage round the Cape, we should put a period to this and all the other evils which had so constantly pursued us. But it was our misfortune to find that the Pacific Ocean was to us less hospitable than the turbulent neighbourhood of Tierra del Fuego and Cape Horn; for being arrived, on the 8th of May, off the island of Socoro, which was the first rendezvous appointed for the squadron, and where we hoped to have met with some of our companions, we cruised for them in that station several days. And here we were not only disappointed in our hopes of being joined by our friends, and thereby induced to favour the gloomy suggestions of their having all perished, but we were likewise perpetually alarmed with the fears of being driven on shore upon this coast, which appeared too craggy and irregular to give us the least hopes that in such a case any of us could possibly escape immediate destruction. For the land had indeed a most tremendous aspect; the most distant part of it, and which appeared far within the country, being the mountains usually called the Andes or Cordilleras, was extremely high, and covered with snow; and the coast itself seemed quite rocky and barren, and the water's edge skirted with precipices. As we were utterly ignorant of the coast, had we been driven ashore by the western winds, which blew almost constantly there, we did not expect to have avoided the loss of our ship and of our lives.

We dealt with this terrible disease for most of the time we spent rounding Cape Horn. We hoped that once we made it past the Cape, we could put an end to this and all the other troubles that had constantly followed us. Unfortunately, we found that the Pacific Ocean was less welcoming to us than the chaotic waters around Tierra del Fuego and Cape Horn. On May 8th, when we arrived off the island of Socorro, the first meeting point designated for the squadron, we anticipated reuniting with some of our companions. We spent several days searching for them at that location. To our disappointment, not only did we not find our friends, which led us to dread the possibility that they had all perished, but we were also constantly on edge, fearing that we might be blown ashore on a coastline that looked too jagged and uneven to offer any hope of survival in such an event. The land had a truly intimidating appearance; the farthest reachable part of it, seemingly deep in the countryside, consisted of the very tall, snow-capped mountains known as the Andes or Cordilleras. The coast itself was rocky and barren, with steep cliffs lining the water's edge. Since we were completely unfamiliar with the coastline, we didn't think we could escape losing our ship and our lives if the relentless western winds that blew there drove us ashore.

And this continued peril, which lasted for about a fortnight, was greatly aggravated by the difficulties we found in working the ship; as the scurvy had by this time destroyed so great a part of our hands, and had in some degree affected almost the whole crew. Nor did we, as we hoped, find the winds less violent as we advanced to the northward; for we had often prodigious squalls, which split our sails, greatly damaged our rigging, and endangered our masts.

And this ongoing danger, which lasted for about two weeks, was made worse by the challenges we faced in operating the ship; the scurvy had already taken out a significant number of our crew and had impacted nearly everyone else. Plus, contrary to our hopes, the winds didn't become any calmer as we moved north; instead, we frequently encountered severe squalls that tore our sails, heavily damaged our rigging, and put our masts at risk.

CHAPTER 8.
JUAN FERNANDEZ--THE TRIAL REJOINS.

THE SEARCH FOR JUAN FERNANDEZ.

THE SEARCH FOR JUAN FERNANDEZ.

It were endless to recite minutely the various disasters, fatigues, and terrors which we encountered on this coast; all these went on increasing till the 22nd of May, at which time the fury of all the storms which we had hitherto encountered seemed to be combined, and to have conspired our destruction. In this hurricane almost all our sails were split, and great part of our standing rigging broken; and, about eight in the evening, a mountainous overgrown sea took us upon our starboard quarter, and gave us so prodigious a shock that several of our shrouds broke with the jerk, by which our masts were greatly endangered. Our ballast and stores, too, were so strangely shifted that the ship heeled afterwards two streaks to port. Indeed, it was a most tremendous blow, and we were thrown into the utmost consternation from the apprehension of instantly foundering. This was the last effort of that stormy climate, for in a day or two we found the weather more moderate than we had yet experienced since our passing Straits le Maire. And now having cruised in vain for more than a fortnight in quest of the other ships of the squadron, it was resolved to take advantage of the present favourable season and the offing we had made from this terrible coast, and to make the best of our way for the island of Juan Fernandez.* For though our next rendezvous was appointed off the harbour of Baldivia, yet as we had hitherto seen none of our companions at this first rendezvous, it was not to be supposed that any of them would be found at the second; indeed, we had the greatest reason to suspect that all but ourselves had perished. Besides, we were by this time reduced to so low a condition that, instead of attempting to attack the places of the enemy, our utmost hopes could only suggest to us the possibility of saving the ship, and some part of the remaining enfeebled crew, by our speedy arrival at Juan Fernandez; for this was the only road in that part of the world where there was any probability of our recovering our sick or refitting our vessel, and consequently our getting thither was the only chance we had left to avoid perishing at sea.

It would take forever to list all the disasters, exhaustion, and fears we faced on this coast; these only kept growing until May 22nd, when it felt like all the storms we had encountered so far had combined to threaten our destruction. In this hurricane, almost all of our sails were torn, and a significant part of our standing rigging was damaged; around eight in the evening, a massive wave hit us on our starboard side, giving us such a jolt that several of our shrouds snapped, putting our masts in serious danger. Our ballast and supplies also got so strangely shifted that the ship tilted two streaks to port afterwards. It was a truly terrifying blow, and we were thrown into a state of complete panic, fearing we would sink at any moment. This was the last attack from that stormy weather, as we found the conditions to be much calmer in the days that followed, compared to what we had experienced since passing through Straits le Maire. After cruising aimlessly for over two weeks, trying to find the other ships in our squadron, we decided to take advantage of the favorable weather and the distance we had made from this treacherous coast to head for the island of Juan Fernandez.* Although our next meeting point was set off the harbor of Baldivia, given that we hadn’t seen any of our companions at this first rendezvous, it seemed unlikely that any of them would be at the second; in fact, we had every reason to believe that we were the only survivors. Moreover, by this point, we were in such dire straits that, instead of planning an attack against the enemy, our only hope was to save the ship and some of the remaining weakened crew by getting to Juan Fernandez as quickly as possible; it was the only place we could realistically recover our sick or repair our vessel, and thus reaching it was our last chance to avoid drowning at sea.

(*Note. 'Juan Fernandez.' This island which is 13 miles long by 4 miles broad, now belongs to Chili. It was discovered in 1563 by Juan Fernandez. As it was unoccupied it was a favourite resort of the buccaneers throughout the seventeenth century, as well as of English squadrons despatched like those of Dampier and Anson, to prey on Spanish commerce, and needing to refit and water after the long voyage round Cape Horn. The Spaniards at last occupied it in 1750, in self-defence. It was here that Alexander Selkirk was put ashore in 1704.)
(*Note. 'Juan Fernandez.' This island, which is 13 miles long and 4 miles wide, currently belongs to Chile. It was discovered in 1563 by Juan Fernandez. Since it was uninhabited, it became a popular spot for buccaneers during the seventeenth century, as well as for English fleets sent, like those of Dampier and Anson, to attack Spanish trade and needing to refit and find fresh water after the long journey around Cape Horn. The Spaniards finally took it over in 1750 for self-defense. It was here that Alexander Selkirk was dropped off in 1704.)

Our deplorable situation, then, allowing no room for deliberation, we stood for the island of Juan Fernandez. On the 28th of May, being nearly in the parallel upon which it is laid down, we had great expectations of seeing it; but not finding it in the position in which the charts had taught us to expect it, we began to fear that we had got too far to the westward; and therefore, though the Commodore himself was strongly persuaded that he saw it on the morning of the 28th, yet his officers believing it to be only a cloud, to which opinion the haziness of the weather gave some kind of countenance, it was on a consultation resolved to stand to the eastward in the parallel of the island; as it was certain that by this course we should either fall in with the island, if we were already to the westward of it, or should at least make the mainland of Chili, whence we might take a new departure, and assure ourselves, by running to the westward afterwards, of not missing the island a second time.

Our unfortunate situation, leaving no room for discussion, made us head for the island of Juan Fernandez. On May 28th, being just about on the latitude where it was supposed to be, we were hopeful of spotting it; but when we didn’t find it where the maps indicated, we began to worry that we had drifted too far west. Although the Commodore was convinced he saw it that morning, his officers thought it was just a cloud, which the hazy weather seemed to support. After consulting, we decided to head east, following the island's latitude; this way, we would either find the island if we were already west of it, or at least reach the mainland of Chile, from where we could start again and ensure we wouldn't miss the island the next time we headed west.

On the 30th of May we had a view of the continent of Chili, distant about twelve or thirteen leagues. It gave us great uneasiness to find that we had so needlessly altered our course when we were, in all probability, just upon the point of making the island; for the mortality amongst us was now increased to a most dreadful degree, and those who remained alive were utterly dispirited by this new disappointment and the prospect of their longer continuance at sea. Our water, too, began to grow scarce, so that a general dejection prevailed amongst us, which added much to the virulence of the disease, and destroyed numbers of our best men; and to all these calamities there was added this vexatious circumstance that when, after having got sight of the main, we tacked and stood to the westward in quest of the island, we were so much delayed by calms and contrary winds that it cost us nine days to regain the westing which, when we stood to the eastward, we ran down in two. In this desponding condition, with a crazy ship, a great scarcity of water, and a crew so universally diseased that there were not above ten foremast men in a watch capable of doing duty, and even some of these lame and unable to go aloft; under these disheartening circumstances, I say, we stood to the westward; and on the 9th of June, at daybreak, we at last discovered the long-wished-for island of Juan Fernandez.

On May 30th, we finally saw the continent of Chile, about twelve or thirteen leagues away. It troubled us greatly to realize that we had unnecessarily changed our course just when we were likely close to reaching the island. The death toll among us had risen to a horrifying level, and those who remained were completely demoralized by this new setback and the thought of being stuck at sea even longer. Our water supply was also running low, leading to widespread gloom among the crew, which worsened the severity of the illness and caused the loss of many of our best men. Adding to these misfortunes was the frustrating fact that after catching sight of the mainland, when we turned and headed west in search of the island, we were delayed so much by calm seas and opposing winds that it took us nine days to make the westward progress we had previously covered in just two when heading east. In this state of despair, with a battered ship, a severe shortage of water, and a crew so sick that there were barely ten foremast men in a watch able to work—some of those even injured and unable to climb—I say, we continued westward; and on June 9th at dawn, we finally spotted the long-desired island of Juan Fernandez.

It appeared to be a mountainous place, extremely ragged and irregular; yet as it was land and, the land we sought for, it was to us a most agreeable sight. For at this place only we could hope to put a period to those terrible calamities we had so long struggled with, which had already swept away above half our crew, and which, had we continued a few days longer at sea, would inevitably have completed our destruction. For we were by this time reduced to so helpless a condition, that out of two hundred and odd men who remained alive, we could not, taking all our watches together, muster hands enough to work the ship on an emergency, though we included the officers, their servants, and the boys.

It looked like a rough, mountainous area, really jagged and uneven; but since it was land and the land we were searching for, it was a welcome sight to us. This was the only place where we might finally put an end to the terrible hardships we had battled for so long, which had already taken away more than half of our crew, and if we had stayed at sea just a few days longer, it would have led to our complete ruin. By this point, we were in such a helpless state that out of the two hundred or so men still alive, we couldn’t even gather enough hands to operate the ship in an emergency, even counting the officers, their servants, and the boys.

The wind being northerly when we first made the island, we kept plying all that day and the next night, in order to get in with the land; and wearing the ship in the middle watch, we had a melancholy instance of the most incredible debility of our people; for the lieutenant could muster no more than two quarter-masters and six foremast men capable of working; so that without the assistance of the officers, servants, and boys, it might have proved impossible for us to have reached the island after we had got sight of it; and even with this assistance they were two hours in trimming the sails. To so wretched a condition was a 60-gun ship reduced, which had passed Straits le Maire but three months before, with between four hundred and five hundred men, almost all of them in health and vigour.

The wind was blowing from the north when we first spotted the island, so we kept sailing all that day and the next night to get closer to the land. During the middle watch, we had a sad example of how weak our crew had become; the lieutenant could only gather two quartermasters and six foremast men who were fit to work. Without the help of the officers, servants, and boys, it might have been impossible for us to reach the island after seeing it. Even with their help, it took them two hours to trim the sails. This was the miserable state of a 60-gun ship that had passed through the Straits of Le Maire just three months earlier, with between four hundred and five hundred men, nearly all of whom were healthy and strong.

EVEN GRASS A DAINTY.

Even grass is delicate.

However, on the 10th, in the afternoon, we got under the lee of the island, and kept ranging along it at about two miles' distance, in order to look out for the proper anchorage, which was described to be in a bay on the north side. But at last the night closed upon us before we had satisfied ourselves which was the proper bay to anchor in, and therefore we resolved to send our boat next morning to discover the road. At four in the morning the cutter was despatched with our third lieutenant to find out the bay we were in search of, who returned again at noon with the boat laden with seals and grass; for though the island abounded with better vegetables, yet the boat's crew, in their short stay, had not met with them; and they well knew that even grass would prove a dainty, and, indeed, it was all soon and eagerly devoured. The seals, too, were considered as fresh provision, but as yet were not much admired, though they grew afterwards into more repute; for what rendered them less valuable at this juncture was the prodigious quantity of excellent fish which the people on board had taken during the absence of the boat.

However, on the 10th, in the afternoon, we got to the sheltered side of the island and kept moving alongside it about two miles away to look for the right spot to anchor, which was said to be in a bay on the north side. But night came before we figured out which bay was the right one to anchor in, so we decided to send our boat the next morning to find the route. At four in the morning, the cutter was sent out with our third lieutenant to locate the bay we were looking for, and he returned at noon with the boat filled with seals and grass; although the island had better vegetables, the boat's crew, during their brief stay, hadn't come across them, and they knew that even grass would be a treat, which it quickly was as it was eagerly eaten. The seals were viewed as fresh food, but at that time, they weren’t very popular, though they later gained a better reputation; the reason they were less appreciated right then was the huge amount of excellent fish that the crew on board had caught while the boat was away.

The cutter, in this expedition, had discovered the bay where we intended to anchor, which we found was to the westward of our present station; and the next morning we steered along shore till we came abreast of the point that forms the eastern part of the bay. On opening the bay, the wind, that had befriended us thus far, shifted, and blew from thence in squalls; but by means of the headway we had got, we luffed close in, till the anchor brought us up in fifty-six fathoms. Soon after we had thus got to our new berth, we discovered a sail, which we made no doubt was one of our squadron; and on its nearer approach, we found it to be the Trial sloop. We immediately sent some of our hands on board her, by whose assistance she was brought to an anchor between us and the land. We soon found that the sloop had not been exempted from those calamities which we had so severely felt; for her commander, Captain Saunders, waiting on the Commodore, informed him that out of his small complement he had buried thirty-four of his men; and those that remained were so universally afflicted with the scurvy that only himself, his lieutenant, and three of his men were able to stand by the sails.

The cutter, during this expedition, found the bay where we planned to anchor, which was to the west of our current position; and the next morning we sailed along the shore until we reached the point that forms the eastern part of the bay. As we entered the bay, the wind, which had been on our side so far, changed and started blowing in squalls; but thanks to the momentum we had gained, we steered close in until the anchor caught us in fifty-six fathoms. Shortly after we settled into our new spot, we spotted a sail that we were sure belonged to our squadron; as it got closer, we realized it was the Trial sloop. We quickly sent some crew members aboard to help her anchor between us and the land. We soon discovered that the sloop had not escaped the troubles we had faced; her captain, Captain Saunders, reported to the Commodore that he had buried thirty-four of his crew members from his small numbers, and those who remained were so badly affected by scurvy that only he, his lieutenant, and three of his men were able to handle the sails.

CHAPTER 9.
THE SICK LANDED--ALEXANDER SELKIRK*--SEALS AND SEA-LIONS.

(*Note. Alexander Selkirk (1676 to 1721) was an adventurous sailor who joined Dampier's privateering expedition to the South Seas in 1703. He quarrelled with his captain, Stradling, and requested to be landed on the uninhabited island of Juan Fernandez. He immediately repented of his request, and begged to be taken off; but his prayers were disregarded, and he remained on the island from September, 1704, until he was picked up in 1709 by Dampier's new expedition. An account of his adventures was published, which apparently gave Defoe his idea of Robinson Crusoe.)
(*Note. Alexander Selkirk (1676 to 1721) was a daring sailor who joined Dampier's privateering mission to the South Seas in 1703. He had a disagreement with his captain, Stradling, and asked to be dropped off on the uninhabited island of Juan Fernandez. Immediately regretting his choice, he pleaded to be taken back, but his requests were ignored, and he stayed on the island from September 1704 until he was rescued in 1709 by Dampier's new expedition. His adventures were published, which apparently inspired Defoe's idea for Robinson Crusoe.)

We were now extremely occupied in sending on shore materials to raise tents for the reception of the sick, who died apace on board. But we had not hands enough to prepare the tents for their reception before the 16th. On that and the two following days we sent them all on shore, amounting to a hundred and sixty-seven persons, besides at least a dozen who died in the boats on their being exposed to the fresh air. The greatest part of our sick were so infirm that we were obliged to carry them out of the ship in their hammocks, and to convey them afterwards in the same manner from the waterside to their tents, over a stony beach. This was a work of considerable fatigue to the few who were healthy; and therefore the Commodore, with his accustomed humanity, not only assisted herein with his own labour, but obliged his officers, without distinction, to give their helping hand.

We were now extremely busy sending materials ashore to set up tents for the sick, who were dying quickly on board. But we didn't have enough people to prepare the tents for their arrival before the 16th. On that day and the two days that followed, we sent all of them ashore, totaling one hundred sixty-seven people, not to mention at least a dozen who died in the boats when they were exposed to the fresh air. Most of our sick were so weak that we had to carry them out of the ship in their hammocks and transport them the same way from the water's edge to their tents, across a rocky beach. This was very exhausting for the few healthy ones; so the Commodore, showing his usual kindness, not only helped with his own labor but also made sure all his officers, without exception, lent a hand.

The excellence of the climate and the looseness of the soil render this place extremely proper for all kinds of vegetation; for if the ground be anywhere accidentally turned up, it is immediately overgrown with turnips and Sicilian radishes; and therefore, Mr. Anson having with him garden seeds of all kinds, and stones of different sorts of fruits, he, for the better accommodation of his countrymen who should hereafter touch here, sowed both lettuces, carrots, and other garden plants, and set in the woods a great variety of plum, apricot, and peach stones. And these last, he has been informed, have since thriven to a very remarkable degree; for some gentlemen, who in their passage from Lima to old Spain were taken and brought to England, having procured leave to wait upon Mr. Anson to thank him for his generosity and humanity to his prisoners, some of whom were their relations, they in casual discourse with him about his transactions in the South Seas, particularly asked him if he had not planted a great number of fruit-stones on the island of Juan Fernandez; for they told him their late navigators had discovered there numbers of peach trees and apricot trees, which being fruits before unobserved in that place, they concluded them to be produced from kernels set by him.

The great climate and loose soil make this place perfect for all kinds of plants. If the ground is accidentally turned up anywhere, it quickly gets covered with turnips and Sicilian radishes. So, Mr. Anson, who brought along garden seeds of all kinds and various fruit stones, decided to plant lettuces, carrots, and other garden crops to help his fellow countrymen who might come here later. He also planted a wide variety of plum, apricot, and peach stones in the woods. He has since been informed that these have grown exceptionally well. Some gentlemen, who were captured during their journey from Lima to Spain and taken to England, obtained permission to visit Mr. Anson to thank him for his kindness and humanity towards his prisoners, some of whom were their relatives. During casual conversation about his activities in the South Seas, they asked him if he had indeed planted many fruit stones on Juan Fernandez Island. They mentioned that their recent explorers had found many peach and apricot trees there, which had never been seen in that area before, leading them to believe they grew from the seeds he planted.

ALEXANDER SELKIRK.

ALEXANDER SELKIRK.

Former writers have related that this island abounded with vast numbers of goats; and their accounts are not to be questioned, this place being the usual haunt of the buccaneers* and privateers who formerly frequented those seas. And there are two instances--one of a Mosquito Indian, and the other of Alexander Selkirk, a Scotchman, who were left by their respective ships, and lived alone upon this island for some years, and consequently were no strangers to its produce. Selkirk, who was the last, after a stay of between four and five years, was taken off the place by the Duke and Duchess privateers, of Bristol, as may be seen at large in the journal of their voyage. His manner of life during his solitude was in most particulars very remarkable; but there is one circumstance he relates which was so strangely verified by our own observation that I cannot help reciting it. He tells us, among other things, as he often caught more goats than he wanted, he sometimes marked their ears and let them go. This was about thirty-two years before our arrival at the island. Now it happened that the first goat that was killed by our people at their landing had his ears slit; whence we concluded that he had doubtless been formerly under the power of Selkirk. This was indeed an animal of a most venerable aspect, dignified with an exceeding majestic beard, and with many other symptoms of antiquity. During our stay on the island we met with others marked in the same manner, all the males being distinguished by an exuberance of beard and every other characteristic of extreme age. But the great numbers of goats, which former writers described to have been found upon this island, are at present very much diminished. For the Spaniards being informed of the advantages which the buccaneers and privateers drew from the provisions which goats' flesh here furnished them with, they have endeavoured to extirpate the breed, thereby to deprive their enemies of this relief. For this purpose they have put on shore great numbers of large dogs, who have increased apace, and have destroyed all the goats in the accessible part of the country; so that there now remain only a few among the crags and precipices where the dogs cannot follow them.

Former writers have noted that this island used to have a lot of goats, and we can't question their accounts since this place was a common spot for the buccaneers and privateers who used to roam these seas. There are two notable examples—one involving a Mosquito Indian and the other Alexander Selkirk, a Scotsman—who were abandoned by their ships and lived alone on this island for several years, which means they were quite familiar with what it had to offer. Selkirk, being the last, was rescued after staying there for about four to five years by privateers from Bristol, as detailed in their voyage journal. His lifestyle during his time alone was quite remarkable; however, there’s one thing he mentioned that's been astonishingly confirmed by our observations, so I have to share it. He stated that since he often caught more goats than he needed, he would sometimes mark their ears and let them go. This was around thirty-two years before we arrived at the island. Interestingly, the first goat killed by our group upon landing had its ears marked, so we figured it had once belonged to Selkirk. It was indeed a very old-looking goat, dignified with a grand beard and many other signs of age. During our time on the island, we encountered others marked the same way, with the males showing an abundance of beard and other characteristics of extreme age. However, the huge number of goats that previous writers spoke of on this island has significantly decreased. The Spaniards, realizing the benefits that buccaneers and privateers gained from the goat meat here, have tried to eliminate the goat population to deny their enemies this resource. To achieve this, they introduced many large dogs, which have rapidly multiplied and wiped out all the goats in areas they could reach, so now only a few remain in the cliffs and steep places where the dogs can't follow them.

(*Note. 'The buccaneers.' The name "buccaneer" originally meant one who dried or smoked flesh on a "boucan," a kind of hurdle used for this purpose by the natives of Central and South America. The English, French, and Dutch smugglers who, in spite of the monopoly so jealously guarded by the Spaniards (see Introduction above) traded in the Caribbean seas, used to provision at St. Domingo largely with beef, jerked or sun-dried on the boucans. These men formed an organised body, under a chief chosen by themselves, and, under the name of the buccaneers, were for three-quarters of a century the terror of the Spaniards. In 1655 they were powerful enough to give material assistance to the English fleet which conquered Jamaica. In 1671 they raised a force of 2,000 men, marched across the isthmus, and besieged and took Panama; their success, as usual, being marked by horrible atrocities. In 1685 a Spanish fleet of fourteen sail, which had been fitted out to put them down, found ten buccaneer ships in the bay of Panama, but dared not give them battle. The war between France and England after 1688 dissolved the alliance between the French and English buccaneers; and the last conspicuous event in their history was the capture of Cartagena in 1697. Soon after this date they disappeared as an organised body, though for many years members of the band remained as pirates in the South Seas.)
(*Note. 'The buccaneers.' The term "buccaneer" originally referred to someone who dried or smoked meat on a "boucan," which was a type of hurdle used for this purpose by the indigenous people of Central and South America. The English, French, and Dutch smugglers, who traded in the Caribbean despite the strict monopoly enforced by the Spaniards (see Introduction above), often provisioned at St. Domingo mainly with beef that was jerked or sun-dried on the boucans. These men formed an organized group, choosing a leader among themselves, and becoming known as the buccaneers. For about seventy-five years, they instilled fear in the Spaniards. In 1655, they had enough power to provide significant support to the English fleet that conquered Jamaica. By 1671, they had assembled a force of 2,000 men, marched across the isthmus, and besieged Panama; their victory, as usual, was marked by horrific atrocities. In 1685, a Spanish fleet of fourteen ships, which had been sent to eliminate them, encountered ten buccaneer vessels in the bay of Panama but did not dare to engage them in battle. The war between France and England after 1688 ended the alliance between the French and English buccaneers; the last significant event in their history was the capture of Cartagena in 1697. Shortly after this, they vanished as an organized group, although members of the band continued to operate as pirates in the South Seas for many years.)

Goats' flesh being scarce, we rarely being able to kill above one a day, and our people growing tired of fish (which abounds at this place), they at last condescended to eat seals, which by degrees they came to relish, and called it lamb. But there is another amphibious creature to be met with here, called a sea-lion, that bears some resemblance to a seal, though it is much larger. This, too, we ate, under the denomination of beef. In general there was no difficulty in killing them, for they were incapable either of escaping or resisting, their motion being the most unwieldy that can be conceived, their blubber, all the time they were moving, being agitated in large waves under their skins. However, a sailor one day being carelessly employed in skinning a young sea-lion, the female from which he had taken it came upon him unperceived, and getting his head in her mouth, she with her teeth scored his skull in notches in many places, and thereby wounded him so desperately that though all possible care was taken of him, he died in a few days.

Goat meat was hard to come by, and since we could rarely kill more than one a day, our people started to get tired of fish, which was plentiful here. Eventually, they agreed to eat seals, which they gradually began to enjoy, calling it lamb. There was also another sea creature here called a sea-lion, which looks somewhat like a seal but is much larger. We ate this too, referring to it as beef. Generally, there was no trouble in hunting them because they couldn’t escape or fight back; their movements were incredibly clumsy, with their blubber wobbling under their skin. However, one day, while a sailor was distracted, skinning a young sea-lion, the mother unexpectedly found him. She grabbed his head in her mouth and bit into his skull in several places, seriously injuring him. Despite all the care he received, he died a few days later.

CHAPTER 10.
REAPPEARANCE OF THE GLOUCESTER--DISTRESS ON BOARD--HER EFFORTS TO ENTER THE BAY.

The arrival of the Trial sloop at this island so soon after we came there ourselves gave us great hopes of being speedily joined by the rest of the squadron; and we were for some days continually looking out in expectation of their coming in sight. But near a fortnight being elapsed without any of them having appeared, we began to despair of ever meeting them again.

The arrival of the Trial sloop at this island so soon after we got there gave us a lot of hopes that the rest of the squadron would join us soon; and for several days, we constantly kept an eye out, expecting to see them. However, after about two weeks passed without any of them showing up, we started to lose hope of ever seeing them again.

RETURN OF THE GLOUCESTER.

RETURN OF THE GLOUCESTER.

But on the 21st of June some of our people, from an eminence on shore, discerned a ship to leeward, with her courses even with the horizon. However, after viewing her for a short time, the weather grew thick and hazy, and they lost sight of her. On the 26th, towards noon, we discerned a sail in the north-east quarter, which we conceived to be the very same ship that had been seen before, and our conjectures proved true; and about one o'clock she approached so near that we could distinguish her to be the Gloucester. As we had no doubt of her being in great distress, the Commodore immediately ordered his boat to her assistance, laden with fresh water, fish, and vegetables, which was a very seasonable relief to them; for perhaps there never was a crew in a more distressed situation. They had already thrown overboard two-thirds of their complement, and of those that remained alive scarcely any were capable of doing duty except the officers and their servants. They had been a considerable time at the small allowance of a pint of fresh water to each man for twenty-four hours, and yet they had so little left that, had it not been for the supply we sent them, they must soon have died of thirst.

But on June 21st, some of our team saw a ship off the shore from a high point, with her sails aligned with the horizon. However, after observing her for a short while, the weather turned thick and hazy, and they lost sight of her. On the 26th, around noon, we spotted a sail in the northeast, which we thought was the same ship that had been seen earlier, and our suspicions were confirmed; around one o'clock, she got close enough for us to recognize her as the Gloucester. Since we were sure she was in serious trouble, the Commodore immediately dispatched a boat to assist her, loaded with fresh water, fish, and vegetables, which provided much-needed relief; they were in a dire situation. They had already thrown overboard two-thirds of their crew, and of those who remained, hardly any could do their jobs except for the officers and their aides. They had been on a very limited ration of just a pint of fresh water per person for twenty-four hours, and they had so little left that, without the supplies we sent, they would soon have perished from thirst.

The ship plied in within three miles of the bay, but, the winds and currents being contrary, she could not reach the road. However she continued in the offing the next day, but had no chance of coming to an anchor unless the wind and current shifted; and therefore the Commodore repeated his assistance, sending to her the Trial's boat manned with the Centurion's people, and a further supply of water and other refreshments. Captain Mitchel, the captain of the Gloucester, was under a necessity of detaining both this boat and that sent the preceding day; for without the help of their crews he had no longer strength enough to navigate the ship. In this tantalising situation the Gloucester continued for near a fortnight, without being able to fetch the road, though frequently attempting it, and at some times bidding very fair for it. On the 9th of July we observed her stretching away to the eastward at a considerable distance, which we supposed was with a design to get to the southward of the island; but as we soon lost sight of her and she did not appear for near a week, we were prodigiously concerned, knowing that she must be again in extreme distress for want of water. After great impatience about her, we discovered her again on the 16th, endeavouring to come round the eastern point of the island; but the wind, still blowing directly from the bay, prevented her getting nearer than within four leagues of the land. On this captain Mitchel made signals of distress, and our long-boat was sent to him with a store of water and plenty of fish and other refreshments; and the long-boat being not to be spared, the coxswain had positive orders from the Commodore to return again immediately; but the weather proving stormy the next day, and the boat not appearing, we much feared she was lost, which would have proved an irretrievable misfortune to us all. But the third day after we were relieved from this anxiety by the joyful sight of the long-boat's sails upon the water, and we sent the cutter immediately to her assistance, which towed her alongside in a few hours. The crew of our long-boat had taken in six of the Gloucester's sick men to bring them on shore, two of whom had died in the boat. And now we learned that the Gloucester was in a most dreadful condition, having scarcely a man in health on board, except those they received from us; and numbers of their sick dying daily, we found that, had it not been for the last supply sent by our long-boat, both the healthy and diseased must have all perished together for want of water. And these calamities were the more terrifying, as they appeared to be without remedy, for the Gloucester had already spent a month in her endeavours to fetch the bay, and she was now no farther advanced than at the first moment she made the island; on the contrary, the people on board her had worn out all their hopes of ever succeeding in it by the many experiments they had made of its difficulty. Indeed, the same day her situation grew more desperate than ever, for after she had received our last supply of refreshments, we again lost sight of her, so that we in general despaired of her ever coming to an anchor.

The ship came within three miles of the bay, but due to unfavorable winds and currents, she couldn't reach the anchorage. She remained offshore the next day, but had no chance of anchoring unless the wind and current changed; so the Commodore offered more help, sending the Trial's boat with the Centurion's crew and a fresh supply of water and other provisions. Captain Mitchel, the captain of the Gloucester, had to keep both this boat and the one sent the previous day, because without their crew's help, he didn't have enough strength to navigate the ship. In this frustrating situation, the Gloucester spent nearly two weeks trying but failing to reach the anchorage, despite several efforts that looked promising. On July 9th, we saw her heading eastward at a considerable distance, which we thought was an attempt to get south of the island; however, we quickly lost sight of her, and she didn't reappear for almost a week, causing us great concern, knowing she must be in dire need of water again. After much anxiety about her, we spotted her again on the 16th, trying to go around the eastern point of the island, but the wind was still blowing straight from the bay, keeping her four leagues from the land. At this point, Captain Mitchel signaled for help, and our long-boat was sent to him with a supply of water and plenty of fish and other provisions. Since the long-boat couldn't be spared, the coxswain was ordered by the Commodore to return immediately; but when the weather turned stormy the next day and the boat didn't come back, we feared she might be lost, which would have been a disaster for us all. Fortunately, on the third day, we were relieved from this worry by the sight of the long-boat's sails on the water, and we immediately sent the cutter to assist her, towing her alongside in a few hours. The crew of our long-boat had taken six sick men from the Gloucester to bring them to shore, two of whom had died in the boat. We then learned that the Gloucester was in a horrific state, with hardly anyone on board in good health except for those who had been rescued by us. Many of their sick were dying daily, and we found that had it not been for the last supply from our long-boat, both the healthy and the sick would have perished due to lack of water. These calamities were even more alarming as they seemed to have no remedy; the Gloucester had spent a month trying to reach the bay and was no further along than when she first sighted the island. Instead, the crew had lost all hope of succeeding after their many difficult attempts. In fact, on the same day, her situation worsened; after receiving our last supply of provisions, we lost sight of her again, leading us to despair of her ever being able to anchor.

Thus was this unhappy vessel bandied about within a few leagues of her intended harbour, whilst the neighbourhood of that place, and of those circumstances which could alone put an end to the calamities they laboured under, served only to aggravate their distress by torturing them with a view of the relief it was not in their power to reach.

Thus, this unfortunate ship was tossed around just a few miles from her intended port, while the area around that place, and the situations that could finally end their suffering, only made their distress worse by teasing them with the sight of the help they couldn’t reach.

THE GLOUCESTER COMES TO ANCHOR.

THE GLOUCESTER DROPS ANCHOR.

But she was at last delivered from this dreadful situation, at a time when we least expected it, for, after having lost sight of her for several days, we were pleasingly surprised, on the morning of the 23rd of July, to see her open the north-west point of the bay with a flowing sail; when we immediately despatched what boats we had to her assistance, and in an hour's time from our first perceiving her she anchored safe within us in the bay.

But she was finally rescued from this terrible situation when we least expected it. After not seeing her for several days, we were pleasantly surprised to see her sailing into the northwest point of the bay on the morning of July 23rd. We quickly sent out all the boats we had to help her, and within an hour of first spotting her, she had anchored safely in the bay.

CHAPTER 11.
TRACES OF SPANISH CRUISERS--ARRIVAL OF THE ANNA PINK.

During the interval of the Gloucester's frequent and ineffectual attempts to reach the island, our employment was cleansing our ship and filling our water. The first of these measures was indispensably necessary to our future health, as the numbers of sick and the unavoidable negligence arising from our deplorable situation at sea, had rendered the decks most intolerably loathsome; and the filling of our water was a caution that appeared not less essential to our future security, as we had reason to apprehend that accidents might oblige us to quit the island at a very short warning. For some appearances, which we had discovered on shore upon our first landing, gave us grounds to believe that there were Spanish cruisers in these seas, which had left the island but a short time before our arrival, and might possibly return there again in search of us; for we knew that this island was the likeliest place, in their own opinion, to meet with us. The circumstances which gave rise to these reflections were our finding on shore several pieces of earthen jars, made use of in those seas for water and other liquids, which appeared to be fresh broken. We saw, too, many heaps of ashes, and near them fish-bones and pieces of fish, besides whole fish scattered here and there, which plainly appeared to have been but a short time out of the water, as they were but just beginning to decay. These appearances were certain indications that there had been ships at this place but a short time before we came there; and as all Spanish merchantmen are instructed to avoid the island on account of its being the common rendezvous of their enemies, we concluded those who had touched here to be ships of force; and not knowing that Pizarro was returned to Buenos Ayres, and ignorant what strength might have been fitted out at Calla, we were under some concern for our safety, being in so wretched and enfeebled a condition that, notwithstanding the rank of our ship and the sixty guns she carried on board, which would only have aggravated our dishonour, there was scarcely a privateer sent to sea that was not an overmatch for us. However, our fears on this head proved imaginary, and we were not exposed to the disgrace which might have been expected to have befallen us had we been necessitated to fight our sixty-gun ship with no more than thirty hands.

During the time the Gloucester made several unsuccessful attempts to reach the island, we spent our time cleaning our ship and refilling our water. Cleaning was crucial for our health since the number of sick crew members and the unavoidable neglect due to our miserable situation at sea had made the decks extremely filthy. Refilling our water was an equally important precaution for our safety, as we feared that unforeseen events might force us to leave the island on very short notice. Some signs we noticed on land when we first arrived led us to believe that there were Spanish warships in these waters, which had left the island shortly before us and might return looking for us; we knew this island was likely their first choice to find us. The signs that prompted these thoughts included several broken pieces of earthenware we found on the shore, which are commonly used in these seas for water and other liquids. We also saw many piles of ashes, along with fish bones and whole fish scattered around, all of which appeared to have recently come out of the water since they were just starting to decompose. These signs clearly indicated that ships had been here shortly before we arrived, and since all Spanish merchant ships are advised to steer clear of the island because it is a known meeting point for their enemies, we assumed that those who had been here were military ships. Not knowing that Pizarro had returned to Buenos Ayres and ignorant of any forces that may have been sent from Calla, we were worried for our safety, especially since we were in such a weakened state that, despite our rank and the sixty guns on our ship, which would have only added to our embarrassment, nearly any privateer at sea would have been more than a match for us. However, our fears turned out to be unfounded, and we were not faced with the disgrace we might have suffered had we been forced to fight our sixty-gun ship with only thirty crew members.

After the Gloucester's arrival we were employed in earnest in examining and repairing our rigging.

After Gloucester arrived, we got busy examining and fixing our rigging.

Towards the middle of August our men being indifferently recovered, they were permitted to quit their sick tents and to build separate huts for themselves; as it was imagined that by living apart they would be much cleanlier, and consequently likely to recover their strength the sooner; but at the same time particular orders were given that on the firing of a gun from the ship they should instantly repair to the waterside.

Towards the middle of August, as our men had somewhat recovered, they were allowed to leave their sick tents and build individual huts for themselves. It was thought that living separately would be cleaner for them and help them regain their strength faster. However, specific orders were also given that upon the firing of a gun from the ship, they should immediately head to the waterside.

I should have mentioned that the Trial sloop at her arrival had informed us that on the 9th of May she had fallen in with our victualler not far distant from the continent of Chili, and had kept company with her for four days, when they were parted in a hard gale of wind. This gave us some room to hope that she was safe, and that she might soon join us; but all June and July being past without any news of her, we suspected she was lost, and at the end of July the Commodore ordered all the ships to a short allowance of bread.* And it was not in our bread only that we feared a deficiency, for since our arrival at this island we discovered that our former purser had neglected to take on board large quantities of several kinds of provisions which the Commodore had expressly ordered him to receive; so that the supposed loss of our victualler was on all accounts a mortifying consideration.

I should have mentioned that when the Trial sloop arrived, she informed us that on May 9th, she had encountered our supply ship not far from the coast of Chile, and had stayed with her for four days until they were separated by a strong gale. This gave us some hope that she was safe and would join us soon; however, after June and July passed without any news, we started to suspect she was lost. By the end of July, the Commodore ordered all the ships to cut back on bread rations. And it wasn’t just our bread supply we were worried about; since arriving at this island, we discovered that our previous purser had failed to bring on board large quantities of various provisions that the Commodore had specifically instructed him to obtain. So, the presumed loss of our supply ship was disappointing on all fronts.

THE ANNA PINK.

The Anna Pink.

However, on Sunday, the 16th of August, about noon, we espied a sail in the northern quarter, and a gun was immediately fired from the Centurion to call off the people from shore, who readily obeyed the summons and repaired to the beach, where the boats waited to carry them on board. And now being prepared for the reception of this ship in view whether friend or enemy, we had various speculations about her; but about three in the afternoon our disputes were ended by unanimous persuasion that it was our victualler, the Anna pink. This ship, though, like the Gloucester, she had fallen in to the northward of the island, had yet the good fortune to come to an anchor in the bay at five in the afternoon. Her arrival gave us all the sincerest joy, for each ship's company was now restored to its full allowance of bread, and we were now freed from the apprehensions of our provisions falling short before we could reach some amicable port--a calamity which, in these seas, is of all others the most irretrievable. This was the last ship that joined us.

However, on Sunday, August 16th, around noon, we spotted a sail in the northern distance, and a gun was quickly fired from the Centurion to call the people back from the shore, who promptly obeyed the signal and went to the beach, where the boats waited to take them onboard. Now prepared for the arrival of this ship, whether friend or foe, we had various theories about her; but by around three in the afternoon, our debates were settled by a shared conviction that it was our supply ship, the Anna pink. This ship, although she had also come from the north of the island like the Gloucester, fortunately managed to anchor in the bay by five in the afternoon. Her arrival filled us all with genuine joy, as each ship's crew was now back to their full ration of bread, and we were relieved from the fear of running out of supplies before reaching a friendly port—a disaster that, in these waters, is the most irretrievable of all. This was the last ship to join us.

(*Note. The flour was on board the Anna pink.)
(*Note: The flour was on the Anna pink.)

CHAPTER 12.
THE WRECK OF THE WAGER--A MUTINY.

The remaining ships of the squadron were the Severn, the Pearl, and the Wager, store-ship. The Severn and Pearl parted company with the squadron off Cape Noir and, as we afterwards learned, put back to the Brazils, so that of all the ships which came into the South Seas the Wager, Captain Cheap, was the only one that was missing. This ship had on board some field-pieces mounted for land service, together with some Cohorn mortars, and several kinds of artillery, stores, and tools, intended for the operations on shore; and therefore, as the enterprise on Baldivia had been resolved on for the first undertaking of the squadron, Captain Cheap was extremely solicitous that these materials, which were in his custody, might be ready before Baldivia, that if the squadron should possibly rendezvous there, no delay nor disappointment might be imputed to him.

The remaining ships of the squadron were the Severn, the Pearl, and the Wager, which was a supply ship. The Severn and Pearl separated from the squadron near Cape Noir and, as we later found out, returned to Brazil. This meant that out of all the ships that entered the South Seas, the Wager, led by Captain Cheap, was the only one that was missing. This ship carried some field guns intended for land use, along with some Cohorn mortars and various types of artillery, supplies, and tools meant for operations on shore. Since the mission in Baldivia was planned as the squadron's first undertaking, Captain Cheap was extremely eager to ensure that these materials, which he was responsible for, would be ready before arriving in Baldivia. He wanted to avoid any delays or disappointments if the squadron happened to meet there.

But whilst the Wager, with these views, was making the best of her way to her first rendezvous off the island of Socoro, she made the land on the 14th of May, about the latitude of 47 degrees south, and the captain, exerting himself on this occasion in order to get clear of it, he had the misfortune to fall down the after-ladder, and thereby dislocated his shoulder, which rendered him incapable of acting. This accident, together with the crazy condition of the ship, which was little better than a wreck, prevented her from getting off to sea, and entangled her more and more with the land, so that the next morning at daybreak she struck on a sunken rock, and soon after bilged and grounded between two small islands at about a musket-shot from the shore.

But while the Wager, with these intentions, was making her way to her first meeting off the island of Socoro, she reached land on May 14th, around the latitude of 47 degrees south. The captain, trying hard to get clear of it, unfortunately fell down the after-ladder and dislocated his shoulder, which left him unable to take action. This accident, along with the ship’s poor condition, which was hardly better than a wreck, prevented her from getting back to sea and tangled her more with the land. By the next morning at daybreak, she struck a submerged rock and soon after sank and got stuck between two small islands about a musket-shot from the shore.

DISORDER AND ANARCHY.

Chaos and disorder.

In this situation the ship continued entire a long time, so that all the crew had it in their power to get safe on shore, but a general confusion taking place, numbers of them, instead of consulting their safety or reflecting on their calamitous condition, fell to pillaging the ship, arming themselves with the first weapons that came to hand and threatening to murder all who should oppose them. This frenzy was greatly heightened by the liquors they found on board, with which they got so extremely drunk that some of them, tumbling down between decks, were drowned as the water flowed in, being incapable of getting up and retreating to other places where the water had not yet entered, and the captain, having done his utmost to get the whole crew on shore, was at last obliged to leave these mutineers behind him and to follow his officers and such as he had been able to prevail on; but he did not fail to send back the boats to persuade those who remained to have some regard to their preservation, though all his efforts were for some time without success. However the weather next day proving stormy, and there being great danger of the ship's parting, they began to be alarmed with the fears of perishing, and were desirous of getting to land; but it seems their madness had not yet left them, for the boat not appearing to fetch them off as soon as they expected, they at last pointed a four-pounder which was on the quarter-deck against the hut where they knew the captain resided on shore, and fired two shots, which passed but just over it.

In this situation, the ship remained intact for a long time, allowing all the crew the chance to reach safety on shore. However, a general chaos broke out, and many of them, instead of focusing on their safety or considering their dire situation, started looting the ship. They grabbed the first weapons they could find and threatened to kill anyone who got in their way. This madness was greatly fueled by the alcohol they discovered on board, and they got so incredibly drunk that some of them fell between decks and drowned as the water came in, unable to get up and move to safer areas. The captain, after trying his best to get the entire crew to shore, was eventually forced to leave these mutineers behind and follow his officers and those he'd been able to convince. However, he made sure to send the boats back to urge those who stayed behind to think about their survival, even though his efforts were unsuccessful for a time. The next day, as the weather turned stormy and the ship was in great danger of breaking apart, they began to fear for their lives and wanted to reach land. But it seems their madness hadn't worn off yet; when the boat didn't arrive as quickly as they hoped, they aimed a four-pounder that was on the quarter-deck at the hut where they knew the captain was staying on shore and fired two shots, which just barely missed it.

From this specimen of the behaviour of part of the crew it will not be difficult to frame some conjecture of the disorder and anarchy which took place when they at last got all on shore.

From this example of how some of the crew acted, it won't be hard to imagine the chaos and disorder that occurred when they finally got everyone on shore.

There was another important point which set the greatest part of the people at variance with the captain: this was their differing with him in opinion on the measures to be pursued in the present exigency, for the captain was determined, if possible, to fit up the boats in the best manner he could and to proceed with them to the northward; for having with him above a hundred men in health, and having got some firearms and ammunition from the wreck, he did not doubt that they could master any Spanish vessel they should meet with in those seas, and he thought he could not fail of meeting with one in the neighbourhood of Chiloe or Baldivia, in which, when he had taken her, he intended to proceed to the rendezvous at Juan Fernandez; and he further insisted, that should they meet with no prize by the way, yet the boats alone would easily carry them there. But this was a scheme that, however prudent, was no ways relished by the generality of his people, for, being quite jaded with the distresses and dangers they had already run through, they could not think of prosecuting an enterprise further which had hitherto proved so disastrous, and, therefore, the common resolution was to lengthen the long-boat, and with that and the rest of the boats to steer to the southward, to pass through the Straits of Magellan, and to range along the east side of South America till they should arrive at Brazil, where they doubted not to be well received, and to procure a passage to Great Britain. This project was at first sight infinitely more hazardous and tedious than what was proposed by the captain, but as it had the air of returning home, and flattered them with the hopes of bringing them once more to their native country, this circumstance alone rendered them inattentive to all its inconveniences, and made them adhere to it with insurmountable obstinacy, so that the captain himself, though he never changed his opinion, was yet obliged to give way to the torrent, and in appearance to acquiesce in this resolution, whilst he endeavoured underhand to give it all the obstruction he could, particularly in the lengthening of the long-boat, which he contrived should be of such a size that, though it might serve to carry them to Juan Fernandez, would yet, he hoped, appear incapable of so long a navigation as that to the coast of Brazil.

There was another key issue that caused most of the crew to disagree with the captain: they had different opinions on the actions to take in the current situation. The captain was determined to prepare the boats as best he could and head north. He had over a hundred healthy men with him and had salvaged some firearms and ammunition from the wreck. He believed they could overpower any Spanish vessel they encountered in those waters, and he was confident that he would come across one near Chiloe or Baldivia. Once he captured a ship, he planned to proceed to the meeting point at Juan Fernandez. He also argued that even if they didn’t find a prize along the way, the boats alone could easily get them there. However, most of his crew did not favor this plan; they were exhausted from the hardships and dangers they had already faced and couldn’t imagine continuing a venture that had been so disastrous so far. Therefore, they decided to extend the long-boat and use it, along with the other boats, to head south, pass through the Straits of Magellan, and travel along the east side of South America until they reached Brazil, where they believed they would be welcomed and able to secure a passage back to Great Britain. At first glance, this plan seemed much riskier and longer than what the captain proposed, but since it had the appearance of returning home and gave them hope of reaching their native country again, they overlooked its drawbacks and clung to it stubbornly. As a result, the captain, though he never changed his mind, had to yield to their wishes and seemingly accept this plan, while secretly trying to sabotage it as much as possible, especially in the extension of the long-boat, which he made sure would be just big enough to transport them to Juan Fernandez, but, he hoped, would seem unfit for such a lengthy journey to the coast of Brazil.

AN UNHAPPY ACCIDENT.

A regrettable accident.

But the captain, by his steady opposition at first to this favourite project, had much embittered the people against him, to which, likewise, the following unhappy accident greatly contributed. There was a midshipman whose name was Cozens, who had appeared the foremost in all the refractory proceedings of the crew. He had involved himself in brawls with most of the officers who had adhered to the captain's authority, and had even treated the captain himself with great abuse and insolence. As his turbulence and brutality grew every day more and more intolerable, it was not in the least doubted but there were some violent measures in agitation in which Cozens was engaged as the ringleader, for which reason the captain and those about him constantly kept themselves on their guard. But at last the purser having, by the captain's order, stopped the allowance of a fellow who would not work, Cozens, though the man did not complain to him, intermeddled in the affair with great eagerness, and grossly insulting the purser, who was then delivering our provisions just by the captain's tent, and was himself sufficiently violent, the purser, enraged by his scurrility, and perhaps piqued by former quarrels, cried out--"A mutiny!" adding "that the dog had pistols," and then himself fired a shot at Cozens, which, however, missed him. But the captain, on this outcry and the report of the pistol, rushed out of his tent, and, not doubting but it had been fired by Cozens as the commencement of a mutiny, he immediately shot him in the head without further deliberation, and though he did not kill him on the spot, yet the wound proved mortal, and he died about fourteen days after.

But the captain, by consistently opposing this popular project at first, had really turned the people against him, and the following unfortunate incident made things worse. There was a midshipman named Cozens, who had been at the forefront of all the rebellious actions of the crew. He had gotten into fights with most of the officers loyal to the captain and had even treated the captain himself with severe disrespect and arrogance. As his aggression and violence became increasingly unbearable, it was widely believed that Cozens was organizing some violent measures as the leader, which is why the captain and his supporters remained vigilant. Eventually, the purser, following the captain's orders, cut off the supplies to a crew member who wouldn’t work. Even though the man didn’t complain to him, Cozens eagerly intervened, loudly insulting the purser, who was in the midst of distributing provisions near the captain's tent and was already quite agitated. The purser, angered by Cozens' insults and possibly irritated by past conflicts, shouted, "A mutiny!" claiming "that the guy had pistols," and then he fired a shot at Cozens, which luckily missed. However, upon hearing the shout and the sound of the gun, the captain rushed out of his tent, assuming Cozens had fired the shot as the start of a mutiny, and without thinking twice, he shot Cozens in the head. Although Cozens didn't die immediately, the wound was fatal, and he passed away about fourteen days later.

This incident, however displeasing to the people, did yet for a considerable time awe them to their duty, and rendered them more submissive to the captain's authority. But at last, when towards the middle of October the long-boat was nearly completed and they were preparing to put to sea, the additional provocation he gave them by covertly traversing their project of proceeding through the Straits of Magellan, and their fears that he might at length engage a party sufficient to overturn this favourite measure, made them resolve to make use of the death of Cozens as a reason for depriving him of his command, under pretence of carrying him a prisoner to England to be tried for murder, and he was accordingly confined under a guard. But they never intended to carry him with them, as they too well knew what they had to apprehend on their return to England if their commander should be present to confront them, and therefore, when they were just ready to put to sea, they set him at liberty, leaving him and the few who chose to take their fortunes with him no other embarkation but the yawl, to which the barge was afterwards added by the people on board her being prevailed on to return back.

This incident, while upsetting to the people, kept them in check for a significant time and made them more compliant with the captain's authority. However, when the long-boat was almost finished in mid-October and they were getting ready to set sail, the captain's secret attempts to sabotage their plan to go through the Straits of Magellan, along with their fears that he might gather enough support to ruin their preferred plan, drove them to use Cozens' death as a reason to remove him from command. They pretended they were taking him to England to face murder charges, and he was thus placed under guard. But they never actually meant to take him with them, knowing very well what could happen to them in England if their commander was there to confront them. So, just as they were about to leave, they released him, leaving him and the few who chose to stay with him only the yawl for their journey, which was later joined by the barge once the crew on board was convinced to return.

CHAPTER 13.
THE WRECK OF THE WAGER (CONTINUED)--THE ADVENTURES OF THE CAPTAIN'S PARTY.

When the ship was wrecked there remained alive on board the Wager near a hundred and thirty persons; of these, above thirty died during their stay upon the place, and near eighty went off in the long-boat and the cutter to the southward; so that there remained with the captain, after their departure, no more than nineteen persons, which, however, was as many as the barge and the yawl--the only embarkations left them--could well carry off. It was on the 13th of October, five months after the shipwreck, that the long-boat, converted into a schooner, weighed and stood to the southward, giving the captain who, with Lieutenant Hamilton, of the land forces, and the surgeon, was then on the beach, three cheers at their departure. It was the 29th of January following before they arrived at Rio Grande, on the coast of Brazil; and having by various accidents, left about twenty of their people on shore at the different places they touched at, and a greater number having perished by hunger during the course of their navigation, there were no more than thirty of them left when they arrived in that port. Indeed, the undertaking of itself was a most extraordinary one, for, not to mention the length of the run, the vessel was scarcely able to contain the number that first put to sea in her; and their stock of provisions (being only what they had saved out of the ship) was extremely slender; and the cutter, the only boat they had with them, soon broke away from the stern and was staved to pieces; so that when their provision and their water failed them, they had frequently no means of getting on shore to search for a fresh supply.

When the shipwreck happened, around one hundred and thirty people were still alive on the Wager. More than thirty of them died while they were on the island, and nearly eighty left in the long-boat and the cutter heading south. After their departure, only nineteen people were left with the captain, which was the maximum the barge and yawl—the only boats they had left—could carry. On October 13, five months after the shipwreck, the long-boat, turned into a schooner, set sail southward, giving the captain, along with Lieutenant Hamilton from the land forces and the surgeon, three cheers as they left the shore. They arrived at Rio Grande on the Brazilian coast on January 29 of the following year. Due to various incidents, about twenty of their crew were left behind at different ports they stopped at, and a larger number perished from hunger during the journey, leaving only thirty of them when they reached that port. The undertaking was quite extraordinary; aside from the long distance they traveled, the vessel barely had room for the number who originally set out, and their food supply—limited to what they salvaged from the ship—was very meager. The cutter, the only boat they had with them, soon broke loose and was destroyed, so when their food and water ran out, they often had no way to reach the shore for fresh supplies.

When the long-boat and cutter were gone, the captain and those who were left with him proposed to pass to the northward in the barge and yawl; but the weather was so bad, and the difficulty of subsisting so great, that it was two months after the departure of the long-boat before he was able to put to sea. It seems the place where the Wager was cast away was not a part of the continent, as was first imagined, but an island at some distance from the main, which afforded no other sorts of provision but shellfish and a few herbs; and as the greatest part of what they had got from the ship was carried off in the long-boat, the captain and his people were often in great necessity, especially as they chose to preserve what little sea-provisions remained for their store when they should go to the northwards.

When the longboat and cutter left, the captain and the remaining crew decided to head north in the barge and yawl; however, the weather was terrible, and finding enough food was really tough, so it took two months after the longboat's departure before he could finally set sail. It turns out that the spot where the Wager crashed wasn't part of the continent, as they originally thought, but rather an island some distance from the mainland, which only provided shellfish and a few herbs. Since most of the supplies they had taken from the ship were taken away in the longboat, the captain and his crew often found themselves in serious need, especially since they decided to save the little bit of sea provisions they had left for their journey north.

Upon the 14th of December the captain and his people embarked in the barge and the yawl in order to proceed to the northward, taking on board with them all the provisions they could amass from the wreck of a ship; but they had scarcely been an hour at sea when the wind began to blow hard, and the sea ran so high that they were obliged to throw the greatest part of their provisions overboard to avoid immediate destruction.

Upon December 14th, the captain and his crew boarded the barge and the yawl to head north, taking with them all the supplies they could gather from the wreck of a ship. However, they had barely been at sea for an hour when the wind picked up, and the waves became so rough that they had to throw most of their supplies overboard to prevent being destroyed.

STRUGGLING WITH DISASTER.

COPING WITH A CRISIS.

This was a terrible misfortune in a part of the world where food is so difficult to be got; however, they still persisted in their design, putting on shore as often as they could to seek subsistence. But, about a fortnight after, another dreadful accident befell them, for the yawl sank at an anchor, and one of the men in her was drowned; and as the barge was incapable of carrying the whole company, they were now reduced to the hard necessity of leaving four marines behind them on that desolate shore. But they still kept on their course to the northward, struggling with their disasters, and greatly delayed by the perverseness of the winds and frequent interruptions which their search after food occasioned; till at last, about the end of January, having made three unsuccessful attempts to double a headland which they supposed to be what the Spaniards called Cape Tres Montes, it was unanimously resolved to give over this expedition, the difficulties of which appeared insuperable, and to return again to Wager Island, where they got back about the middle of February, quite disheartened and dejected with their reiterated disappointments and almost perishing with hunger and fatigue.

This was a terrible misfortune in a part of the world where food was so hard to come by; however, they still stuck to their plan, going ashore whenever they could to find something to eat. But, about two weeks later, another awful accident happened when the yawl sank while anchored, and one man drowned. Since the barge couldn't carry everyone, they had to leave four marines behind on that lonely shore. Despite this, they continued to head north, battling their challenges and being significantly delayed by strong winds and the constant need to search for food. Finally, by the end of January, after three failed attempts to navigate past a headland they thought was what the Spaniards called Cape Tres Montes, they all agreed to abandon this expedition, as the challenges seemed impossible, and head back to Wager Island, where they arrived around mid-February, completely disheartened and discouraged by their ongoing failures and almost starving from hunger and exhaustion.

However, on their return they had the good luck to meet with several pieces of beef which had been washed out of the ship and were swimming in the sea. This was a most seasonable relief to them after the hardships they had endured; and to complete their good fortune, there came in a short time two canoes of Indians, amongst whom was a native of Chiloe who spoke a little Spanish; and the surgeon who was with Captain Cheap understanding that language, he made a bargain with the Indian, that if he would carry the captain and his people to Chiloe in the barge, he should have her and all that belonged to her for his pains. Accordingly, on the 6th of March, the eleven persons, to which the company was now reduced, embarked in the barge on this new expedition; but after having proceeded for a few days, the captain and four of his principal officers being on shore, the six, who together with an Indian remained in the barge, put off with her to sea and did not return.

However, on their way back, they were lucky enough to come across several pieces of beef that had been washed out of the ship and were floating in the sea. This was a much-needed relief after the hardships they had faced; and to add to their good fortune, soon two canoes of Native Americans arrived, one of whom was a native of Chiloe who spoke a bit of Spanish. The surgeon who was with Captain Cheap understood that language and made a deal with the Indian: if he would take the captain and his crew to Chiloe in the barge, he would get the boat and everything else that belonged to it as payment. So, on March 6th, the eleven people, the number the group had now been reduced to, boarded the barge for this new journey; but after a few days, while the captain and four of his main officers were on shore, the six who stayed in the barge with an Indian set off to sea and did not come back.

By this means there were left on shore Captain Cheap, Mr. Hamilton, lieutenant of marines; the Honourable Mr. Byron and Mr. Campbell, midshipman; and Mr. Elliot, the surgeon. One would have thought their distresses had long before this time been incapable of augmentation, but they found, on reflection, that their present situation was much more dismaying than anything they had yet gone through, being left on a desolate coast without any provisions or the means of procuring any, for their arms, ammunition, and every conveniency they were masters of, except the tattered habits they had on, were all carried away in the barge. But when they had sufficiently revolved in their own minds the various circumstances of this unexpected calamity, and were persuaded that they had no relief to hope for, they perceived a canoe at a distance, which proved to be that of the Indian who had undertaken to carry them to Chiloe, he and his family being then on board it. He made no difficulty of coming to them, for it seems he had left Captain Cheap and his people a little before to go a-fishing, and had in the meantime committed them to the care of the other Indian, whom the sailors had carried to sea in the barge. But when he came on shore and found the barge gone and his companion missing, he was extremely concerned, and could with difficulty be persuaded that the other Indian was not murdered; but being at last satisfied with the account that was given him, he still undertook to carry them to the Spanish settlements, and (as the Indians are well skilled in fishing and fowling) to procure them provisions by the way.

By this means, Captain Cheap, Mr. Hamilton, the marine lieutenant; the Honorable Mr. Byron and Mr. Campbell, the midshipman; and Mr. Elliot, the surgeon, were left on shore. One would have thought their struggles had reached a peak by now, but upon reflection, they realized their current situation was far more distressing than anything they had experienced before, being stranded on a desolate coast with no food or means to get any. All their weapons, ammunition, and every convenience they had, except for the tattered clothes on their backs, were taken away in the barge. However, after contemplating the various aspects of this unexpected disaster and accepting that they had no hope for help, they spotted a canoe in the distance. It belonged to the Indian who had agreed to take them to Chiloe, and he and his family were aboard it. He had no trouble coming to them, as he had left Captain Cheap and his group a little earlier to go fishing, committing them to the care of another Indian who had gone out to sea in the barge. But when he reached the shore and discovered the barge was gone and his companion was missing, he was very worried and could hardly be convinced that the other Indian wasn’t murdered. Ultimately, once he was reassured by the explanation he received, he agreed to take them to the Spanish settlements and, since the Indians were skilled in fishing and hunting, to gather them food along the way.

CHILOE.

CHILOÉ.

About the middle of March, Captain Cheap and the four who were left with him set out for Chiloe, the Indian having procured a number of canoes, and got many of his neighbours together for that purpose. Soon after they embarked, Mr. Elliot, the surgeon, died, so that there now remained only four of the whole company. At last, after a very complicated passage by land and water, Captain Cheap, Mr. Byron, and Mr. Campbell arrived, in the beginning of June, at the island of Chiloe, where they were received by the Spaniards with great humanity; but, on account of some quarrel among the Indians, Mr. Hamilton did not get thither till two months after. Thus, above a twelvemonth after the loss of the Wager, ended this fatiguing peregrination, which by a variety of misfortunes had diminished the company from twenty to no more than four, and those, too, brought so low that had their distresses continued but a few days longer, in all probability none of them would have survived. For the captain himself was with difficulty recovered and the rest were so reduced by the severity of the weather, their labour, and their want of all kinds of necessaries, that it was wonderful how they supported themselves so long. After some stay at Chiloe, the captain and the three who were with him were sent to Valparaiso, and thence to Santiago, the capital of Chile where they continued above a year; but on the advice of a cartel being settled betwixt Great Britain and Spain, Captain Cheap, Mr. Byron, and Mr. Hamilton were permitted to return to Europe on board a French ship. The other midshipman, Mr. Campbell, having changed his religion whilst at Santiago, chose to go back overland to Buenos Ayres with Pizarro and his officers, with whom he went afterwards to Spain on board the Asia; and there having failed in his endeavours to procure a commission from the Court of Spain, he returned to England, and attempted to get reinstated in the British Navy, and has since published a narration of his adventures, in which he complains of the injustice that had been done him and strongly disavows his ever being in the Spanish service. But as the change of his religion and his offering himself to the Court of Spain (though not accepted) are matters, which he is conscious, are capable of being incontestably proved, on these two heads he has been entirely silent. And now, after this account of the catastrophe of the Wager, I shall again resume the thread of our own story.

Around mid-March, Captain Cheap and the four remaining crew members set off for Chiloe, with the Indian having arranged several canoes and gathered many of his neighbors for the journey. Shortly after they boarded, Mr. Elliot, the surgeon, passed away, leaving only four people from the entire group. Eventually, after a complicated journey by land and sea, Captain Cheap, Mr. Byron, and Mr. Campbell reached the island of Chiloe at the beginning of June, where the Spaniards welcomed them with kindness. However, due to some conflict among the Indians, Mr. Hamilton didn’t arrive until two months later. Thus, over a year after the loss of the Wager, this exhausting journey ended, having reduced the group from twenty to just four. They were in such poor condition that if their hardships had lasted just a few more days, it’s likely none of them would have survived. The captain struggled to recover, and the others were severely weakened by the harsh weather, their hard labor, and the lack of essentials, making it incredible that they managed to endure for so long. After spending some time in Chiloe, the captain and the three companions were sent to Valparaiso, and then to Santiago, the capital of Chile, where they stayed for over a year. But following the establishment of a peace agreement between Great Britain and Spain, Captain Cheap, Mr. Byron, and Mr. Hamilton were allowed to return to Europe on a French ship. The other midshipman, Mr. Campbell, who had converted to a different religion while in Santiago, chose to travel back overland to Buenos Ayres with Pizarro and his officers, later sailing to Spain on the Asia. Once there, after failing to secure a commission from the Spanish Court, he returned to England and tried to rejoin the British Navy, subsequently publishing an account of his adventures where he complains about the injustices he faced and strongly denies ever serving in the Spanish military. However, since the change in his religion and his offer to the Spanish Court (though it was not accepted) are things he knows can be conclusively proven, he has chosen to remain completely silent on those points. Now, after recounting the fate of the Wager, I will return to our own story.

CHAPTER 14.
THE LOSSES FROM SCURVY--STATE AND PROSPECTS OF THE SQUADRON.

EXTRAORDINARY MORTALITY.

UNUSUAL DEATH RATE.

Our people by the beginning of September were so far recovered of the scurvy that there was little danger of burying any more at present; and therefore I shall now sum up the total of our loss since our departure from England, the better to convey some idea of our past sufferings and of our present strength. We had buried on board the Centurion since our leaving St. Helens 292, and had now remaining on board 214. This will doubtless appear a most extraordinary mortality; but yet on board the Gloucester it had been much greater, for out of a much smaller crew than ours they had buried the same number, and had only eighty-two remaining alive. It might be expected that on board the Trial the slaughter would have been the most terrible, as her decks were almost constantly knee-deep in water; but it happened otherwise, for she escaped more favourably than the rest, since she only buried forty-two, and had now thirty-nine remaining alive. The havoc of this disease had fallen still severer on the invalids and marines than on the sailors; for on board the Centurion, out of fifty invalids and seventy-nine marines there remained only four invalids, including officers, and eleven marines; and on board the Gloucester every invalid perished, and out of forty-eight marines only two escaped. From this account it appears that the three ships together departed from England with 961 men on board, of whom 626 were dead before this time; so that the whole of our remaining crews, which were now to be distributed among three ships, amounted to no more than 335 men and boys, a number greatly insufficient for manning the Centurion alone, and barely capable of navigating all the three with the utmost exertion of their strength and vigour. This prodigious reduction of our men was still the more terrifying as we were hitherto uncertain of the fate of Pizarro's squadron, and had reason to suppose that some part of it at least had got round into these seas. Indeed we were satisfied from our own experience that they must have suffered greatly in their passage; but then every port in the South Seas was open to them, and the whole power of Chile and Peru would doubtless be united in refreshing and refitting them, and recruiting the numbers they had lost. Besides, we had some obscure knowledge of a force to be fitted out at Callao; and, however contemptible the ships and sailors of this part of the world may have been generally esteemed, it was scarcely possible for anything bearing the name of a ship of force to be feebler or less considerable than ourselves. And had there been nothing to be apprehended from the naval power of the Spaniards in this part of the world, yet our enfeebled condition would nevertheless give us the greatest uneasiness, as we were incapable of attempting any of their considerable places; for the risking of twenty men, weak as we then were, was risking the safety of the whole. So that we conceived we should be necessitated to content ourselves with what few prizes we could pick up at sea before we were discovered, after which we should in all probability be obliged to depart with precipitation, and esteem ourselves fortunate to regain our native country, leaving our enemies to triumph on the inconsiderable mischief they had received from a squadron whose equipment had filled them with such dreadful apprehensions. It is true the final event proved more honourable than we had foreboded; but the intermediate calamities did likewise greatly surpass our most gloomy apprehensions, and could they have been predicted to us at this island of Juan Fernandez, they would doubtless have appeared insurmountable.

By the beginning of September, our group had recovered enough from scurvy that we were no longer at immediate risk of more burials. So, I’ll summarize our total losses since we left England to give you an idea of our past struggles and current strength. On board the Centurion, we had buried 292 people since leaving St. Helens, leaving us with 214 still alive. This seems like an incredible death toll, but on the Gloucester, it was even worse. Despite having a smaller crew, they also buried the same number and were left with only eighty-two survivors. One might think the Trial would have the highest death toll since her decks were almost always knee-deep in water, but that wasn’t the case. She fared better than the others, burying only forty-two and having thirty-nine still alive. The disease hit the invalids and marines harder than the sailors; on the Centurion, just four invalids—officers included—and eleven marines survived from a total of fifty invalids and seventy-nine marines. On the Gloucester, every invalid died, and only two of the forty-eight marines survived. From this account, it’s clear that the three ships left England with 961 men, of whom 626 had died by this point. This left us with only 335 men and boys to spread among the three ships, which wasn’t enough to single-handedly man the Centurion, and barely enough to keep all three ships going with maximum effort. This drastic reduction in our numbers was even more frightening as we were still unsure about the fate of Pizarro's squadron, and we suspected some of them had entered these waters. Based on our own experience, we knew they must have suffered on their journey. However, every port in the South Seas was open to them, and the combined resources of Chile and Peru would likely help them replenish and repair their losses. Additionally, we had vague intel about a force being readied at Callao. Although the ships and sailors in this region were often seen as weak, it was hard to believe any ship of significant force would be less capable than we were. Even if we didn’t have to worry about the naval strength of the Spaniards here, our weakened state would worry us greatly, as we were in no position to attack any important locations. The loss of just twenty men, weak as we were, could jeopardize our safety as a group. We figured we’d need to settle for whatever small prizes we could capture at sea before being spotted, after which we’d likely have to flee quickly, hoping to return home and leaving our enemies to celebrate the minor damage they’d inflicted on a squadron that once frightened them so much. It’s true that the final outcome turned out to be more honorable than we expected, but the hardships we faced along the way were far worse than we had feared. If we had been told about these challenges back at Juan Fernandez Island, they would have seemed insurmountable.

CHAPTER 15.
A PRIZE--SPANISH PREPARATIONS--A NARROW ESCAPE.

A CHASE.

A chase.

In the beginning of September, as has been already mentioned, our men were tolerably well recovered; and now the time of navigation in this climate drawing near, we exerted ourselves in getting our ships in readiness for the sea. On the 8th, about eleven in the morning, we espied a sail to the north-east, which continued to approach us till her courses appeared even with the horizon. In this interval we all had hopes she might prove one of our own squadron; but at length, finding she steered away to the eastward without hauling in for the island, we concluded she must be a Spaniard. It was resolved to pursue her; and the Centurion being in the greatest forwardness, we immediately got all our hands on board, set up our rigging, bent our sails, and by five in the afternoon got under sail. We had at this time very little wind, so that all the boats were employed to tow us out of the bay; and even what wind there was lasted only long enough to give us an offing of two or three leagues, when it flattened to a calm. The night coming on, we lost sight of the chase, and were extremely impatient for the return of daylight, in hopes to find that she had been becalmed as well as we, though I must confess that her greater distance from the land was a reasonable ground for suspecting the contrary, as we indeed found in the morning, to our great mortification; for though the weather continued perfectly clear, we had no sight of the ship from the mast-head. But as we were now satisfied that it was an enemy, and the first we had seen in these seas, we resolved not to give over the search lightly; and a small breeze springing up from the west-north-west, we got up our top-gallant masts and yards, set all the sails, and steered to the south-east, in hopes of retrieving our chase, which we imagined to be bound to Valparaiso. We continued on this course all that day and the next; and then, not getting sight of our chase, we gave over the pursuit, conceiving that by that time she must in all probability have reached her port.

At the beginning of September, as we mentioned earlier, our crew had mostly recovered. With the navigation season in this climate approaching, we focused on getting our ships ready for the sea. On the 8th, around eleven in the morning, we spotted a sail to the northeast, which continued to come closer until her sails were level with the horizon. During this time, we all hoped it might be one of our own ships. However, when we realized she was heading east without diverting toward the island, we concluded she must be a Spanish ship. We decided to pursue her, and since the Centurion was the most ready, we quickly got everyone on board, rigged the sails, and by five in the afternoon, we set sail. At that moment, there was very little wind, so all the boats had to tow us out of the bay. The little wind we had faded quickly, allowing us only two or three leagues offshore before it calmed to a standstill. As night fell, we lost sight of the ship and were extremely eager for daylight to return, hoping she had also been slowed down by the calm. However, I must admit that her greater distance from shore made us suspicious, and our fears were confirmed in the morning when, despite the clear weather, we couldn't see the ship from the masthead. Since we were sure that it was an enemy ship—the first we had encountered in these waters—we were determined to continue our search. A slight breeze came up from the west-northwest, so we raised our top-gallant masts and yards, set all the sails, and headed southeast, hoping to catch up to our chase, which we believed was headed to Valparaiso. We maintained this course throughout that day and the next, but after not spotting the ship, we abandoned the pursuit, thinking she had probably reached her port by then.

And now we prepared to return to Juan Fernandez, and hauled up to the south-west with that view, having but very little wind till the 12th, when, at three in the morning, there sprang up a fresh gale from the west-south-west, and we tacked and stood to the north-west; and at daybreak we were agreeably surprised with the sight of a sail on our weather-bow, between four and five leagues distant. On this we crowded all the sail we could, and stood after her, and soon perceived it not to be the same ship we originally gave chase to. She at first bore down upon us, showing Spanish colours, and making a signal as to her consort; but observing that we did not answer her signal, she instantly luffed close to the wind and stood to the southward. Our people were now all in spirits, and put the ship about with great alacrity; and as the chase appeared to be a large ship, and had mistaken us for her consort, we conceived that she was a man-of-war, and probably one of Pizarro's squadron. This induced the Commodore to order all the officers' cabins to be knocked down and thrown overboard, with several casks of water and provisions which stood between the guns; so that we had soon a clear ship, ready for an engagement. About nine o'clock we had thick, hazy weather, and a shower of rain, during which we lost sight of the chase; and we were apprehensive, if the weather should continue, that by going upon the other tack, or by some other artifice, she might escape us; but it clearing up in less than an hour, we found that we had both weathered and forereached upon her considerably, and now we were near enough discover that she was only a merchantman, without so much as a single tier of guns. About half an hour after twelve, being then within a reasonable distance of her, we fired four shot amongst her rigging, on which they lowered their topsails and bore down to us, but in very great confusion, their top-gallant-sails and stay-sails all fluttering in the wind. This was owing to their having let run their sheets and halyards just as we fired at them, after which not a man amongst them had courage enough to venture aloft (for there the shot had passed but just before) to take them in.

And now we got ready to head back to Juan Fernandez, sailing southwest with that goal in mind, having very little wind until the 12th, when a strong breeze came up from the west-southwest at three in the morning. We changed course and headed northwest, and by daybreak, we were pleasantly surprised to see a sail on our front left, about four to five leagues away. We set all the sails we could and went after it, quickly realizing it wasn’t the same ship we originally chased. At first, it approached us, flying Spanish colors and signaling its partner; however, noticing we didn’t respond to the signal, it quickly turned into the wind and headed south. Our crew was now in high spirits and quickly turned the ship around; since the chase appeared to be a large vessel and had mistaken us for its partner, we suspected it was a man-of-war, likely part of Pizarro's fleet. This led the Commodore to order the removal of all the officers' cabins, which were thrown overboard along with several barrels of water and provisions that were between the cannons, so we soon had a clear ship, ready for battle. Around nine o'clock, we encountered thick, hazy weather and a rain shower, during which we lost sight of the chase; we were worried that if the weather stayed bad, she might escape us by changing course or some other trick. But once the weather cleared in under an hour, we realized we had both sailed past and gained distance on her considerably, and now we were close enough to see she was just a merchant ship, without a single tier of guns. At about half past twelve, when we were within a reasonable distance, we fired four shots at her rigging, which caused them to lower their topsails and head towards us, but in utter confusion, with their top-gallant sails and stay sails flapping wildly in the wind. This was because they had let go of their sheets and halyards just as we fired at them, and no one among them had the courage to go up (since the shots had just passed before) to haul them in.

As soon as the vessel came within hail of us, the Commodore ordered them to bring to under his lee-quarter, and then hoisted out the boat and sent Mr. Suamarez, his first lieutenant, to take possession of the prize, with directions to send all the prisoners on board the Centurion, but first the officers and passengers.

As soon as the ship came within yelling distance, the Commodore ordered them to stop next to us, then launched the boat and sent Mr. Suamarez, his first lieutenant, to take control of the prize, instructing him to send all the prisoners aboard the Centurion, starting with the officers and passengers.

A TERRIFIED CREW.

A scared crew.

When Mr. Suamarez came on board them, they received him at the side with the strongest tokens of the most abject submission, for they were all of them (especially the passengers, who were twenty-five in number), extremely terrified and under the greatest apprehensions of meeting with very severe and cruel usage. But the lieutenant endeavoured with great courtesy to dissipate their fright, assuring them that their fears were altogether groundless, and that they would find a generous enemy in the Commodore, who was not less remarkable for his lenity and humanity than for his resolution and courage. The passengers who were first sent on board the Centurion informed us that our prize was called "Nuestra Senora del Monte Carmelo", and was commanded by Don Manuel Zamorra. Her cargo consisted chiefly of sugar, and great quantities of blue cloth made in the province of Quito, somewhat resembling our English coarse broad-cloths, but inferior to them. They had, besides, several bales of a coarser sort of cloth, of different colours, called by them Pannia da Tierra, with a few bales of cotton and tobacco, which though strong was not ill-flavoured. These were the principal goods on board her; but we found, besides, what was to us much more valuable than the rest of the cargo. This was some trunks of wrought plate, and twenty-three serons of dollars, each weighing upwards of 200 pounds avoirdupois. The ship's burthen was about 450 tons; she had fifty-three sailors on board, both whites and blacks; she came from Callao, and had been twenty-seven days at sea before she fell into our hands. She was bound to the port of Valparaiso, in the kingdom of Chili, and proposed to have returned thence loaded with corn and Chili wine, some gold, dried beef, and small cordage, which at Callao they convert into larger rope. The prisoners informed us that they left Callao in company with two other ships, which they had parted with some days before, and that at first they conceived us to be one of their company; and by the description we gave them of the ship we had chased from Juan Fernandez, they assured us she was of their number, but that the coming in sight of that island was directly repugnant to the merchants' instructions, who had expressly forbid it, as knowing that if any English squadron was in those seas, the island of Fernandez was most probably the place of their rendezvous.

When Mr. Suamarez arrived on board, they greeted him at the side with overt signs of intense submission, as they were all (especially the twenty-five passengers) extremely scared and worried about facing harsh treatment. However, the lieutenant tried very politely to ease their fears, assuring them that their anxieties were completely unfounded and that they would encounter a gracious opponent in the Commodore, who was known for his kindness and humanity as much as for his determination and bravery. The first group of passengers who boarded the Centurion informed us that our captured ship was named "Nuestra Senora del Monte Carmelo," commanded by Don Manuel Zamorra. Its cargo mainly consisted of sugar and large amounts of blue cloth made in the province of Quito, somewhat similar to our English coarse broadcloths but of lesser quality. Additionally, there were several bales of a coarser type of cloth, in various colors, called Pannia da Tierra, along with a few bales of cotton and tobacco, which, although strong, was not unpleasant. These were the primary goods on board; however, we found something much more valuable to us than the rest of the cargo: some chests of silverware and twenty-three bags of dollars, each weighing over 200 pounds. The ship had a capacity of about 450 tons and carried fifty-three sailors, both white and black. It had come from Callao and had been at sea for twenty-seven days before falling into our hands. It was headed for the port of Valparaiso in the kingdom of Chili and intended to return loaded with corn, Chilean wine, some gold, dried beef, and small ropes, which they convert into thicker ropes at Callao. The prisoners told us they left Callao with two other ships, which they had parted from a few days earlier, and initially thought we were one of their group; based on our description of the ship we had chased from Juan Fernandez, they were convinced it was one of theirs. However, they noted that approaching that island directly contradicted the merchants' instructions, who had specifically prohibited it, knowing that if any English squadron was in those waters, Juan Fernandez was likely their meeting point.

And now it is necessary that I should relate the important intelligence which we met with on board her, partly from the information of the prisoners, and partly from the letters and papers which fell into our hands. We here first learned with certainty the force and destination of that squadron which cruised off Madeira at our arrival there, and afterwards chased the Pearl in our passage to Port St. Julian. And we had, at the same time, the satisfaction to find that Pizarro, after his utmost endeavours to gain his passage into these seas, had been forced back again into the River of Plate, with the loss of two of his largest ships; and besides this disappointment of Pizarro, which considering our great debility, was no unacceptable intelligence, we further learned that an embargo had been laid upon all shipping in these seas by the Viceroy of Peru, in the month of May preceding, on a supposition that about that time we might arrive upon the coast. But on the account sent overland by Pizarro of his own distresses, part of which they knew we must have encountered, as we were at sea during the same time, and on their having no news of us in eight months after we were known to set sail from St. Catherine's, they were fully persuaded that we were either shipwrecked, or had perished at sea, or at least had been obliged to put back again; for it was conceived impossible for any ships to continue at sea during so long an interval, and, therefore, on the application of the merchants and the firm persuasion of our having miscarried, the embargo had been lately taken off.

And now I need to share the important information we found on board her, partly from the prisoners and partly from the letters and documents we came across. It was here that we first confirmed the strength and mission of the squadron that was patrolling off Madeira when we arrived, and later pursued the Pearl on our way to Port St. Julian. At the same time, we were relieved to learn that Pizarro, after his best efforts to enter these waters, had been pushed back into the River Plate, losing two of his largest ships in the process. Besides this setback for Pizarro, which was welcome news considering our weakened state, we also discovered that the Viceroy of Peru had placed an embargo on all shipping in these waters back in May, thinking we might arrive on the coast around that time. However, due to the distress reported by Pizarro, some of which we knew we must have faced since we were at sea during the same period, and the fact that they hadn't heard from us in eight months after we departed from St. Catherine's, they were convinced that we were either shipwrecked, had died at sea, or at the very least had to turn back. It seemed impossible for any ships to remain at sea for such a long time, and so, on the insistence of the merchants and their firm belief that we had met with disaster, the embargo was recently lifted.

A NARROW ESCAPE.

A close call.

This last article made us flatter ourselves that, as the enemy was still a stranger to our having got round Cape Horn, and the navigation of these seas was restored, we might meet with some considerable captures, and might thereby indemnify ourselves for the incapacity we were now under of attempting any of their considerable settlements on shore. And thus much we were certain of, from the information of our prisoners, that whatever our success might be as to the prizes we might light on, we had nothing to fear, weak as we were, from the Spanish force in this part of the world; though we discovered that we had been in most imminent peril from the enemy when we least apprehended it, and when our other distresses were at the greatest height. For we learned from the letters on board that Pizarro, in the express he dispatched to the Viceroy of Peru after his return to the River of Plate, had intimated to him that it was possible some part at least of the English squadron might get round, but that, as he was certain from his own experience that if they did arrive in those seas it must be in a very weak and defenceless condition, he advised the Viceroy, in order to be secure at all events, to fit out what ships of force he had, and send them to the southward, where in all probability they would intercept us singly and before we had an opportunity of touching anywhere for refreshment, in which case he doubted not but we should prove an easy conquest. The Viceroy of Peru approved of this advice, and immediately fitted out four ships of force from Callao, one of 50 guns, two of 40 guns, and one of 24 guns. Three of them were stationed off the port of Concepcion,* and one of them at the Island of Juan Fernandez; and in these stations they continued cruising for us till the 6th of June, when, not seeing anything of us, and conceiving it to be impossible that we could have kept the seas so long, they quitted their cruise and returned to Callao, fully satisfied that we had either perished or at least had been driven back. As the time of their quitting their station was but a few days before our arrival at the island of Fernandez, it is evident that had we made that island on our first search for it on the 28th of May, when we first expected to see it, and were in reality very near it, we had doubtless fallen in with some part of the Spanish squadron; and in the distressed condition we were then in the meeting with a healthy, well-provided enemy was an incident that could not but have been perplexing and might perhaps have proved fatal. I shall only add that these Spanish ships sent out to intercept us had been greatly shattered by a storm during their cruise, and that, after their arrival at Callao, they had been laid up. And our prisoners assured us that whenever intelligence was received at Lima of our being in these seas, it would be at least two months before this armament could be again fitted out.

This last article made us feel confident that, since the enemy was still unaware of our journey around Cape Horn, and navigation in these waters had been restored, we might capture some significant prizes and compensate for our inability to attack any of their major settlements onshore. We were certain of one thing from the information provided by our prisoners: no matter how successful we were with the prizes we might find, we had nothing to fear from the Spanish forces in this region, despite our weakened state. However, we discovered that we had been in serious danger from the enemy when we least expected it, during our greatest challenges. We learned from the letters aboard that Pizarro, in a message he sent to the Viceroy of Peru after returning to the River Plate, hinted that it was possible some part of the English squadron might come around, but since he was fully aware from his own experience that if they did arrive in these waters, they would be in a very weak and defenseless state, he advised the Viceroy to prepare whatever ships he had and send them south, where they would likely capture us before we could stop anywhere for supplies, in which case he believed we would be an easy conquest. The Viceroy of Peru agreed with this advice and quickly outfitted four warships from Callao—one with 50 guns, two with 40 guns, and one with 24 guns. Three of them were stationed off the port of Concepcion, and one at the Island of Juan Fernandez. They continued to cruise for us until June 6, but when they didn’t see us and thought it was impossible we could have been at sea for so long, they ended their patrol and returned to Callao, fully convinced that we had either perished or been forced back. Since they left their station just a few days before we arrived at the island of Fernandez, it’s clear that if we had reached that island on our first search for it on May 28, when we expected to see it and were actually quite close, we would have undoubtedly encountered some part of the Spanish squadron. Given our desperate situation at that time, running into a well-supplied and healthy enemy could have been overwhelming and possibly fatal. I’ll only add that the Spanish ships sent to intercept us had sustained significant damage in a storm during their patrol and had been laid up after returning to Callao. Our prisoners assured us that once news reached Lima of our presence in these waters, it would take at least two months before this fleet could be assembled again.

(*Note. La Concepcion in Chili, about 270 miles south of Valparaiso.)
(*Note: La Concepcion in Chile, approximately 270 miles south of Valparaiso.)

The whole of this intelligence was as favourable as we in our reduced circumstances could wish for; and now we were fully satisfied as to the broken jars, ashes, and fish-bones which we had observed at our first landing at Juan Fernandez, these things being doubtless the relics of the cruisers stationed off that port. Having thus satisfied ourselves in the material articles, and having got on board the Centurion most of the prisoners and all the silver, we, at eight in the same evening, made sail to the northward, in company with our prize, and at six the next morning discovered the island of Juan Fernandez, where the next day both we and our prize came to an anchor. And here I cannot omit one remarkable incident which occurred when the prize and her crew came into the bay where the rest of the squadron lay. The Spaniards in the Carmelo had been sufficiently informed of the distresses we had gone through, and were greatly surprised that we had ever surmounted them; but when they saw the Trial sloop at anchor they were still more astonished, and it was with great difficulty they were prevailed on to believe that she came from England with the rest of the squadron, they at first insisting that it was impossible such a bauble as that could pass round Cape Horn when the best ships of Spain were obliged to put back.

The entire situation was as favorable as we could hope for given our limited circumstances; we were now completely convinced about the broken jars, ashes, and fish bones we had noticed when we first landed at Juan Fernandez. These were undoubtedly leftovers from the cruisers stationed off that port. Having reassured ourselves about the tangible evidence and having brought most of the prisoners and all the silver on board the Centurion, by eight that evening, we set sail northward alongside our prize. The next morning at six, we spotted Juan Fernandez island, and the following day, both we and our prize anchored there. I can't help but mention a notable event that took place when the prize and her crew entered the bay where the rest of the squadron was anchored. The Spaniards on the Carmelo had been well-informed about the hardships we had faced and were very surprised that we had actually overcome them. However, when they saw the Trial sloop at anchor, they were even more astonished, and it took a lot of convincing for them to believe that she had come from England with the rest of the squadron. At first, they insisted it was impossible for such a small vessel to make it around Cape Horn when the best ships from Spain had to turn back.

CHAPTER 16.
THE COMMODORE'S PLANS--ANOTHER PRIZE--THE TRIAL DESTROYED..

By the time we arrived at Juan Fernandez the letters found on board our prize were more minutely examined; and it appearing from them and from the accounts of our prisoners that several other merchantmen were bound from Callao to Valparaiso, Mr. Anson despatched the Trial sloop the very next morning to cruise off the last-mentioned port, reinforcing her with ten hands from on board his own ship. Mr. Anson likewise resolved, on the intelligence recited above, to separate the ships under his command and employ them in distinct cruises, as he thought that by this means we should not only increase our chance for prizes, but that we should likewise run less risk of alarming the coast and of being discovered.

By the time we got to Juan Fernandez, we took a closer look at the letters found on our captured ship. It became clear from those letters and the accounts of our prisoners that several other merchant ships were traveling from Callao to Valparaiso. The next morning, Mr. Anson sent out the Trial sloop to patrol near Valparaiso, adding ten crew members from his own ship. Mr. Anson also decided to split up the ships under his command and assign them different patrols. He believed that this way, we would not only boost our chances of capturing prizes but also reduce the risk of alarming the coast and getting caught.

THE LAST LEAVE OF JUAN FERNANDEZ.

THE LAST LEAVE OF JUAN FERNANDEZ.

And now, the spirits of our people being greatly raised and their despondency dissipated by this earnest of success, they forgot all their past distresses and resumed their wonted alacrity, and laboured indefatigably in completing our water, receiving our lumber, and preparing to take our farewell of the island. But as these occupations took us up four or five days, with all our industry, the Commodore in that interval directed that the guns belonging to the Anna pink*, being four 6-pounders, four 4-pounders, and two swivels, should be mounted on board the Carmelo, our prize; and having sent on board the Gloucester six passengers and twenty-three seaman to assist in navigating the ship, he directed Captain Mitchel to leave the island as soon as possible, the service requiring the utmost despatch, ordering him to proceed to the latitude of 5 degrees south, and there to cruise off the high land of Paita, at such a distance from shore as should prevent his being discovered. On this station he was to continue till he should be joined by the Commodore, which would be whenever it should be known that the Viceroy had fitted out the ships at Callao, or on Mr. Anson's receiving any other intelligence that should make it necessary to unite our strength. These orders being delivered to the captain of the Gloucester, and all our business completed, we on the Saturday following, being the 19th of September, weighed our anchor in company with our prize, and got out of the bay, taking our last leave of the island of Juan Fernandez, and steering to the eastward, with an intention of joining the Trial sloop in her station off Valparaiso.

And now, with the spirits of our people lifted and their worries gone thanks to this sign of success, they forgot all their previous struggles and got back to their usual enthusiasm, working tirelessly to finish our water supply, receive our lumber, and prepare to say goodbye to the island. However, since these activities took us four or five days, despite all our efforts, the Commodore decided that the guns from the Anna pink*—four 6-pounders, four 4-pounders, and two swivels—should be mounted on the Carmelo, our prize. He also sent six passengers and twenty-three sailors on board the Gloucester to help navigate the ship and instructed Captain Mitchel to leave the island as soon as possible, as the situation required us to act quickly. He ordered him to head to a latitude of 5 degrees south and cruise off the high land of Paita, staying far enough from shore to avoid detection. He was to remain in this position until joined by the Commodore, which would happen once the Viceroy sent out ships from Callao or if Mr. Anson received any other information that required us to combine our efforts. After these orders were given to the captain of the Gloucester and after we finished all our tasks, we weighed anchor the following Saturday, September 19th, left the bay, took our last look at the island of Juan Fernandez, and headed east, intending to join the Trial sloop at her station off Valparaiso.

(*Note. The Anna pink being no longer seaworthy, was broken up at Juan Fernandez.)
(*Note: The Anna pink is no longer seaworthy and has been dismantled at Juan Fernandez.)

On the 24th, a little before sunset, we saw two sail to the eastward, on which our prize stood directly from us, to avoid giving any suspicion of our being cruisers; whilst we in the meantime made ourselves ready for an engagement, and steered towards the two ships we had discovered with all our canvas. We soon perceived that one of these which had the appearance of being a very stout ship made directly for us, whilst the other kept at a very great distance. By seven o'clock we were within pistol-shot of the nearest, and had a broadside ready to pour into her, the gunners having their matches in their hands, and only waiting for orders to fire; but as we knew it was now impossible for her to escape us, Mr. Anson, before he permitted them to fire, ordered the master to hail the ship in Spanish, on which the commanding officer on board her, who proved to be Mr. Hughes, lieutenant of the Trial, answered us in English, and informed us that she was a prize taken by the Trial a few days before, and that the other sail at a distance was the Trial herself, disabled in her masts. We were soon after joined by the Trial and Captain Saunders, her commander, came on board the Centurion. He informed the Commodore that he had taken this ship the 18th instant, that she was a prime sailer, and had cost him thirty-six hours' chase before he could come up with her; that for some time he gained so little upon her that he began to despair of taking her; and the Spaniards, though alarmed at first with seeing nothing but a cloud of sail in pursuit of them, the Trial's hull being so low in the water that no part of it appeared, yet knowing the goodness of their ship, and finding how little the Trial neared them, they at length laid aside their fears, and recommending themselves to the blessed Virgin for protection, began to think themselves secure. And indeed, their success was very near doing honour to their Ave Marias;* for altering their course in the night and shutting up their windows to prevent any of their lights from being seen, they had some chance of escaping. But a small crevice in one of the shutters rendered all their invocations ineffectual, for through this crevice the people on board the Trial perceived a light, which they chased till they arrived within gun shot, and then Captain Saunders alarmed them unexpectedly with a broadside when they flattered themselves they were got out of his reach. However, for some time after, they still kept the same sail abroad, and it was not observed that this first salute had made any impression on them; but just as the Trial was preparing to repeat her broadside, the Spaniards crept from their holes, lowered their sails, and submitted without any opposition. She was one of the largest merchantmen employed in those seas, being about six hundred tons burthen, and was called the "Arranzazu". She was bound from Callao to Valparaiso, and had much the same cargo with the Carmelo we had taken before, except that her silver amounted only to about 5000 pounds sterling.

On the 24th, just before sunset, we spotted two ships heading east, which our target was trying to avoid by steering directly away from us to prevent any suspicions that we were cruisers. Meanwhile, we got ready for a fight and sailed towards the two ships we had found with all our sails up. We quickly noticed that one of the ships, which looked very sturdy, was coming straight for us, while the other kept a significant distance away. By seven o'clock, we were within pistol range of the nearest ship and had a broadside ready to fire, with the gunners holding their matches and just waiting for orders. However, since it was clear that the ship couldn’t escape, Mr. Anson, before allowing them to fire, ordered the master to hail the ship in Spanish. The commanding officer, identified as Mr. Hughes, lieutenant of the Trial, responded in English, informing us that the ship was a prize taken by the Trial a few days earlier and that the other ship at a distance was the Trial itself, which had been disabled in her masts. Soon after, the Trial joined us, and Captain Saunders, her commander, came on board the Centurion. He told the Commodore that he had captured this ship on the 18th, that she was a top-notch sailer, and that it had taken him thirty-six hours of chasing to catch up with her. At first, he gained so little on them that he almost lost hope, and although the Spaniards were initially alarmed at just seeing a cloud of sails pursuing them—since the Trial's hull was low in the water and not visible—they realized how good their own ship was and, noticing the Trial wasn’t gaining on them, eventually calmed down, praying to the blessed Virgin for protection and believing they were safe. In fact, their luck was almost a testament to their prayers; altering their course at night and shutting their windows to hide their lights gave them a shot at escaping. But a small gap in one of the shutters made all their prayers useless, as the people on board the Trial spotted a light coming from there. They chased it until they were within gunshot, and then Captain Saunders surprised them with a broadside just when they thought they were out of reach. For a while, they kept their sails up, and it didn’t seem like the first shot had affected them at all; however, just as the Trial was about to fire again, the Spaniards emerged from their hiding spots, lowered their sails, and surrendered without putting up a fight. This ship was one of the largest merchant vessels operating in those waters, weighing about six hundred tons and named the "Arranzazu." She was on her way from Callao to Valparaiso, carrying a cargo similar to the Carmelo we had captured earlier, except her silver cargo was only about 5000 pounds sterling.

(*Note. Ave Maria (Hail Mary!) are the opening words of a Roman Catholic prayer to the Virgin Mary.)
(*Note: Ave Maria (Hail Mary!) are the first words of a Roman Catholic prayer to the Virgin Mary.)

THE TRIAL DISABLED.

THE TRIAL IS DISABLED.

But to balance this success we had the misfortune to find that the Trial had sprung her mainmast, and that her maintopmast had come by the board; and as we were all of us standing to the eastward the next morning, with a fresh gale at south, she had the additional ill-luck to spring her foremast; so that now she had not a mast left on which she could carry sail. These unhappy incidents were still further aggravated by the impossibility we were just then under of assisting her; for the wind blew so hard, and raised such a hollow sea, that we could not venture to hoist out our boat, and consequently could have no communication with her; so that we were obliged to lie to for the greatest part of forty-eight hours to attend her.

But to offset this success, we unfortunately discovered that the Trial had broken her main mast and that her maintop mast had come down. The next morning, while we were all facing east with a strong wind blowing from the south, she had the added misfortune of breaking her foremast, so now she had no masts left to carry sails. These unfortunate events were made worse by the fact that we were unable to assist her at that moment; the wind was so strong and the sea was so rough that we couldn't risk launching our boat, and therefore had no way to communicate with her. As a result, we had to remain stationary for most of forty-eight hours to watch over her.

The weather proving somewhat more moderate on the 27th, we sent our boat for the captain of the Trial, who, when he came on board us, produced an instrument, signed by himself and all his officers, representing that the sloop, besides being dismasted, was so very leaky in her hull that even in moderate weather it was necessary to keep the pumps constantly at work, and that they were then scarcely sufficient to keep her free; so that in the late gale, though they had all been engaged at the pumps by turns, yet the water had increased upon them; and, upon the whole, they apprehended her to be at present so very defective that if they met with much bad weather they must all inevitably perish, and therefore they petitioned the Commodore to take some measures for their future safety. But the refitting of the Trial and the repairing of her defects was an undertaking that in the present conjuncture greatly exceeded his power; and besides, it would have been extreme imprudence in so critical a juncture to have loitered away so much time as would have been necessary for these operations. The Commodore, therefore, had no choice left him but that of taking out her people and destroying her; but at the same time, as he conceived it necessary for His Majesty's Service to keep up the appearance of our force, he appointed the Trial's prize (which had been often employed by the Viceroy of Peru as a man-of-war) to be a frigate in His Majesty's Service, manning her with the Trial's crew and giving new commissions to the captain and all the inferior officers accordingly. This new frigate, when in the Spanish service, had mounted thirty-two guns, but she was now to have only twenty, which were the twelve that were on board the Trial, and eight that had belonged to the Anna pink. When this affair was thus far regulated, Mr. Anson gave orders to Captain Saunders to put it in execution, directing him to take out of the sloop the arms, stores, ammunition, and everything that could be of any use to the other ships, and then to scuttle her and sink her. And after Captain Saunders had seen her destroyed he was to proceed with his new frigate (to be called the Trial's prize) and to cruise off the high land of Valparaiso, keeping it from him north-north-west, at the distance of twelve or fourteen leagues. For as all ships bound from Valparaiso to the northward steer that course, Mr. Anson proposed by this means to stop any intelligence that might be despatched to Callao of two of their ships being missing, which might give them apprehensions of the English squadron being in their neighbourhood. The Trial's prize was to continue on this station twenty-four days and if not joined by the Commodore at the expiration of that term, she was then to proceed down the coast to Pisco, or Nasca, where she would be certain to meet with Mr. Anson. The Commodore likewise ordered Lieutenant Suamarez who commanded the Centurion's prize, to keep company with Captain Saunders both to assist him in unloading the sloop, and also that, by spreading in their cruise, there might be less danger of any of the enemy's ships slipping by unobserved. These orders being despatched, the Centurion parted from them at eleven in the evening on the 27th of September, directing her course to the southward, with a view of cruising for some days to the windward of Valparaiso.

The weather was a bit calmer on the 27th, so we sent our boat for the captain of the Trial. When he came on board, he presented a document signed by himself and all his officers, stating that the sloop, besides being dismasted, was so leaky that even in moderate weather, they had to keep the pumps running constantly, and they were barely able to keep the boat afloat. Despite taking turns at the pumps during the recent gale, the water level had still risen. Overall, they were worried that she was so seriously flawed that if they encountered more bad weather, they would all inevitably perish. Therefore, they asked the Commodore to take some action to ensure their safety. However, repairing the Trial and addressing her issues was a task that greatly exceeded the Commodore's authority at that time. Additionally, it would have been extremely unwise to waste so much time on such repairs during such a critical moment. Consequently, the Commodore had no option but to evacuate her crew and destroy the sloop. At the same time, recognizing the need to maintain the appearance of a strong force for His Majesty's service, he designated the Trial's prize (which had previously been used as a warship by the Viceroy of Peru) as a frigate in His Majesty's Service, manning her with the Trial's crew and issuing new commissions to the captain and all the lower-ranking officers. This new frigate had originally carried thirty-two guns in Spanish service, but she would now only have twenty—twelve from the Trial and eight from the Anna pink. Once this arrangement was made, Mr. Anson instructed Captain Saunders to carry it out, directing him to remove the weapons, supplies, ammunition, and anything else useful from the sloop before scuttling and sinking her. After Captain Saunders ensured her destruction, he was to proceed with his new frigate (named the Trial's prize) and cruise off the high land of Valparaiso, maintaining a distance of twelve to fourteen leagues northwest. Since all ships heading northward from Valparaiso would take that route, Mr. Anson aimed to intercept any messages that might be sent to Callao about two missing ships, which could raise concerns about the English squadron being nearby. The Trial's prize was to remain on station for twenty-four days, and if she didn't meet up with the Commodore by then, she was to head down the coast to Pisco or Nasca, where she would be sure to find Mr. Anson. The Commodore also instructed Lieutenant Suamarez, who commanded the Centurion's prize, to accompany Captain Saunders to assist with unloading the sloop and to reduce the chances of any enemy ships slipping by unnoticed while they cruised. After these orders were issued, the Centurion left them at eleven in the evening on September 27th, heading southward to cruise a few days upwind of Valparaiso.

CHAPTER 17.
MORE CAPTURES--ALARM OF THE COAST--PAITA.

DISAPPOINTMENT.

DISAPPOINTED.

Though, after leaving Captain Saunders, we were very expeditious in regaining our station, where we got the 29th at noon, yet in plying on and off till the 6th of October we had not the good fortune to discover a sail of any sort, and then, having lost all hopes of making any advantage by a longer stay, we made sail to the leeward of the port in order to join our prizes; but when we arrived on the station appointed for them we did not meet with them, though we continued there four or five days. We supposed that some chase had occasioned their leaving the station, and therefore we proceeded down the coast to the high land of Nasca, where Captain Saunders was directed to join us. Here we arrived on the 21st, and were in great expectation of meeting with some of the enemy's ships on the coast, as both the accounts of former voyages and the information of our prisoners assured us that all ships bound to Callao constantly make this land, to prevent the danger of running to the leeward of the port. But notwithstanding the advantages of this station we saw no sail till the 2nd of November, when two ships appeared in sight together. We immediately gave them chase, but soon perceived that they were the Trial's and Centurion's prizes. We found they had not been more fortunate in their cruise than we were, for they had seen no vessel since they separated from us.

Although we quickly returned to our position after leaving Captain Saunders, arriving by noon on the 29th, we spent until October 6th sailing back and forth without spotting any ships. Realizing there was no point in staying longer, we set sail to the leeward of the port to meet with our captured ships; however, when we reached the designated area, we didn’t find them, even after staying there four or five days. We figured that some pursuit must have caused them to leave the spot, so we continued down the coast to the high land of Nasca, where Captain Saunders was supposed to meet us. We got there on the 21st, hoping to encounter some enemy ships along the coast, since both previous voyages and our prisoners told us that all ships heading to Callao usually pass this land to avoid the risks of going too far downwind of the port. Despite the advantages of this location, we didn’t see any ships until November 2nd, when two vessels appeared together. We immediately pursued them, but soon realized they were the prizes of the Trial and Centurion. It turned out they hadn’t had any better luck than we did, having also seen no vessels since they split from us.

We bore away the same afternoon, taking particular care to keep at such a distance from the shore that there might be no danger of our being discovered from thence.

We left that same afternoon, making sure to stay far enough from the shore so that we wouldn't run the risk of being spotted from there.

By the 5th of November, at three in the afternoon, we were advanced within view of the high land of Barranca, and an hour and a half afterwards we had the satisfaction we had so long wished for, of seeing a sail. She first appeared to leeward, and we all immediately gave her chase; but the Centurion so much out sailed the two prizes that we soon ran them out of sight, and gained considerably on the chase. However, night coming on before we came up to her, we about seven o'clock lost sight of her, and were in some perplexity what course to steer; but at last Mr. Anson resolved, as we were then before the wind, to keep all his sails set and not to change his course. For though we had no doubt but the chase would alter her course in the night, yet, as it was uncertain what tack she would go upon, it was thought more prudent to keep on our course, as we must by this means unavoidably near her, than to change it on conjecture, when, if we should mistake, we must infallibly lose her. Thus, then, we continued the chase about an hour and a half in the dark, someone or other on board us constantly imagining they discerned her sails right ahead of us; but at last Mr. Brett, then our second lieutenant, did really discover her about four points on the larboard-bow, steering off to the seaward. We immediately clapped the helm a-weather and stood for her, and in less than an hour came up with her, and having fired fourteen shots at her, she struck. Our third lieutenant, Mr. Dennis, was sent in the boat with sixteen men to take possession of the prize and to return the prisoners to our ship. This ship was named the "Santa Teresa de Jesus", built at Guayaquil, of about three hundred tons burthen, and was commanded by Bartolome Urrunaga, a Biscayer. She was bound from Guayaquil to Callao; her loading consisted of timber, cacao, cocoa-nuts, tobacco, hides, Pito thread (which is very strong and is made of a species of grass) Quito cloth, wax, etc. The specie on board her was inconsiderable, being principally small silver money and not amounting to more than 170 pounds sterling. It is true her cargo was of great value, could we have disposed of it, but the Spaniards having strict orders never to ransom their ships, all the goods that we took in these seas, except what little we had occasion for ourselves, were of no advantage to us. Indeed, though we could make no profit thereby ourselves, it was some satisfaction to us to consider that it was so much really lost to the enemy, and that the despoiling them was no contemptible branch of that service in which we were now employed by our country.

By November 5th, at three in the afternoon, we had moved close enough to see the high land of Barranca, and an hour and a half later, we finally saw a sail, something we had long hoped for. It first appeared off to the side, and we all quickly began chasing it. However, the Centurion outpaced the other two ships so much that they soon disappeared from view, and we gained a lot on the chase. But as night fell before we could catch up with her, we lost sight of her around seven o'clock, leaving us uncertain about which way to head. In the end, Mr. Anson decided that since we were sailing with the wind, we should keep all our sails out and stay on our course. Although we were sure the chase would change her direction during the night, it was uncertain which way she would go, so it seemed smarter to stick to our course, as that would get us closer to her, rather than changing based on guesswork which could make us lose her altogether. So we continued pursuing her for about an hour and a half in the dark, with someone on board constantly claiming they saw her sails ahead of us. Finally, Mr. Brett, our second lieutenant, actually spotted her about four points off the port side, heading out to sea. We quickly adjusted our course and headed towards her, and in less than an hour, we caught up with her. After firing fourteen shots, she surrendered. Our third lieutenant, Mr. Dennis, went in the boat with sixteen men to take possession of the ship and bring back the prisoners. This ship was called the "Santa Teresa de Jesus", built in Guayaquil, weighing about three hundred tons, and was commanded by Bartolome Urrunaga, a Biscayner. She was on her way from Guayaquil to Callao, carrying timber, cacao, coconuts, tobacco, hides, strong Pito thread made from a type of grass, Quito cloth, wax, and other goods. The cash onboard was not much, mainly small coins, totaling around 170 pounds sterling. While the cargo was valuable if we could sell it, the Spaniards had strict orders never to ransom their ships, so all the goods we took in these waters, except for what we needed ourselves, were of no real benefit to us. Still, even though we couldn't profit from it, it was somewhat satisfying to think of it as a loss for the enemy and that disrupting their operations was a significant part of the mission we were engaged in for our country.

I have before observed that at the beginning of this chase the Centurion ran her two consorts out of sight, for which reason we lay by all the night, after we had taken the prize, for Captain Saunders and Lieutenant Suamarez to join us, firing guns and making false fires every half-hour to prevent their passing us unobserved; but they were so far astern that they neither heard nor saw any of our signals and were not able to come up with us till broad daylight. When they had joined us we proceeded together to the northward, being now four sail in company.

I’ve noticed before that at the start of this chase, the Centurion lost sight of her two consorts. Because of this, we held back all night after capturing the prize, waiting for Captain Saunders and Lieutenant Suamarez to catch up with us. We fired guns and set up false signals every half hour to make sure they didn’t pass us unnoticed, but they were so far behind that they neither heard nor saw any of our signals and couldn’t reach us until daylight. Once they joined us, we continued northward, now sailing together with four ships.

DESPOILING THE SPANIARDS.

LOOTING THE SPANIARDS.

On the 10th of November we were three leagues south of the southernmost island of Lobos, lying in the latitude of 6 degrees 27 minutes south. We were now drawing near to the station appointed to the Gloucester, for which reason, fearing to miss her, we made an easy sail all night. The next morning at daybreak, we saw a ship in shore, and to windward, plying up to the coast. She had passed by us with the favour of the night, and we, soon perceiving her not to be the Gloucester, gave her chase; but it proving very little wind, so that neither of us could make much way, the Commodore ordered the barge, his pinnace, and the Trial's pinnace to be manned and armed, and to pursue the chase and board her. Lieutenant Brett, who commanded the barge, came up with her first, about nine o'clock, and running alongside of her, he fired a volley of small shot between the masts, just over the heads of the people on board, and then instantly entered with the greatest part of his men; but the enemy made no resistance, being sufficiently frightened by the dazzling of the cutlasses, and the volley they had just received. Lieutenant Brett ordered the sails to be trimmed, and bore down to the Commodore, taking up in his way the two pinnaces. When he was arrived within about four miles of us, he put off in the barge, bringing with him a number of prisoners who had given him some material intelligence, which he was desirous the Commodore should be acquainted with as soon as possible. On his arrival we learned that the prize was called "Nuestra Senora del Carmen", of about two hundred and seventy tons burthen; she was commanded by Marcos Morena, a native of Venice, and had on board forty-three mariners. She was deep laden with steel, iron, wax, pepper, cedar, plank, snuff, rosaries, European bale goods, powder-blue, cinnamon, Romish indulgences, and other species of merchandise. And though this cargo, in our present circumstances was but of little value to us, yet with respect to the Spaniards it was the most considerable capture that fell into our hands in this part of the world; for it amounted to upwards of 400,000 dollars prime cost at Panama. This ship was bound to Callao, and had stopped at Paita in her passage to take in a recruit of water and provisions, and had not left that place above twenty-four hours before she fell into our hands.

On November 10th, we were three leagues south of the southernmost island of Lobos, at a latitude of 6 degrees 27 minutes south. We were getting close to the location designated for the Gloucester, so to avoid missing her, we sailed at a relaxed pace throughout the night. The next morning at dawn, we spotted a ship close to the shore and heading towards the coast. She had slipped past us under the cover of night, and once we realized she wasn't the Gloucester, we went after her; however, with very little wind, we couldn't gain much ground. The Commodore ordered the barge, his pinnace, and the Trial's pinnace to be manned and armed to pursue and board her. Lieutenant Brett, who was in charge of the barge, reached her first around nine o'clock. Pulling up beside her, he fired a volley of small shot between the masts, right above the heads of the people on board, and then immediately led most of his men aboard; the enemy offered no resistance, sufficiently intimidated by the gleam of the cutlasses and the volley they had just received. Lieutenant Brett adjusted the sails and headed back to the Commodore, picking up the two pinnaces along the way. When he was about four miles away from us, he set off in the barge, bringing back several prisoners who had given him some valuable information that he wanted the Commodore to hear as quickly as possible. Upon his arrival, we learned that the captured ship was named "Nuestra Señora del Carmen," weighing about two hundred and seventy tons; it was captained by Marcos Morena, a native of Venice, and carried forty-three crew members. It was heavily loaded with steel, iron, wax, pepper, cedar, planks, snuff, rosaries, European goods, powder-blue, cinnamon, Roman indulgences, and other types of merchandise. Although this cargo was of little value to us under the current circumstances, it represented the most significant capture we had made in this part of the world for the Spaniards, amounting to over 400,000 dollars in prime cost at Panama. This ship was headed to Callao and had stopped at Paita to take on fresh water and supplies, having left that location no more than twenty-four hours before we seized her.

IMPORTANT INTELLIGENCE.

IMPORTANT INTEL.

I have mentioned that Mr. Brett had received some important intelligence from the prisoners, which he endeavoured to acquaint the Commodore with immediately. The first person he received it from (though upon further examination it was confirmed by the other prisoners) was one John Williams, an Irishman, whom he found on board the Spanish vessel. Williams was a Papist, who worked his passage from Cadiz, and had travelled over all the kingdom of Mexico as a pedlar. He pretended that by this business he got 4,000 or 5,000 dollars; but that he was embarrassed by the priests, who knew he had money, and was at last stripped of all he had. He was, indeed, at present all in rags, being but just got out of Paita gaol, where he had been confined for some misdemeanour; he expressed great joy upon seeing his countrymen, and immediately informed them that a few days before a vessel came into Paita, where the master of her informed the Governor that he had been chased in the offing by a very large ship, which, from her size and the colour of her sails, he was persuaded must be one of the English squadron. This we then conjectured to have been the Gloucester, as we afterwards found it was. The Governor, upon examining the master, was fully satisfied of his relation, and immediately sent away an express to Lima to acquaint the Viceroy therewith; and the royal officer residing at Paita, being apprehensive of a visit from the English, was busily employed in removing the King's treasure and his own to Piura, a town within land about fourteen leagues distant. We further learned from our prisoners that there was a very considerable sum of money, belonging to some merchants at Lima, that was now lodged at the custom-house at Paita; and that this was intended to be shipped on board a vessel which was then in the port of Paita, and was preparing to sail with the utmost expedition, being bound for the Bay of Sonsonnate, on the coast of Mexico, in order to purchase a part of the cargo of the Manila ship.* This vessel at Paita was esteemed a prime sailer, and had just received a new coat of tallow on her bottom; and, in the opinion of the prisoners, she might be able to sail the succeeding morning.

I mentioned that Mr. Brett had received some important information from the prisoners, which he tried to share with the Commodore right away. The first person he got the information from—though it was later confirmed by the other prisoners—was a guy named John Williams, an Irishman he found on the Spanish ship. Williams was a Catholic who had worked his way from Cadiz and had traveled all over Mexico as a peddler. He claimed that he made around 4,000 or 5,000 dollars from this work, but that he got into trouble with the priests who knew he had money, and eventually lost everything. He was, in fact, in rags at that moment, having just gotten out of Paita jail, where he had been locked up for some offense. He was really happy to see his fellow countrymen and immediately told them that a few days earlier, a ship had come into Paita, and its captain told the Governor that he had been chased offshore by a very large ship, which, based on its size and sail color, he believed was part of the English squadron. We guessed at that time it was the Gloucester, and later found out it was. The Governor, after questioning the captain, was convinced by his story and quickly sent a message to Lima to inform the Viceroy. Meanwhile, the royal officer at Paita, worried about a possible visit from the English, was busy moving the King’s treasure and his own to Piura, a town about fourteen leagues inland. We also learned from our prisoners that a significant amount of money belonging to some merchants in Lima was currently stored at the customs house in Paita, and that this was meant to be shipped on a vessel that was in the port of Paita and was preparing to leave as quickly as possible, heading for the Bay of Sonsonnate on the Mexican coast to buy part of the cargo from the Manila ship. This vessel in Paita was considered a top-notch sailboat and had just received a new layer of tallow on its bottom; the prisoners thought it could set sail the following morning.

(*Note. A full account of the Manila ship will be found in Chapter 22 below.)
(*Note: A complete account of the Manila ship is available in Chapter 22 below.)

The character they gave us of this vessel, on which the money was to be shipped, left us little reason to believe that our ship, which had been in the water near two years, could have any chance of coming up with her, if we once suffered her to escape out of the port. And therefore, as we were now discovered, and the coast would be soon alarmed, and as our cruising in these parts any longer would answer no purpose, the Commodore resolved to surprise the place, having first minutely informed himself of its strength and condition, and being fully satisfied that there was little danger of losing many of our men in the attempt.

The information we received about the ship carrying the money gave us little hope that our vessel, which had been in the water for almost two years, could catch up to it if we allowed it to leave the port. Since we were now discovered, the coast would soon be on high alert, and continuing our patrol in this area would be pointless. So, the Commodore decided to launch a surprise attack on the location, after carefully assessing its strength and condition, and feeling confident that we wouldn’t lose many of our men in the process.

CHAPTER 18.
THE ATTACK ON PAITA.

The town of Paita is situated in the latitude of 5 degrees 12 minutes south, in a most barren soil, composed only of sand and slate; the extent of it is but small, containing in all less than two hundred families. The houses are only ground floors, the walls built of split cane and mud, and the roofs thatched with leaves. These edifices, though extremely slight, are abundantly sufficient for a climate where rain is considered as a prodigy, and is not seen in many years; so that it is said that a small quantity of rain falling in this country in the year 1728, it ruined a great number of buildings, which mouldered away, and, as it were, melted before it. The inhabitants of Paita are principally Indians and black slaves, or at least a mixed breed, the whites being very few. The port of Paita, though in reality little more than a bay, is esteemed the best on that part of the coast, and is indeed a very secure and commodious anchorage. It is greatly frequented by all vessels coming from the north, since it is here only that the ships from Acapulco, Sonsonnate, Realejo and Panama can touch and refresh in their passage to Callao; and the length of these voyages (the wind for the greatest part of the year being full against them) renders it impossible to perform them without calling upon the coast for a recruit of fresh water. It is true, Paita is situated on so parched a spot that it does not itself furnish a drop of fresh water, or any kind of greens or provisions, except fish and a few goats; but there is an Indian town called Colan, about two or three leagues distant to the northward, whence water, maize, greens, fowls, etc., are brought to Paita on balsas, or floats, for the convenience of the ships that touch here; and cattle are sometimes brought from Piura, a town which lies about fourteen leagues up in the country. The town of Paita is itself an open place; its sole protection and defence is a small fort near the shore of the bay. It was of consequence to us to be well informed of the fabric and strength of this fort; and by the examination of our prisoners we found that there were eight pieces of cannon mounted in it, but that it had neither ditch nor outwork, being only surrounded by a plain brick wall; and that the garrison consisted of only one weak company, but the town itself might possibly arm three hundred men more.

The town of Paita is located at a latitude of 5 degrees 12 minutes south, in a very barren area made up of just sand and slate; it covers a small area, housing fewer than two hundred families in total. The houses are all single-story, built from split cane and mud, with thatched roofs made of leaves. These structures, while quite basic, are more than adequate for a climate where rain is considered a rarity and doesn’t occur for many years; in fact, it’s said that a small amount of rain that fell in 1728 caused many buildings to crumble and almost dissolve. The residents of Paita are mainly Indigenous people and black slaves, or mixed-race individuals, with very few whites. Although the port of Paita is really just a bay, it's regarded as the best on that part of the coast and provides very secure and convenient anchorage. It sees a lot of traffic from vessels coming from the north since it's the only place where ships from Acapulco, Sonsonnate, Realejo, and Panama can stop and rest on their way to Callao; due to the long lengths of these voyages (with winds mainly blowing against them for most of the year), it's impossible to complete them without stopping along the coast for fresh water. It’s true that Paita is so dry that it doesn’t provide even a drop of fresh water or any greens or supplies, except for fish and a few goats; however, there’s an Indian town called Colan about two or three leagues to the north where water, corn, greens, chickens, etc., are brought to Paita on balsas (floats) for the ships that stop here. Cattle are sometimes brought from Piura, which lies about fourteen leagues inland. The town of Paita is open, and its only defense is a small fort near the shore of the bay. It was important for us to understand the design and strength of this fort, and by questioning our prisoners, we learned that it had eight mounted cannons but lacked a ditch or outworks, being only surrounded by a simple brick wall; the garrison consisted of just one weak company, although the town itself could potentially arm three hundred more men.

PREPARING FOR A NIGHT ATTACK.

Getting ready for a night attack.

Mr. Anson having informed himself of the strength of the place, resolved to attempt it that very night. We were then about twelve leagues distant from the shore, far enough to prevent our being discovered, yet not so far but that, by making all the sail we could, we might arrive in the bay with our ships in the night. However, the Commodore prudently considered that this would be an improper method of proceeding, as our ships, being such large bodies, might be easily discovered at a distance even in the night, and might thereby alarm the inhabitants and give them an opportunity of removing their valuable effects. He therefore, as the strength of the place did not require our whole force, resolved to attempt it with our boats only, ordering the eighteen-oared barge and our own and the Trial's pinnaces on that service; and having picked out fifty-eight men to man them, well provided with arms and ammunition, he gave the command of the expedition to Lieutenant Brett, and gave him his necessary orders. And the better to prevent the disappointment and confusion which might arise from the darkness of the night and the ignorance of the streets and passages of the place, two of the Spanish pilots were ordered to attend the lieutenant and to conduct him to the most convenient landing-place, and were afterwards to be his guides on shore. And that we might have the greater security for their faithful behaviour on this occasion, the Commodore took care to assure all our prisoners that if the pilots acted properly they should all of them be released and set on shore at this place; but in case of any misconduct or treachery, he threatened them that the pilots should be instantly shot and that he would carry all the rest of the Spaniards who were on board him prisoners to England.

Mr. Anson, having assessed the strength of the location, decided to make his move that very night. We were about twelve leagues from the shore—far enough to avoid detection, but close enough that if we pushed our sails to the limit, we could reach the bay with our ships during the night. However, the Commodore wisely thought that this wasn’t the best approach since our large ships could easily be spotted even in the dark, potentially alarming the locals and giving them a chance to move their valuables. Therefore, since the strength of the place didn't require all our forces, he decided to use just our boats for the mission. He ordered the eighteen-oared barge and the pinnaces from our ship and the Trial, and selected fifty-eight men to crew them, well-armed and supplied with ammunition. He assigned Lieutenant Brett to lead the expedition and gave him the necessary instructions. To reduce the risk of confusion and disappointment due to the darkness and unfamiliarity with the streets of the area, he arranged for two Spanish pilots to assist the lieutenant and guide him to the best landing spot, and they would continue as his guides onshore. To ensure the pilots' cooperation, the Commodore assured all our prisoners that if the pilots performed correctly, they would be released and returned to shore here. However, he warned that any misconduct or betrayal would result in the pilots being shot immediately, and he would take all other Spaniards on board as prisoners back to England.

During our preparations the ships themselves stood towards the port with all the sail they could make, being secure that we were yet at too great a distance to be seen. But about ten o'clock at night, the ships being then within five leagues of the place, Lieutenant Brett, with the boats under his command, put off, and arrived at the mouth of the bay without being discovered; but no sooner had he entered it than some of the people on board a vessel riding at anchor there perceived him, who instantly put off in their boat, rowing towards the fort, shouting and crying, "The English! the English dogs!" by which the whole town was suddenly alarmed; and our people soon observed several lights hurrying backwards and forwards in the fort and other marks of the inhabitants being in great motion. Lieutenant Brett on this encouraged his men to pull briskly up to the shore, that they might give the enemy as little time as possible to prepare for their defence. However, before our boats could reach the shore, the people in the fort had got ready some of their cannon and pointed them towards the landing-place; and though in the darkness of the night it might be well supposed that chance had a greater share than skill in their direction, yet the first shot passed extremely near one of the boats, whistling just over the heads of the crew. This made our people redouble their efforts, so that they had reached the shore, and were in part disembarked by the time the second gun fired. As soon as our men landed they were conducted by one of the Spanish pilots to the entrance of a narrow street, not above fifty yards distant from the beach, where they were covered from the fire of the fort; and being formed in the best manner the shortness of the time would allow, they immediately marched for the parade, which was a large square at the end of this street, the fort being one side of the square and the Governor's house another. In this march (though performed with tolerable regularity) the shouts and clamours of three-score sailors who had been confined so long on ship-board, and were now for the first time on shore in an enemy's country--joyous as they always are when they land, and animated besides in the present case with the hopes of an immense pillage--the huzzahs, I say, of this spirited detachment, joined with the noise of their drums and favoured by the night, had augmented their numbers, in the opinion of the enemy, to at least three hundred; by which persuasion the inhabitants were so greatly intimidated that they were much more solicitous about the means of their flight than of their resistance. So that though upon entering the parade our people received a volley from the merchants who owned the treasure then in the town, and who, with a few others, had ranged themselves in a gallery that ran round the Governor's house, yet that post was immediately abandoned upon the first fire made by our people, who were thereby left in quiet possession of the parade.

During our preparations, the ships made their way to the port with all the sail they could muster, confident that we were still too far away to be seen. But around ten o'clock at night, when the ships were only about five leagues from the location, Lieutenant Brett, leading the boats under his command, set off and reached the mouth of the bay without being noticed. However, as soon as he entered, some crew members on a vessel anchored there spotted him and immediately rowed towards the fort, shouting, "The English! The English dogs!" This sudden commotion alarmed the entire town, and our team soon noticed several lights darting back and forth in the fort, signaling that the inhabitants were in a panic. Lieutenant Brett then urged his men to row quickly to the shore to give the enemy as little time as possible to prepare their defense. However, before our boats could reach the land, the people in the fort had readied some of their cannons and aimed them at the landing area. While it could be assumed that luck played a larger role than skill in their aim under the cover of night, the first shot flew very close to one of the boats, whistling just over the crew's heads. This pushed our team to redouble their efforts, allowing them to reach the shore and begin disembarking by the time the second cannon fired. As soon as our men landed, one of the Spanish pilots guided them to the entrance of a narrow street just fifty yards from the beach, providing cover from the fort's fire. Once formed up as best as they could in the limited time available, they immediately marched toward the parade, a large square at the end of this street, with the fort on one side and the Governor's house on another. During this march, though it maintained a decent level of order, the cheers and shouts of three-score sailors—having been confined to the ship for so long and now on enemy soil for the first time—were as jubilant as ever, further fueled by their hopes of great loot. The enthusiastic huzzahs of this spirited group, combined with the sound of their drums and aided by the darkness, made their numbers appear to the enemy to be at least three hundred. This false perception terrified the inhabitants, making them more concerned about how to escape than how to fight back. So, when our people entered the parade and received fire from the merchants guarding the treasure in the town—who had gathered in a gallery surrounding the Governor's house—they quickly abandoned their position after the first shot from our side, leaving us in full possession of the parade.

A SMART PIECE OF WORK.

A clever piece of work.

On this success Lieutenant Brett divided his men into two parties, ordering one of them to surround the Governor's house, and, if possible, to secure the Governor, whilst he himself with the other marched to the fort with an intent to force it. But, contrary to his expectation, he entered it without opposition; for the enemy, on his approach, abandoned it, and made their escape over the walls. By this means the whole place was mastered in less than a quarter of an hour's time from the first landing, with no other loss than that of one man killed on the spot and two wounded, one of whom was the Spanish pilot of the Teresa, who received a slight bruise by a ball which grazed on his wrist. Indeed, another of the company, the Honourable Mr. Keppel, son to the Earl of Albemarle, had a very narrow escape; for having on a jockey cap, one side of the peak was shaved off close to his temple by a ball, which, however, did him no other injury. And now Lieutenant Brett, after this success, placed a guard at the fort, and another at the Governor's house, and appointed sentinels at all the avenues of the town, both to prevent any surprise from the enemy, and to secure the effects in the place from being embezzled. And this being done, his next care was to seize on the custom-house where the treasure lay, and to examine if any of the inhabitants remained in the town, that he might know what further precautions it was necessary to take. But he soon found that the numbers left behind were no ways formidable; for the greatest part of them (being in bed when the place was surprised) had run away with so much precipitation that they had not given themselves time to put on their clothes. And in this precipitate rout the Governor was not the last to secure himself for he fled betimes, half-naked. The few inhabitants who remained were confined in one of the churches under a guard, except some stout Negroes who were found in the place. These, instead of being shut up, were employed the remaining part of the night to assist in carrying the treasure from the custom-house and other places to the fort. However, there was care taken that they should be always attended by a file of musketeers.

On this success, Lieutenant Brett split his men into two groups, instructing one to surround the Governor's house and, if possible, capture the Governor, while he led the other group to the fort with the intent to take it by force. Contrary to his expectations, he entered without any resistance, as the enemy abandoned it and escaped over the walls. In this way, they took control of the entire area in under fifteen minutes from the first landing, with only one man killed on the spot and two others wounded, one of whom was the Spanish pilot of the Teresa, who got a minor bruise from a bullet that grazed his wrist. In fact, another member of the group, the Honorable Mr. Keppel, son of the Earl of Albemarle, narrowly avoided injury; while wearing a jockey cap, one side of the visor was clipped close to his temple by a bullet, but he sustained no other harm. Now, after this success, Lieutenant Brett set up a guard at the fort and another at the Governor's house, and stationed sentries at all the town's entrances to prevent any surprises from the enemy and protect the valuables in the area from being stolen. Once that was done, his next concern was to secure the customs house where the treasure was kept and to check if any townspeople remained so he could determine what further precautions were necessary. However, he quickly realized that the number of people left behind was not at all intimidating; most of them, being in bed when the place was captured, had fled in such a hurry that they hadn’t had time to get dressed. In this chaotic escape, the Governor was among the last to make his exit, leaving half-naked. The few residents who stayed behind were locked in one of the churches under guard, except for some strong Black men who were found at the site. Instead of being confined, they were asked to assist for the rest of the night in moving the treasure from the customs house and other places to the fort. However, precautions were taken to ensure they were always accompanied by a group of soldiers with muskets.

The transporting the treasure from the custom-house to the fort was the principal occupation of Mr. Brett's people after he had got possession of the place. But the sailors, while they were thus employed, could not be prevented from entering the houses which lay near them in search of private pillage. And the first things which occurred to them being the clothes which the Spaniards in their flight had left behind them, and which, according to the custom of the country, were most of them either embroidered or laced, our people eagerly seized these glittering habits, and put them on over their own dirty trousers and jackets; not forgetting, at the same time, the tie or bag-wig, and laced hat, which were generally found with the clothes. When this practice was once begun there was no preventing the whole detachment from imitating it; and those who came latest into the fashion, not finding men's clothes sufficient to equip themselves, were obliged to take up with women's gowns and petticoats, which (provided there was finery enough) they made no scruple of putting on and blending with their own greasy dress. So that, when a party of them thus ridiculously metamorphosed first appeared before Mr. Brett, he was extremely surprised at their appearance and could not immediately be satisfied they were his own people.

Transporting the treasure from the custom house to the fort was the main job for Mr. Brett's crew after he took control of the place. However, the sailors couldn’t resist checking out the nearby houses for some personal loot while they worked. The first things that caught their attention were the clothes the Spaniards had left behind in their rush, which were mostly embroidered or laced, following the local customs. Our crew eagerly grabbed these flashy outfits and put them on over their dirty trousers and jackets, not forgetting the wigs and laced hats that usually came with the clothing. Once this trend started, it was impossible to stop the whole group from copying it; those who joined in later, not finding enough men's clothes, had to settle for women's gowns and petticoats, which, as long as they were fancy enough, they wore over their own greasy outfits without hesitation. So when a group of them appeared before Mr. Brett in this absurdly transformed state, he was very surprised by their appearance and couldn’t immediately recognize that they were his own men.

CHAPTER 19.
THE ATTACK ON PAITA (CONTINUED)--KIND TREATMENT AND RELEASE OF THE PRISONERS--THEIR GRATITUDE.

These were the transactions of our detachment on shore at Paita the first night; and now to return to what was done on board the Centurion in that interval. I must observe that after the boats were gone off we lay by till one o'clock in the morning, and then, supposing our detachment to be near landing, we made an easy sail for the bay. About seven in the morning we began to open the bay, and soon after we had a view of the town; and though we had no reason to doubt of the success of the enterprise, yet it was with great joy that we first discovered an infallible signal of the certainty of our hopes: this was by means of our perspectives, for through them we saw an English flag hoisted on the flagstaff of the fort, which to us was an incontestable proof that our people had got possession of the town. We plied into the bay with as much expedition as the wind, which then blew off shore, would permit us, and at eleven the Trial's boat came on board us, laden with dollars and church-plate; and the officer who commanded her informed us of the preceding night's transactions, such as we have already related them. About two in the afternoon we came to an anchor in ten fathoms and a half, at a mile and a half distance from the town, and were consequently near enough to have a more immediate intercourse with those on shore.

These were the events involving our group on shore at Paita the first night; now let's talk about what happened on board the Centurion during that time. After the boats left, we stayed put until one o'clock in the morning, and then, thinking our team was about to land, we sailed smoothly toward the bay. By seven in the morning, we started to see the bay, and shortly after, we caught sight of the town. Even though we had every reason to believe our mission would succeed, it was with great excitement that we first spotted a clear sign of our hopes being met: through our telescopes, we saw an English flag flying on the flagpole of the fort, which confirmed for us that our people had taken control of the town. We entered the bay as quickly as the offshore wind allowed, and at eleven, the Trial's boat came alongside us, loaded with dollars and church silver; the officer in charge reported on the events of the previous night, which we've already recounted. By around two in the afternoon, we dropped anchor in ten and a half fathoms, about a mile and a half from the town, putting us close enough for more direct communication with those on shore.

COLLECTING THE TREASURE.

Finding the treasure.

And now we found that Mr. Brett had hitherto gone on in collecting and removing the treasure without interruption; but that the enemy had rendezvoused from all parts of the country on a hill at the back of the town, where they made no inconsiderable appearance; for, amongst the rest of their force, there were two hundred horse, seemingly very well armed and mounted, and, as we conceived, properly trained and regimented, being furnished with trumpets, drums, and standards. These troops paraded about the hill with great ostentation, sounding their military music and practising every art to intimidate us (as our numbers on shore were by this time not unknown to them), in hopes that we might be induced by our fears to abandon the place before the pillage was completed. But we were not so ignorant as to believe that this body of horse, which seemed to be what the enemy principally depended on, would dare to venture in streets and among houses, even had their numbers been three times as great; and therefore, notwithstanding their menaces, we went on, as long as the daylight lasted, calmly, in sending off the treasure and in employing the boats to carry on board the refreshments such as hogs, fowls, etc., which we found here in great abundance. But at night, to prevent any surprise, the Commodore sent on shore a reinforcement, who posted themselves in all the streets leading to the parade; and for their greater security they traversed the streets with barricades six feet high; and the enemy continuing quiet all night, we at daybreak returned again to our labour of loading the boats and sending them off.

And now we found that Mr. Brett had been collecting and removing the treasure without any interruptions; however, the enemy had gathered from all over the country on a hill behind the town, where they made quite an impressive show. Among their forces, there were two hundred cavalry, seemingly well-armed and mounted, and, as we thought, well-trained and organized, complete with trumpets, drums, and standards. These troops marched around the hill with great show, playing their military music and doing everything they could to intimidate us (since by this time, they were aware of our numbers onshore), hoping that we would be scared into leaving before the looting was finished. But we weren't so naïve as to think that this cavalry, which seemed to be the enemy's main reliance, would dare to venture into the streets and among the houses, even if their numbers were three times greater. Therefore, despite their threats, we continued, as long as there was daylight, to calmly send off the treasure and use the boats to carry aboard supplies like pigs, chickens, and so on, which we found in great abundance. At night, to prevent any surprises, the Commodore sent a reinforcement ashore, who positioned themselves in all the streets leading to the parade; for their greater security, they set up barricades six feet high. The enemy remained quiet all night, and at dawn, we returned to our work of loading the boats and sending them off.

On the second day of our being in possession of the place, several negro slaves deserted from the enemy on the hill, and coming into the town, voluntarily entered into our service. One of these was well known to a gentleman on board, who remembered him formerly at Panama. And the Spaniards without the town being in extreme want of water, many of their slaves crept into the place by stealth and carried away several jars of water to their masters on the hill; and though some of them were seized by our men in the attempt, yet the thirst amongst the enemy was so pressing that they continued this practice till we left the place. And now, on this second day, we were assured, both by the deserters and by these prisoners we took, that the Spaniards on the hill, who were by this time increased to a formidable number, had resolved to storm the town and fort the succeeding night, and that one Gordon, a Scotch Papist and captain of a ship in those seas, was to have the command of this enterprise. But we, notwithstanding, continued sending off our boats, and prosecuted our work without the least hurry or precipitation till the evening; and then a reinforcement was again sent on shore by the Commodore, and Lieutenant Brett doubled his guards at each of the barricades; and our posts being connected by means of sentinels placed within call of each other, and the whole being visited by frequent rounds, attended with a drum, these marks of our vigilance cooled their resolution and made them forget the vaunts of the preceding day; so that we passed the second night with as little molestation as we had done the first.

On the second day of our occupying the place, several enslaved people escaped from the enemy on the hill and came into the town, willingly joining our side. One of them was recognized by a gentleman on board who remembered him from Panama. The Spaniards outside the town were desperately short of water, so many of their enslaved individuals snuck into the town and took several jars of water back to their masters on the hill. Although some were caught by our men during this, the enemy’s thirst was so intense that they continued this practice until we left. By this second day, we were informed by both the deserters and the prisoners we captured that the Spaniards on the hill, now grown to a considerable number, planned to attack the town and fort that night, with a man named Gordon, a Scottish Catholic and captain of a ship in those waters, leading the mission. However, we kept sending out our boats and carried on with our work without any rush or panic until evening. Then, the Commodore sent another reinforcement ashore, and Lieutenant Brett increased the guards at each barricade. Our posts were connected with sentinels able to communicate with one another, and we conducted regular checks accompanied by a drum. These signs of our vigilance undermined their confidence and made them forget their earlier bravado, allowing us to pass the second night with as little disturbance as we had experienced the first.

We had finished sending the treasure on board the Centurion the evening before, so that the third morning, being the 15th of November, the boats were employed in carrying off the most valuable part of the effects that remained in the town. And the Commodore intending to sail this day, he about ten o'clock, pursuant to his promise, sent all his prisoners, amounting to eighty-eight, on shore, giving orders to Lieutenant Brett to secure them in one of the churches under a strict guard till he was ready to embark his men.

We had finished loading the treasure onto the Centurion the night before, so on the morning of November 15th, we used the boats to take away the most valuable items that were still in the town. The Commodore planned to set sail that day, so around ten o'clock, as he had promised, he sent all his prisoners—eighty-eight in total—ashore. He ordered Lieutenant Brett to keep them secure in one of the churches under strict guard until he was ready to board his crew.

THE BURNING OF PAITA.

THE BURNING OF PAITA.

Mr. Brett was at the same time ordered to set the whole town on fire, except the two churches (which by good fortune stood at some distance from the other houses), and then he was to abandon the place and to come on board. These orders were punctually complied with, for Mr. Brett immediately set his men to work to distribute pitch, tar, and other combustibles (of which great quantities were found here) into houses situated in different streets of the town, so that, the place being fired in many quarters at the same time, the destruction might be more violent and sudden, and the enemy, after our departure, might not be able to extinguish it. These preparations being made, he in the next place ordered the cannon which he found in the fort to be nailed up; and then, setting fire to those houses which were most windward, he collected his men and marched towards the beach, where the boats waited to carry them off. And the part of the beach where he intended to embark being an open place without the town, the Spaniards on the hill, perceiving he was retreating, resolved to try if they could not precipitate his departure. For this purpose a small squadron of their horse, consisting of about sixty, picked out as I suppose for this service, marched down the hill with much seeming resolution; so that, had we not been prepossessed with a juster opinion of their prowess, we might have suspected that, now we were on the open beach with no advantage of situation, they would certainly have charged us. But we presumed (and we were not mistaken) that this was mere ostentation; for, notwithstanding the pomp and parade they advanced with, Mr. Brett had no sooner ordered his men to halt and face about, but the enemy stopped their career and never dared to advance a step farther.

Mr. Brett was also ordered to set the whole town on fire, except for the two churches (which, fortunately, were located some distance from the other buildings), and then he was to leave the area and come on board. He followed these orders precisely, as Mr. Brett quickly had his men distribute pitch, tar, and other flammable materials (of which there were large quantities) into houses around various streets in the town, so that the place would catch fire in multiple locations at once, making the destruction more intense and sudden, and preventing the enemy from putting it out after we left. With these preparations made, he next instructed that the cannons in the fort be nailed up; and then, setting fire to the houses that were most upwind, he gathered his men and marched toward the beach, where the boats were waiting to take them away. The part of the beach where he planned to embark was an open area outside the town, and the Spaniards on the hill, noticing that he was retreating, decided to see if they could speed up his departure. For this purpose, a small group of about sixty cavalry they had chosen for this task marched down the hill with a lot of apparent determination. If we hadn’t had a more accurate view of their capabilities, we might have thought that, since we were on the open beach without any strategic advantage, they would definitely charge at us. But we assumed (and we were right) that this was just for show; for, despite the display they made while approaching, as soon as Mr. Brett ordered his men to stop and turn around, the enemy halted and didn’t dare to move forward any further.

Our detachment under Lieutenant Brett having safely joined the squadron, the Commodore prepared to leave the place the same evening.

Our unit under Lieutenant Brett having safely joined the squadron, the Commodore got ready to leave the location that same evening.

ENGLISH HUMANITY.

English Humanity.

There remains, before I take leave of this place, another particularity to be mentioned, which, on account of the great honour which our national character in those parts has thence received, and the reputation which our Commodore in particular has thereby acquired, merits a distinct and circumstantial discussion. It has been already related that all the prisoners taken by us in our preceding prizes were put on shore and discharged at this place; amongst which there were some persons of considerable distinction, particularly a youth of about seventeen years of age, son of the Vice-President of the Council of Chili. As the barbarity of the buccaneers, and the artful use the ecclesiastics had made of it, had filled the natives of those countries with the most terrible ideas of the English cruelty, we always found our prisoners at their first coming on board us, to be extremely dejected and under great horror and anxiety. In particular, this youth whom I last mentioned, having never been from home before, lamented his captivity in the most moving manner, regretting in very plaintive terms his parents, his brothers, his sisters, and his native country, of all which he was fully persuaded he had taken his last farewell, believing that he was now devoted for the remaining part of his life to an abject and cruel servitude; nore was he singular in his fears, for his companions on board, and indeed all the Spaniards that came into our power, had the same desponding opinion of their situation. Mr. Anson constantly exerted his utmost endeavours to efface these inhuman impressions they had received of us, always taking care that as many of the principal people among them as there was room for should dine at his table by turns, and giving the strictest orders, too, that they should at all times and in every circumstance be treated with the utmost decency and humanity. But, notwithstanding this precaution, it was generally observed that for the first day or two they did not quit their fears, but suspected the gentleness of their usage to be only preparatory to some unthought-of calamity. However, being confirmed by time, they grew perfectly easy in their situation and remarkably cheerful, so that it was often disputable whether or no they considered their being detained by us as a misfortune. For the youth I have above mentioned, who was near two months on board us, had at last so far conquered his melancholy surmises, and had taken such an affection to Mr. Anson, and seemed so much pleased with the manner of life, totally different from all he had ever seen before, that it is doubtful to me whether if his opinion had been taken, he would not have preferred a voyage to England in the Centurion to the being set on shore at Paita, where he was at liberty to return to his country and his friends.

Before I leave this place, there's one more important detail to mention, which deserves a thorough discussion because of the great honor our national character has gained there, and the reputation our Commodore has acquired from it. It has already been noted that all the prisoners we captured in our previous encounters were released here; among them was a young man of about seventeen, the son of the Vice-President of the Council of Chile. The brutality of the buccaneers, and the clever way the clergy used this to their advantage, filled the locals with terrible fears of English cruelty. Because of this, we noticed that our prisoners, upon boarding, were extremely dejected, filled with horror and anxiety. This young man I mentioned, who had never left home before, mourned his capture in the most heartfelt way, expressing deep sorrow for his parents, brothers, sisters, and his homeland, convinced he had said his final goodbye to them and doomed to a life of harsh servitude. He wasn't alone in his fears; his fellow captives and all the Spaniards who fell into our hands shared the same gloomy outlook on their situation. Mr. Anson worked tirelessly to erase these brutal impressions they had of us, ensuring that as many of the notable individuals among them as possible dined at his table in turns and giving strict orders that they be treated with utmost decency and humanity at all times. However, despite these efforts, it was generally noted that for the first day or two, they remained fearful, suspecting that the kindness shown to them was merely a prelude to some unexpected disaster. But with time, they became comfortable and surprisingly cheerful in their situation, often debating whether being with us was truly a misfortune. The young man I mentioned, who spent nearly two months aboard with us, eventually overcame his gloomy thoughts and developed a fondness for Mr. Anson, seeming genuinely happy with this way of life that was completely different from anything he had known before. So much so, I'm not sure if he would have chosen to stay on board the Centurion for a journey to England over being set free in Paita, where he could return to his country and his friends.

This conduct of the Commodore to his prisoners, which was continued without interruption or deviation, gave them all the highest idea of his humanity and benevolence, and induced them likewise (as mankind are fond of forming general opinions) to entertain very favourable thoughts of the whole English nation.

This behavior of the Commodore toward his prisoners, which continued without pause or change, led them to have a great impression of his kindness and goodwill, and also encouraged them (since people often like to make generalizations) to think very positively about the entire English nation.

All the prisoners left us with the strongest assurances of their grateful remembrance of his uncommon treatment. A Jesuit, in particular, whom the Commodore had taken, and who was an ecclesiastic of some distinction, could not help expressing himself with great thankfulness for the civilities he and his countrymen had found on board, declaring that he should consider it as his duty to do Mr. Anson justice at all times.

All the prisoners left us with deep gratitude for his exceptional treatment. One Jesuit in particular, whom the Commodore had captured and who was a notable member of the clergy, couldn't help but express his immense thanks for the kindness he and his fellow countrymen received on board. He declared that he would see it as his duty to always give Mr. Anson the credit he deserves.

CHAPTER 20.
A CLEVER TRICK. WATERING AT QUIBO. CATCHING THE TURTLE.

When we got under sail from the road of Paita we stood to the westward, and in the morning the Commodore gave orders that the whole squadron should spread themselves, in order to look out for the Gloucester; for we now drew near to the station where Captain Mitchel had been directed to cruise, and hourly expected to get sight of him, but the whole day passed without seeing him.

When we set sail from the bay of Paita, we headed west. In the morning, the Commodore ordered the entire squadron to spread out to search for the Gloucester because we were getting close to the area where Captain Mitchel was supposed to be cruising, and we were hoping to spot him. However, the whole day went by without seeing him.

DOLLARS AMONGST THE COTTON.

Dollars in the cotton.

At night having no sight of the Gloucester, the Commodore ordered the squadron to bring to, that we might not pass her in the dark. The next morning we again looked out for her, and at ten we saw a sail, to which we gave chase, and at two in the afternoon we came near enough her to discover her to be the Gloucester, with a small vessel in tow. About an hour after we were joined by them, and then we learned that Captain Mitchel in the whole time of his cruise, had only taken two prizes, one of them being a small snow, whose cargo consisted chiefly of wine, brandy, and olives in jars, with about 7,000 pounds in specie; and the other a large boat or launch which the Gloucester's barge came up with near the shore. The prisoners on board this vessel alleged that they were very poor and that their loading consisted only of cotton, though the circumstances in which the barge surprised them seemed to insinuate that they were more opulent than they pretended to be, for the Gloucester's people found them at dinner upon pigeon-pie served up in silver dishes. However, the officer who commanded the barge having opened several of the jars on board to satisfy his curiosity, and finding nothing in them but cotton, he was inclined to believe the account the prisoners gave him; but the cargo being taken into the Gloucester, and there examined more strictly, they were agreeably surprised to find that the whole was a very extraordinary piece of false package, and that there was concealed amongst the cotton, in every jar, a considerable quantity of double doubloons and dollars to the amount, in the whole, of near 12,000 pounds. This treasure was going to Paita, and belonged to the same merchants who were the proprietors of the greatest part of the money we had taken there; so that, had this boat escaped the Gloucester, it is probable her cargo would have fallen into our hands. Besides these two prizes which we have mentioned, the Gloucester's people told us that they had been in sight of two or three other ships of the enemy, which had escaped them; and one of them, we had reason to believe from some of our intelligence, was of an immense value.

At night, unable to see the Gloucester, the Commodore ordered the squadron to stop so we wouldn't pass her in the dark. The next morning, we looked for her again, and at ten, we spotted a sail, which we chased. By two in the afternoon, we got close enough to identify it as the Gloucester, towing a small vessel. About an hour later, we joined them, and we learned that Captain Mitchel had only captured two prizes during his entire cruise. One was a small snow that was mostly carrying wine, brandy, and olives in jars, along with around 7,000 pounds in cash; the other was a large boat or launch that the Gloucester's barge had caught near the shore. The prisoners on this vessel claimed they were poor and that their cargo consisted only of cotton, though the situation in which the barge surprised them suggested they were wealthier than they let on, since the Gloucester's crew found them dining on pigeon pie served in silver dishes. However, the officer in charge of the barge opened several jars out of curiosity and found only cotton inside, leading him to believe the prisoners' story. But when the cargo was taken aboard the Gloucester and examined more carefully, they were pleasantly surprised to find it was an elaborate cover-up. Hidden among the cotton in every jar was a substantial amount of double doubloons and dollars, totaling nearly 12,000 pounds. This treasure was headed to Paita and belonged to the same merchants who owned most of the money we had taken there, so if this boat had escaped the Gloucester, it likely would have ended up in our hands. In addition to these two prizes, the Gloucester's crew mentioned they had sighted a few other enemy ships that had gotten away, and according to some intelligence we had, one of those was of immense value.

Being now joined by the Gloucester and her prize, it was resolved that we should stand to the northwards, and get as soon as possible to the southern parts of California, or to the adjacent coast of Mexico, there to cruise for the Manila galleon, which we knew was now at sea, bound to the port of Acapulco. And we doubted not to get on that station time enough to intercept her, for this ship does not usually arrive at Acapulco till towards the middle of January, and we were now but in the middle of November, and did not conceive that our passage thither would cost us above a month or five weeks; so that we imagined we had near twice as much time as was necessary for our purpose. Indeed there was a business which we foresaw would occasions some delay, but we flattered ourselves that it would be despatched in four or five days, and therefore could not interrupt our project. This was the recruiting of our water. It was for some time a matter of deliberation where we should take in this necessary article, but by consulting the accounts of former navigators, and examining our prisoners, we at last resolved for the island of Quibo, situated at the mouth of the Bay of Panama.

Now that we were joined by the Gloucester and her prize, we decided to head north and get to the southern parts of California, or the nearby coast of Mexico, as quickly as possible to search for the Manila galleon, which we knew was at sea, headed for the port of Acapulco. We were confident we would reach that location in time to intercept her, since this ship usually doesn't arrive in Acapulco until around mid-January, and it was now only mid-November. We thought our journey would take no more than a month or five weeks, meaning we had nearly twice the time we needed. There was one task we anticipated would cause some delays, but we believed it could be completed in four or five days, so it shouldn't disrupt our plans. This task was replenishing our water supply. For a while, we debated where to take on this essential resource, but after reviewing the accounts of previous navigators and talking to our prisoners, we finally decided on the island of Quibo, located at the mouth of the Bay of Panama.

Having determined, therefore, to go to Quibo, we directed our course to the northward.

Having decided to go to Quibo, we set our course to the north.

On the 25th we had a sight of the island of Gallo, and hence we crossed the Bay of Panama. Being now in a rainy climate, which we had been long disused to, we found it necessary to caulk the sides of the Centurion, to prevent the rain-water from running into her. On the 3rd of December we had a view of the island of Quibo, and at seven in the evening of the 5th we came to an anchor in thirty-three fathoms.

On the 25th, we spotted Gallo Island, and from there we crossed the Bay of Panama. Now in a rainy climate, which we weren't used to anymore, we had to seal the sides of the Centurion to stop rainwater from getting in. On December 3rd, we saw Quibo Island, and at 7 PM on the 5th, we dropped anchor in thirty-three fathoms.

The next morning, after our coming to an anchor, an officer was despatched on shore to discover the watering-place, who having found it, returned before noon; and then we sent the long-boat for a load of water. This island of Quibo is extremely convenient for wooding and watering; for the trees grow close to the high-water mark and a large rapid stream of fresh water runs over the sandy beach into the sea, so that we were little more than two days in laying in all the wood and water we wanted.

The next morning, after we dropped anchor, an officer was sent ashore to find the watering spot. He returned before noon, and then we sent the long boat to get a load of water. This island of Quibo is really convenient for getting wood and water because the trees grow right by the high-water mark, and a large, fast-moving stream of fresh water flows over the sandy beach into the sea. Because of this, it took us just a little over two days to gather all the wood and water we needed.

CATCHING THE TURTLE.

Catching the turtle.

The sea at this place furnished us with turtle in the greatest plenty and perfection. The green turtle is generally esteemed, by the greatest part of those who are acquainted with its taste, to be the most delicious of all eatables; and that it is a most wholesome food we are amply convinced by our own experience. For we fed on it for near four months, and consequently, had it been in any degree noxious, its ill effects could not possibly have escaped us.

The sea here provided us with an abundance of turtles, perfect in quality. Most people who know its flavor consider green turtle to be the most delicious food available, and we can confidently say it’s very healthy based on our experience. We ate it for almost four months, and if it had been harmful in any way, we definitely would have noticed.

At this island we took what quantity we pleased with great facility; for as they are an amphibious animal, and get on shore to lay their eggs, which they generally deposit in a large hole in the sand, just above the high-water mark, covering them up and leaving them to be hatched by the heat of the sun, we usually dispersed several of our men along the beach, whose business it was to turn them on their backs when they came to land; and the turtle being thereby prevented from getting away, we carried them off at our leisure. By this means we not only secured a sufficient stock for the time we stayed on the island, but we took a number of them with us to sea, which proved of great service both in lengthening out our store of provision, and in heartening the whole crew with an almost constant supply of fresh and palatable food. For the turtle being large, they generally weighing about 200 pounds weight each, those we took with us lasted us near a month, and by that time we met with a fresh recruit on the coast of Mexico, where we often saw them in the heat of the day floating in great numbers on the surface of the water fast asleep. When we discovered them, we usually sent out our boat with a man in the bow, who was a dexterous diver, and when the boat came within a few yards of the turtle, the diver plunged into the water, and took care to rise close upon it, seizing the shell near the tail, and pressing down the hinder parts. The turtle, when awakened, began to strike with its claws, which motion supported both it and the diver, till the boat came up and took them in. By this management we never wanted turtle for the succeeding four months in which we continued at sea.

On this island, we easily took as many turtles as we wanted. Since they are amphibious creatures that come ashore to lay their eggs, usually in a large hole in the sand above the high-water mark, they cover them up and leave them to hatch under the sun's heat. We often spread several of our men along the beach with the job of flipping them onto their backs when they came ashore. This way, the turtles couldn't escape, and we took them at our leisure. This helped us not only gather enough supply while we were on the island but also brought several back to sea with us, which greatly helped extend our food supply and kept the crew motivated with a consistent source of fresh and tasty meals. The turtles are large, typically weighing about 200 pounds each, and the ones we brought with us lasted nearly a month. By that time, we found more along the coast of Mexico, where we frequently spotted them floating on the surface of the water, fast asleep in the heat of the day. When we saw them, we sent our boat out with a skilled diver in the bow. As the boat got close to the turtles, the diver would jump into the water and swim up right next to one, grabbing the shell near the tail and pressing down on its back end. When the turtle woke up, it would start to strike with its claws, which kept both it and the diver afloat until the boat arrived to scoop them up. Because of this strategy, we never ran out of turtle for the next four months at sea.

CHAPTER 21.
DELAY AND DISAPPOINTMENT--CHASING A HEATH FIRE--ACAPULCO--THE Manila GALLEON--FRESH HOPES.

On the 12th of December we stood from Quibo to the westward. We had little doubt of arriving soon upon our intended station,* as we expected, upon increasing our offing from Quibo, to fall in with the regular trade wind. But, to our extreme vexation, we were baffled for near a month, either with tempestuous weather from the western quarter, or with dead calms and heavy rains, attended with a sultry air. As our hopes were so long baffled, and our patience quite exhausted, we began at length to despair of succeeding in the great purpose we had in view, that of intercepting the Manila galleon; and this produced a general dejection amongst us, as we had at first considered this project as almost infallible, and had indulged ourselves in the most boundless hopes of the advantages we should thence receive. However, our despondency was at last somewhat alleviated by a favourable change of the wind; for on the 9th of January a gale for the first time sprang up from the north-east. As we advanced apace towards our station our hopes began to revive, for though the customary season of the arrival of the galleon at Acapulco was already elapsed, yet we were by this time unreasonable enough to flatter ourselves that some accidental delay might, for our advantage, lengthen out her passage beyond its usual limits. On the 26th of January, being then to the northward of Acapulco, we tacked and stood to the eastward, with a view of making the land.

On December 12th, we left Quibo heading west. We were pretty sure we would reach our destination soon since we thought that as we sailed further from Quibo, we’d catch the regular trade wind. But to our great frustration, we were stuck for nearly a month, either facing stormy weather from the west or being stuck in dead calm with heavy rain and a muggy atmosphere. As our hopes were continually dashed and our patience ran thin, we began to lose hope of achieving our main goal of intercepting the Manila galleon. This led to a general feeling of disappointment among us since we initially saw this plan as almost guaranteed to succeed and had let ourselves imagine all the benefits we would gain from it. However, our gloom was lifted a bit by a change in the wind. On January 9th, a gale finally picked up from the northeast. As we moved quickly toward our destination, our hopes started to rise again. Although the typical arrival season for the galleon in Acapulco had already passed, we were being unreasonable enough to think that some unexpected delay might extend her journey beyond the usual timeframe. On January 26th, being to the north of Acapulco, we turned and headed east, aiming to reach the land.

(*Note. Off Cape Corrientes (20 degrees 20 minutes north). Anson hoped to intercept the Manila galleon here.)
(*Note. Off Cape Corrientes (20 degrees 20 minutes north). Anson aimed to catch the Manila galleon here.)

A MORTIFYING DELUSION.

A humiliating misconception.

We expected by our reckonings to have fallen in with it on the 28th; but though the weather was perfectly clear, we had no sight of it at sunset, and therefore we continued on our course, not doubting but we should see it by the next morning. About ten at night we discovered a light on the larboard-bow, bearing from us north-north-east. The Trial's prize, too, which was about a mile ahead of us, made a signal at the same time for seeing a sail; and as we had none of us any doubt but what we saw was a ship's light, we were all extremely animated with a firm persuasion that it was the Manila galleon, which had been so long the object of our wishes. And what added to our alacrity was our expectation of meeting with two of them instead of one, for we took it for granted that the light in view was carried in the top of one ship for a direction to her consort. We chased the light, keeping all our hands at their respective quarters, under an expectation of engaging in the next half-hour, as we sometimes conceived the chase to be about a mile distant, and at other times to be within reach of our guns; and some on board us positively averred that besides the light they could plainly discern her sails. The Commodore himself was so fully persuaded that we should be soon alongside of her, that he sent for his first Lieutenant, who commanded between decks, and directed him to see all the great guns loaded with two round-shot for the first broadside, and after that with one round-shot and one grape, strictly charging him at the same time not to suffer a gun to be fired till he, the Commodore, should give orders, which he informed the Lieutenant would not be till we arrived within pistol-shot of the enemy. In this constant and eager attention we continued all night, always presuming that another quarter of an hour would bring us up with this Manila ship, whose wealth, with that of her supposed consort, we now estimated by round millions. But when the morning broke and daylight came on, we were most strangely and vexatiously disappointed by finding that the light which had occasioned all this bustle and expectancy was only a fire on the shore. And yet I believe there was no person on board who doubted of its being a ship's light, or of its being near at hand. It was, indeed, upon a very high mountain, and continued burning for several days afterwards. It was not a volcano, but, rather, as I suppose, stubble or heath set on fire for some purpose of agriculture.

We expected to have spotted it on the 28th, but even though the weather was perfectly clear, we didn't see it at sunset, so we kept on our course, confident that we would see it by the next morning. Around ten at night, we noticed a light on the left side of the ship, bearing from us north-north-east. The Trial's prize, which was about a mile ahead, signaled at the same time that it spotted a sail; since we all believed what we saw was a ship's light, we were thrilled, convinced it was the Manila galleon we had long desired. Our excitement grew because we expected to find two ships instead of one, thinking the light was used by one ship to guide her companion. We chased the light, with everyone at their posts, anticipating we would engage in the next half-hour, as sometimes we thought the chase was about a mile away, and other times within range of our guns. Some crew members confidently claimed they could clearly see her sails besides the light. The Commodore was so sure we would soon be alongside her that he called for his first Lieutenant, who was overseeing the lower deck, and instructed him to load all the big cannons with two round shots for the first broadside, and then with one round shot and one grape shot, strictly ordering him not to fire until he, the Commodore, gave the command, which would not happen until we got within pistol range of the enemy. We maintained our focused and eager attention all night, always assuming that another fifteen minutes would bring us up with the Manila ship, whose wealth, along with that of her supposed companion, we now estimated in millions. But when morning broke and daylight came, we were strangely and frustratingly let down to find that the light that had caused all this commotion and anticipation was just a fire on the shore. Yet, I believe no one on board doubted it was a ship's light or that it was close by. It was indeed set on a very high mountain and continued burning for several days afterward. It wasn’t a volcano, but rather, as I suspect, stubble or heath set on fire for some agricultural purpose.

At sun-rising, after this mortifying delusion, we found ourselves about nine leagues off the land. On this land we observed two remarkable hummocks, such as are usually called paps; these a Spanish pilot and two Indians, who were the only persons amongst us that pretended to have traded in this part of the world, affirmed to be over the harbour of Acapulco. Indeed, we very much doubted their knowledge of the coast, for we found these paps to be in the latitude of 17 degrees 56 minutes, whereas those over Acapulco are said to be in 17 degrees only, and we afterwards found our suspicions of their skill to be well grounded.

At sunrise, after this embarrassing mistake, we discovered we were about nine leagues off the coast. On this land, we noticed two distinct hills, commonly referred to as paps; a Spanish pilot and two Indians, who were the only ones among us claiming to have traded in this area, insisted these were above the harbor of Acapulco. However, we seriously questioned their understanding of the coastline, as we found these hills to be at a latitude of 17 degrees 56 minutes, while the ones over Acapulco are said to be at only 17 degrees. Later, we found our doubts about their expertise were justified.

And now, being in the track of the Manila galleon, it was a great doubt with us (as it was near the end of January) whether she was or was not arrived. And as we now began to want a harbour to refresh our people, the uncertainty of our present situation gave us great uneasiness, and we were very solicitous to get some positive intelligence, which might either set us at liberty to consult our necessities, if the galleon was arrived, or might animate us to continue on our present cruise with cheerfulness if she was not. With this view the Commodore, after examining our prisoners very particularly, resolved to send a boat, under colour of the night, into the harbour of Acapulco to see if the Manila ship was there or not. To execute this project, the barge was despatched the 6th of February. She did not return to us again till the 11th, when the officers acquainted Mr. Anson, that, agreeable to our suspicion, there was nothing like a harbour in the place where the Spanish pilots had at first asserted Acapulco to lie; that, when they had satisfied themselves in this particular, they steered to the eastward in hopes of discovering it, and had coasted along shore thirty-two leagues; that in this whole range they met chiefly with sandy beaches of a great length, over which the sea broke with so much violence that it was impossible for a boat to land; that at the end of their run they could just discover two paps at a very great distance to the eastward, which from their appearance and their latitude they concluded to be those in the neighbourhood of Acapulco, but that, not having a sufficient quantity of fresh water and provision for their passage thither and back again, they were obliged to return to the Commodore to acquaint him with their disappointment. On this intelligence we all made sail to the eastward, in order to get into the neighbourhood of that port, the Commodore resolving to send the barge a second time upon the same enterprise when we were arrived within a moderate distance. And the next day, which was the 12th of February, we being by that time considerably advanced, the barge was again despatched, and particular instructions given to the officers to preserve themselves from being seen from the shore. On the 19th of February she returned, and we found that we were indeed disappointed in our expectation of intercepting the galleon before her arrival at Acapulco; but we learned other circumstances which still revived our hopes, and which, we then conceived, would more than balance the opportunity we had already lost. For though our negro prisoners* informed us that the galleon arrived at Acapulco on our 9th of January, which was about twenty days before we fell in with this coast, yet they at the same time told us that the galleon had delivered her cargo and was taking in water and provisions for her return, and that the Viceroy of Mexico had by proclamation fixed her departure from Acapulco to the 14th of March, New Style.

And now, as we were on the route of the Manila galleon, it was a big question for us (since it was near the end of January) whether she had arrived or not. As we started to need a harbor to rest our crew, the uncertainty of our current situation made us quite anxious, and we were eager to get some solid information that could either allow us to focus on our needs if the galleon was there or motivate us to keep our current journey with optimism if she wasn't. With this in mind, the Commodore, after questioning our prisoners thoroughly, decided to send a boat, under the cover of night, into the harbor of Acapulco to check if the Manila ship was there. To carry out this plan, the barge was sent out on February 6th. It didn’t return until the 11th, when the officers informed Mr. Anson that, as we suspected, there was no harbor at the location where the Spanish pilots had initially claimed Acapulco was; that once they confirmed this, they sailed eastward in hopes of finding it, and they had coasted along the shore for thirty-two leagues; that during this entire journey, they mostly encountered long sandy beaches, where the sea crashed so violently that it was impossible for a boat to land; that at the end of their journey, they could barely make out two hills at a great distance to the east, which, based on their appearance and latitude, they believed were near Acapulco, but since they didn’t have enough fresh water and supplies for the trip there and back, they had to return to the Commodore to inform him of their disappointment. With this information, we all set sail eastward to get closer to that port, with the Commodore planning to send the barge again for the same mission once we were a reasonable distance away. The next day, February 12th, having made significant progress, the barge was sent out again, and the officers were given specific instructions to avoid being seen from the shore. On February 19th, it returned, and we found that we were indeed let down in our hopes of intercepting the galleon before it got to Acapulco; however, we learned other details that rekindled our hopes, which we believed would more than make up for the opportunity we had already lost. Although our black prisoners informed us that the galleon had arrived at Acapulco on January 9th, which was about twenty days before we encountered this coast, they also told us that the galleon had unloaded its cargo and was taking on water and supplies for its return trip, and that the Viceroy of Mexico had issued a proclamation stating her departure from Acapulco would be on March 14th, New Style.

(*Note. Three negroes in a fishing canoe had been captured by the Centurion's barge off Acapulco harbour.)
(*Note. Three Black individuals in a fishing canoe were captured by the Centurion's barge near Acapulco harbor.)

This last news was most joyfully received by us, as we had no doubt but she must certainly fall into our hands, and as it was much more eligible to seize her on her return than it would have been to have taken her before her arrival, as the specie for which she had sold her cargo, and which she would now have on board, would be prodigiously more to be esteemed by us than the cargo itself, great part of which would have perished on our hands, and no part of it could have been disposed of by us at so advantageous a mart as Acapulco.

This last piece of news was received with great joy, as we were certain she would definitely fall into our hands. It was much better to catch her on her return than to have taken her before she arrived, since the valuable items she had sold her cargo for, which she would now have on board, would be far more valuable to us than the cargo itself. A large part of the cargo would have spoiled in our possession, and we wouldn't have been able to sell any of it at such a good market as Acapulco.

Thus we were a second time engaged in an eager expectation of meeting with this Manila ship, which, by the fame of its wealth, we had been taught to consider as the most desirable prize that was to be met with in any part of the globe.

So, we found ourselves once again eagerly anticipating the arrival of this Manila ship, which, due to its legendary wealth, we had come to view as the most sought-after prize anywhere in the world.

CHAPTER 22.
THE Manila* TRADE.

(*Note. The capital of Luzon, the chief island of the Philippine group. The Philippines were discovered in 1521 by Magellan, who was killed there by the natives. They were annexed by Spain in 1571 and were ceded to the United States of America in 1898, together with Cuba, after the brave but futile attempt of the Spaniards to preserve what were almost the last relics of their colonial dominions.)
(*Note. The capital of Luzon, the main island of the Philippines. The Philippines were discovered in 1521 by Magellan, who was killed there by the locals. They were annexed by Spain in 1571 and were transferred to the United States in 1898, along with Cuba, after the courageous but unsuccessful effort by the Spanish to maintain what were nearly the last remnants of their colonial empire.)

The trade carried on from Manila to China, and different parts of India, is principally for such commodities as are intended to supply the kingdoms of Mexico and Peru. These are spices; all sorts of Chinese silks and manufactures, particularly silk stockings, of which I have heard that no less than 50,000 pairs were the usual number shipped on board the annual ship; vast quantities of Indian stuffs--as calicoes and chintzes, which are much worn in America; together with other minuter articles--as goldsmith's work, etc., which is principally done at the city of Manila itself by the Chinese, for it is said there are at least 20,000 Chinese who constantly reside there, either as servants, manufacturers, or brokers. All these different commodities are collected at Manila, thence to be transported annually in one or more ships to the port of Acapulco.

The trade between Manila, China, and various parts of India mainly focuses on goods meant for the kingdoms of Mexico and Peru. These include spices, various types of Chinese silks and products, especially silk stockings, of which I’ve heard that around 50,000 pairs are typically shipped each year. There are also large quantities of Indian textiles like calicoes and chintzes that are popular in America, along with smaller items like goldsmithing, which is mainly done in Manila by Chinese artisans. It’s said that there are at least 20,000 Chinese living there, working as servants, manufacturers, or brokers. All these different goods are gathered in Manila and shipped annually to the port of Acapulco.

THE Manila SHIP.

THE Manila VESSEL.

This trade from Manila to Acapulco and back again is usually carried on in one or at most two annual ships, which set sail from Manila about July, arrive at Acapulco in the December, January, or February following, and, having there disposed of their effects, return for Manila some time in March, where they generally arrive in June, so that the whole voyage takes up very near an entire year. For this reason, though there is often no more than one ship employed at a time, yet there is always one ready for the sea when the other arrives, and therefore the commerce at Manila are provided with three or four stout ships that, in case of any accident, the trade may not be suspended. The largest of these ships, whose name I have not learned, is described as little less than one of our first-rate men-of-war, and indeed she must be of an enormous size, for it is known that when she was employed with other ships from the same port to cruise for our China trade, she had no less than 1,200 men on board. Their other ships, though far inferior in bulk to this, are yet stout, large vessels, of the burthen of 1,200 tons and upwards, and usually carry from 350 to 600 hands, passengers included, with fifty odd guns. As these are all King's ships, commissioned and paid by him, there is usually one of the captains who is styled the "General," and who carries the royal standard of Spain at the main-topgallant masthead.

This trade route from Manila to Acapulco and back typically involves one or, at most, two ships each year. These ships usually set sail from Manila around July, arrive in Acapulco by December, January, or February of the following year, and then, after selling their goods, head back to Manila sometime in March, arriving typically in June. The entire journey takes close to a full year. Because of this, even though there is usually only one ship sailing at a time, there’s always one ready to go when the other returns. To ensure that trade in Manila isn't disrupted in case of any incidents, they have three or four sturdy ships available. The largest of these ships, whose name I haven't found out, is said to be almost as big as one of our top-of-the-line warships, and indeed it must be massive since it was reported to have no fewer than 1,200 crew members aboard when it was on duty with other ships from the same port for our China trade. The other ships, while significantly smaller, are still large and robust, weighing in at over 1,200 tons and usually carrying between 350 to 600 people, including passengers, and armed with around fifty guns. Since these are all royal ships, funded and commissioned by the king, one of the captains is typically referred to as the "General" and flies the royal standard of Spain at the main topgallant masthead.

The ship having received her cargo on board and being fitted for the sea, generally weighs from the mole of Cabite about the middle of July, taking advantage of the westerly monsoon which then sets in to carry them to sea. When they are clear of the islands they stand to the northward of the east, in order to get into the latitude of thirty odd degrees, when they expect to meet with westerly winds, before which they run away for the coast of California. It is most remarkable that, by the concurrent testimony of all the Spanish navigators, there is not one port, nor even a tolerable road, as yet found out betwixt the Philippine Islands and the coast of California and Mexico,* so that from the time the Manila ship first loses sight of land she never lets go her anchor till she arrives on the coast of California, and very often not till she gets to its southernmost extremity.

The ship, having loaded her cargo and prepared for the sea, usually departs from the dock at Cavite around mid-July, taking advantage of the westerly monsoon that starts at that time to head out to sea. Once they're past the islands, they head northeast to reach a latitude of about thirty degrees, where they expect to encounter westerly winds that will help them on their journey toward the coast of California. It's quite noteworthy that, according to all the Spanish navigators, there isn't a single port or even a decent harbor found between the Philippine Islands and the coasts of California and Mexico. This means that from the moment the Manila ship loses sight of land, it doesn't drop anchor until it reaches the California coast, and often not until it gets to its southernmost point.

(*Note. The Sandwich Islands were discovered by Captain Cook in 1779. The Spanish ships had usually crossed the Pacific 9 or 10 degrees south of them.)
(*Note. Captain Cook discovered the Sandwich Islands in 1779. Spanish ships typically sailed across the Pacific 9 or 10 degrees south of these islands.)

ACAPULCO.

ACAPULCO.

The most usual time of the arrival of the galleon at Acapulco is towards the middle of January, but this navigation is so uncertain that she sometimes gets in a month sooner, and at other times has been detained at sea above a month longer. The port of Acapulco is by much the securest and finest in all the northern parts of the Pacific Ocean, being as it were, a basin surrounded with very high mountains, but the town is a most wretched place and extremely unhealthy, for the air about it is so pent up by the hills that it has scarcely any circulation. The place is, besides, destitute of fresh water, except what is brought from a considerable distance, and is in all respects so inconvenient that except at the time of the mart, whilst the Manila galleon is in the port, it is almost deserted. When the galleon arrives in this port she is generally moored on its western side, and her cargo is delivered with all possible expedition; and now the town of Acapulco, from almost a solitude, is immediately thronged with merchants from all parts of the kingdom of Mexico. The cargo being landed and disposed of, the silver and the goods intended for Manila are taken on board, together with provisions and water, and the ship prepares to put to sea with the utmost expedition. There is indeed no time to be lost, for it is an express order to the captain to be out of the port of Acapulco on his return before the first day of April, New Style.

The galleon usually arrives at Acapulco around mid-January, but this journey is so unpredictable that it sometimes shows up a month early, and other times it has been delayed at sea for over a month. Acapulco is by far the safest and best port in the northern Pacific Ocean, almost like a basin surrounded by very high mountains. However, the town is a miserable place and extremely unhealthy, as the air is so trapped by the hills that there’s hardly any circulation. Additionally, there’s no fresh water available except what is brought in from quite a distance, making the place very inconvenient. Except during the trading period when the Manila galleon is in port, it’s almost empty. When the galleon arrives, it’s typically docked on the western side, and its cargo is unloaded as quickly as possible. Suddenly, the town of Acapulco, which was nearly deserted, is filled with merchants from all over Mexico. Once the cargo is unloaded and organized, the silver and goods meant for Manila are loaded back onto the ship along with provisions and water, and the vessel gets ready to leave port as quickly as possible. There’s truly no time to waste; the captain has strict orders to depart from Acapulco before April 1st, New Style.

And having mentioned the goods intended for Manila, I must observe that the principal return is always made in silver, and consequently the rest of the cargo is but of little account; the other articles, besides the silver, being some cochineal and a few sweetmeats, the produce of the American settlements, together with European millinery ware for the women at Manila, and some Spanish wines. And this difference in the cargo of the ship to and from Manila occasions a very remarkable variety in the manner of equipping the ship for these two different voyages. For the galleon, when she sets sail from Manila, being deep laden with a variety of bulky goods, has not the conveniency of mounting her lower tier of guns, but carries them in her hold till she draws near Cape St. Lucas and is apprehensive of an enemy. Her hands, too, are as few as is consistent with the safety of the ship, that she may be less pestered with the stowage of provisions. But on her return from Acapulco, as her cargo lies in less room, her lower tier is, or ought to be, always mounted before she leaves the port, and her crew is augmented with a supply of sailors and with one or two companies of foot, which are intended to reinforce the garrison at Manila. And there being, besides, many merchants who take their passage to Manila on board the galleon, her whole number of hands on her return is usually little short of six hundred, all which are easily provided for by reason of the small stowage necessary for the silver.

And since I’ve talked about the goods meant for Manila, I should point out that the main thing they bring back is silver, so the rest of the cargo isn't really worth much. Besides the silver, there are some cochineal, a few sweet treats produced in the American settlements, European fashion items for the women in Manila, and some Spanish wines. This difference in the cargo for the trip to and from Manila leads to a notable variation in how the ship is equipped for these two different journeys. When the galleon departs from Manila, it's loaded heavily with bulky goods, so it can’t mount its lower tier of guns, and instead keeps them in the hold until it gets near Cape St. Lucas and worries about enemy ships. The crew is kept to a minimum for the ship's safety, which also helps reduce the hassle of storing provisions. However, on its return from Acapulco, since the cargo takes up less space, the lower tier is usually mounted before leaving port, and the crew is increased with extra sailors and one or two companies of soldiers meant to reinforce the garrison in Manila. Additionally, many merchants board the galleon to travel to Manila, so the total crew on the return trip is typically just under six hundred, which is easy to accommodate because of the minimal storage needed for the silver.

The galleon being thus fitted for her return, the captain, on leaving the port of Acapulco, steers for the latitude of 13 or 14 degrees, and runs on that parallel till he gets sight of the island of Guam, one of the Ladrones. The captain is told in his instructions that, to prevent his passing the Ladrones in the dark, there are orders given that thorough all the month of June fires shall be lighted every night on the highest part of Guam and Rota, and kept in till the morning. At Guam there is a small Spanish garrison, purposely intended to secure that place for the refreshment of the galleon and to yield her all the assistance in their power. However, the danger of the road at Guam is so great, that though the galleon is ordered to call there, yet she rarely stays above a day or two, but getting her water and refreshments on board as soon as possible, she steers away directly for Cape Espiritu Santo, on the island of Samal.*

The galleon being prepared for her return, the captain, upon leaving the port of Acapulco, heads toward a latitude of 13 or 14 degrees and continues on that path until he spots the island of Guam, one of the Mariana Islands. The captain has been instructed that to avoid passing the Mariana Islands in the dark, fires will be lit every night on the highest points of Guam and Rota throughout the month of June, and kept burning until morning. Guam has a small Spanish garrison, which is there to secure the location for the galleon’s rest and to provide any assistance they can. However, the dangers of the waters near Guam are significant, so even though the galleon is instructed to stop there, she seldom lingers more than a day or two, quickly taking on water and supplies before heading straight for Cape Espiritu Santo, on the island of Samal.*

TELEGRAPHY BY BEACON.

Beacon telegraphy.

Here the captain is again ordered to look out for signals, and he is told that sentinels will be posted, not only on that cape, but likewise in Catanduanas, Butusan, Birriborongo, and on the island of Batan. These sentinels are instructed to make a fire when they discover the ship, which the captain is carefully to observe; for if after this first fire is extinguished he perceives that four or more are lighted up again, he is then to conclude that there are enemies on the coast, and on this he is immediately to endeavour to speak with the sentinel on shore, and to procure from him more particular intelligence of their force and of the station they cruise in, pursuant to which he is to regulate his conduct, and to endeavour to gain some secure port amongst those islands without coming in sight of the enemy; and in case he should be discovered when in port, and should be apprehensive of an attack, he is then to land his treasure and to take some of his artillery on shore for its defence, not neglecting to send frequent and particular accounts to the city of Manila of all that passes. But if after the first fire on shore the captain observes that two others only are made by the sentinels, he is then to conclude that there is nothing to fear, and he is to pursue his course without interruption, and to make the best of his way to the port of Cabite, which is the port to the city of Manila, and the constant station for all the ships employed in this commerce to Acapulco.

Here, the captain is once again instructed to watch for signals, and he's informed that sentinels will be positioned not only at that cape but also in Catanduanas, Butusan, Birriborongo, and the island of Batan. These sentinels are told to start a fire when they spot the ship, which the captain needs to carefully observe; if after this first fire goes out he sees four or more fires lit again, he should conclude that there are enemies on the coast, and he must immediately try to communicate with the sentinel on shore to get more specific information about their strength and where they are stationed. Based on this, he should plan his actions and try to find a secure port among those islands without being seen by the enemy. If he is discovered while in port and fears an attack, he should then unload his treasure and take some of his artillery ashore for protection, and he must not forget to send regular and detailed reports to the city of Manila about everything that happens. However, if after the first fire on shore the captain notices that only two other fires are lit by the sentinels, he should conclude that there’s nothing to worry about, continue his journey without any interruptions, and make his way to the port of Cabite, which is the port for the city of Manila and the main station for all the ships involved in this trade to Acapulco.

(*Note. Samal or Samar is an island about the centre of the Philippines, north of Mindanao.)
(*Note: Samal, or Samar, is an island located near the center of the Philippines, north of Mindanao.)

CHAPTER 23.
WAITING FOR THE GALLEON--DISAPPOINTMENT--CHEQUETAN.

On the 1st of March we made the highlands over Acapulco, and got with all possible expedition into the situation prescribed by the Commodore's orders.*

On March 1st, we crossed the highlands over Acapulco and quickly got into the position outlined by the Commodore's orders.*

(*Note. The two men-of-war and the three prizes were arranged out of sight of the land in "a circular line," the two extremities of which were thirty-six miles apart. Within this line, and much nearer to the port, especially at night, were two cutters, whose duty it was to watch the mouth of the harbour and signal to the ships outside them.)
(*Note. The two warships and the three captured vessels were positioned out of view of the land in a "circular line," with the two ends being thirty-six miles apart. Inside this line, and much closer to the port, especially at night, were two cutters whose job was to monitor the entrance of the harbor and signal the ships outside.)

And now we expected with the utmost impatience the 3rd of March, the day fixed for her departure. And on that day we were all of us most eagerly engaged in looking out towards Acapulco; and we were so strangely prepossessed with the certainty of our intelligence, and with an assurance of her coming out of port, that some or other on board us were constantly imagining that they discovered one of our cutters returning with a signal. But to our extreme vexation, both this day and the succeeding night passed over without any news of the galleon. However, we did not yet despair, but were all heartily disposed to flatter ourselves that some unforeseen accident had intervened which might have put off her departure for a few days; and suggestions of this kind occurred in plenty, as we knew that the time fixed by the Viceroy for her sailing was often prolonged on the petition of the merchants of Mexico. Thus we kept up our hopes, and did not abate of our vigilance; and as the 7th of March was Sunday, the beginning of Passion Week, which is observed by the Papists with great strictness and a total cessation from all kinds of labour, so that no ship is permitted to stir out of port during the whole week, this quieted our apprehensions for some days, and disposed us not to expect the galleon till the week following. On the Friday in this week our cutters returned to us, and the officers on board them were very confident that the galleon was still in port, for that she could not possibly have come out but they must have seen her. On the Monday morning succeeding Passion Week--that is, on the 15th of March--the cutters were again despatched to their old station, and our hopes were once more indulged in as sanguine prepossessions as before; but in a week's time our eagerness was greatly abated, and a general dejection and despondency took place in its room. For we were persuaded that the enemy had by some accident discovered our being upon the coast, and had therefore laid an embargo on the galleon till the next year. And indeed this persuasion was but too well founded; for we afterwards learned that our barge, when sent on the discovery of the port of Acapulco, had been seen from the shore, and that this circumstance (no embarkations but canoes ever frequenting that coast) was to them a sufficient proof of the neighbourhood of our squadron, on which they stopped the galleon till the succeeding year.

And now we were eagerly looking forward to March 3rd, the day set for her departure. On that day, we were all intently scanning the horizon towards Acapulco, and we were so convinced of our information and certain she would leave port that some of us on board kept imagining we saw one of our boats returning with a signal. But, much to our frustration, both that day and the following night passed without any news of the galleon. Still, we didn't lose hope and were all inclined to convince ourselves that some unexpected issue had delayed her departure for a few days; plenty of such suggestions circulated since we knew the Viceroy often extended the departure date at the request of the merchants in Mexico. So we maintained our hopes and stayed vigilant. As March 7th was Sunday, the start of Passion Week—observed by Catholics with strictness and a complete stop to all work, meaning no ship could leave port during the entire week—this eased our worries for a few days and led us to think we wouldn’t see the galleon until the following week. On the Friday of that week, our boats returned, and the officers aboard were confident the galleon was still in port, for if she had left, they surely would have spotted her. On the Monday morning after Passion Week—that is, March 15th—the boats were sent back to their usual spot, and our hopes soared again as high as before. However, in a week’s time, our excitement greatly diminished, replaced by a general sense of gloom and despair. We were convinced that the enemy had somehow discovered we were on the coast, and had therefore put an embargo on the galleon until the next year. And indeed, this belief turned out to be accurate; we later learned that when our barge was sent to scout Acapulco's port, it had been spotted from the shore, and this fact (since only canoes usually frequented that coast) was enough for them to conclude that our squadron was nearby, which led them to stop the galleon until the following year.

SHORT OF WATER.

LOW ON WATER.

When we had taken up the cutters, all the ships being joined, the Commodore made a signal to speak with their commanders, and upon enquiry into the stock of fresh water remaining on board the squadron, it was found to be so very slender that we were under necessity of quitting our station to procure a fresh supply. And consulting what place was the properest for this purpose, it was agreed that the harbour of Seguataneo, or Chequetan, being the nearest to us, was on that account the most eligible, and it was therefore immediately resolved to make the best of our way thither. By the 1st of April we were so far advanced towards Seguataneo that we thought it expedient to send out two boats, that they might range along the coast and discover the watering-place. They were gone some days, and our water being now very short, it was a particular felicity to us that we met with daily supplies of turtle; for had we been entirely confined to salt provisions, we must have suffered extremely in so warm a climate. Indeed, our present circumstances were sufficiently alarming, and gave the most considerate amongst us as much concern as any of the numerous perils we had hitherto encountered; for our boats, as we conceived by their not returning, had not as yet discovered a place proper to water at, and by the leakage of our casks and other accidents we had not ten days' water on board the whole squadron; so that, from the known difficulty of procuring water on this coast, and the little reliance we had on the buccaneer writers (the only guides we had to trust to), we were apprehensive of being soon exposed to a calamity, the most terrible of any in the long, disheartening catalogue of the distresses of a seafaring life.

When we had picked up the cutters and all the ships were connected, the Commodore signaled to talk with their commanders. After asking about the fresh water left on board the squadron, we found it was so low that we had to leave our position to get more. After discussing where would be the best place to do this, we decided that the harbor of Seguataneo, or Chequetan, being the closest, was the best option, so we promptly resolved to head there. By April 1st, we had progressed enough toward Seguataneo that we thought it would be wise to send out two boats to explore along the coast and find a water source. They were gone for a few days, and with our water running out, it was particularly fortunate that we were getting daily supplies of turtle; without them, relying solely on salted provisions would have been extremely difficult in such a hot climate. Our situation was quite alarming, causing considerable concern among us, greater than any of the numerous dangers we had faced so far. Our boats hadn’t returned, which made us think they hadn’t found a suitable watering spot. Due to leaks in our barrels and other mishaps, we didn’t have enough water for more than ten days for the entire squadron. Given the known challenges of finding water on this coast and our limited trust in the buccaneer writers, who were our only guides, we were worried about soon facing a disaster that was the most dreadful of all the challenges associated with life at sea.

But these gloomy suggestions were soon happily ended, for our boats returned on the 5th of April, having discovered a place proper for our purpose about seven miles to the westward of the rocks of Seguataneo, which by the description they gave of it, appeared to be the port called by Dampier* the harbour of Chequetan. On the 7th we stood in, and that evening came to an anchor in eleven fathoms. Thus, after a four months' continuance at sea from the leaving of Quibo, and having but six days' water on board, we arrived in the harbour of Chequetan.

But these gloomy thoughts were soon cheerfully dispelled, as our boats returned on April 5th, having found a suitable spot about seven miles west of the Seguataneo rocks, which, based on their description, seemed to be the port Dampier referred to as the harbour of Chequetan. On the 7th, we moved in and that evening anchored in eleven fathoms. After spending four months at sea since leaving Quibo and having only six days' worth of water left on board, we finally arrived at the harbour of Chequetan.

(*Note. Dampier (1652 to 1715), the son of a tenant farmer, near Yeovil, played many parts in his time. He was a buccaneer, a pirate, a circumnavigator, an author, a captain in the navy and an hydrographer. His 'Voyage Round the World', published in 1697, procured him a command in the navy; but though an excellent seaman, he proved an incapable commander, as his buccaneer comrades had doubtless foreseen, for he had never been entrusted with any command among them.)
(*Note. Dampier (1652 to 1715), the son of a tenant farmer near Yeovil, took on many roles throughout his life. He was a buccaneer, a pirate, a circumnavigator, an author, a navy captain, and a hydrographer. His 'Voyage Round the World', published in 1697, earned him a command in the navy; however, despite being an excellent seaman, he turned out to be an ineffective commander, as his buccaneer peers probably anticipated since he had never been given any command among them.)

CHAPTER 24.
THE PRIZES SCUTTLED--NEWS OF THE SQUADRON REACHES ENGLAND--BOUND FOR CHINA.

The next morning after our coming to an anchor in the harbour of Chequetan, we sent about ninety of our men well armed on shore, forty of whom were ordered to march into the country, and the remaining fifty were employed to cover the watering-place and to prevent any interruption from the natives. Here it was agreed after a mature consultation to destroy the Trial's prize, as well as the Carmelo and Carmen, whose fate had been before resolved on. Indeed, the ship was in good repair and fit for the sea; but as the whole number on board our squadron did not amount to the complement of a fourth-rate man-of-war, we found it was impossible to divide them into three ships without rendering them incapable of navigating in safety in the tempestuous weather we had reason to expect on the coast of China, where we supposed we should arrive about the time of the change of the monsoons. These considerations determined the Commodore to destroy the Trial's prize and to reinforce the Gloucester with the greatest part of her crew. And in consequence of this resolve, all the stores on board the Trial's prize were removed into the other ships, and the prize herself, with the Carmelo and Carmen, were prepared for scuttling with all the expedition we were masters of. But the great difficulties we were under in laying in a store of water, together with the necessary repairs of our rigging and other unavoidable occupations, took us up so much time, and found us such unexpected employment, that it was near the end of April before we were in a condition to leave the place.

The next morning after we anchored in the harbor of Chequetan, we sent about ninety of our well-armed men ashore. Forty of them were ordered to head into the countryside, while the other fifty were assigned to secure the watering place and prevent any interruptions from the locals. After a careful discussion, we agreed to destroy the Trial's prize, along with the Carmelo and Carmen, whose fate had already been decided. The ship was in good condition and ready for the sea; however, since the total number aboard our squadron didn’t match even a fourth-rate warship, we realized it was impossible to split them among three ships without compromising our ability to navigate safely through the rough weather we expected on the coast of China, where we anticipated arriving around the time of the monsoon shifts. These factors led the Commodore to decide to destroy the Trial's prize and reinforce the Gloucester with most of her crew. As a result of this decision, all supplies from the Trial's prize were transferred to the other ships, and the prize ship, along with the Carmelo and Carmen, were prepared for scuttling as quickly as we could manage. However, the significant challenges we faced in securing water supplies, along with necessary repairs to our rigging and other unavoidable tasks, took so much time that it was nearly the end of April before we were ready to leave the area.

During our stay here there happened an incident which proved the means of convincing our friends in England of our safety, which for some time they had despaired of and were then in doubt about. From this harbour of Chequetan there was but one pathway, which led through the woods into the country. This we found much beaten, and were thence convinced that it was well known to the inhabitants. As it passed by the spring-head, and was the only avenue by which the Spaniards could approach us, we, at some distance beyond the spring-head, felled several large trees and laid them one upon the other across the path, and at this barricade we constantly kept a guard, and we, besides, ordered our men employed in watering to have their arms ready and, in case of any alarm, to march instantly to this spot; and though our principal intention was to prevent our being disturbed by any sudden attack of the enemy's horse, yet it answered another purpose which was not in itself less important, this was to hinder our own people from straggling singly into the country, where we had reason to believe they would be surprised by the Spaniards, who would doubtless be extremely solicitous to pick up some of them in hopes of getting intelligence of our future designs. To avoid this inconvenience, the strictest orders were given to the sentinels to let no person whatever pass beyond their post.

During our time here, something happened that helped reassure our friends in England of our safety, which they had been worried about and uncertain of for a while. There was only one path from the harbor of Chequetan that led through the woods into the countryside. We noticed this path was well-trodden, which made us believe it was familiar to the locals. Since it passed by the spring and was the only way the Spaniards could reach us, we cut down several large trees a little beyond the spring and piled them up across the path. We kept a guard at this barricade and instructed our men who were fetching water to keep their weapons ready and to come to this spot immediately if there was any alarm. Although our main goal was to prevent any sudden attacks from the enemy's cavalry, it also served another important purpose: it kept our own people from wandering off alone into the countryside, where we suspected they would be caught by the Spaniards, who would be eager to capture some of them to learn our future plans. To prevent this issue, we gave strict orders to the sentinels not to let anyone pass beyond their post.

THE COMMODORE'S COOK.

THE COMMODORE'S CHEF.

But, notwithstanding this precaution, we missed one Lewis Leger, who was the Commodore's cook, and as he was a Frenchman, and suspected to be a Papist, it was by some imagined that he had deserted with a view of betraying all that he knew to the enemy; but this appeared by the event to be an ill-grounded surmise, for it was afterwards known that he had been taken by some Indians, who carried him prisoner to Acapulco, whence he was transferred to Mexico and then to Vera Cruz, where he was shipped on board a vessel bound to Old Spain; and the vessel being obliged by some accident to put into Lisbon, Leger escaped on shore, and was by the British consul sent thence to England, where he brought the first authentic account of the safety of the Commodore, and of what he had done in the South Seas. The relation he gave of his own seizure was that he had rambled into the woods at some distance from the barricade, where he had first attempted to pass, but had been stopped and threatened to be punished; that his principal view was to get a quantity of limes for his master's store, and that in this occupation he was surprised unawares by four Indians, who stripped him naked and carried him in that condition to Acapulco, exposed to the scorching heat of the sun, which at that time of the year shone with its greatest violence. And afterwards at Mexico his treatment in prison was sufficiently severe, and the whole course of his captivity was a continued instance of the hatred which the Spaniards bear to all those who endeavour to disturb them in the peaceable possession of the coasts of the South Seas. Indeed, Leger's fortune was, upon the whole, extremely singular, for after the hazards he had run in the Commodore's squadron, and the severities he had suffered in his long confinement amongst the enemy, a more fatal disaster attended him on his return to England; for though, when he arrived in London, some of Mr. Anson's friends interested themselves in relieving him from the poverty to which his captivity had reduced him, yet he did not long enjoy the benefit of their humanity, for he was killed in an insignificant night brawl, the cause of which could scarcely be discovered.

But despite this precaution, we missed one Lewis Leger, who was the Commodore's cook. Since he was a Frenchman and suspected of being a Papist, some thought he had deserted with the intention of betraying everything he knew to the enemy. However, it later turned out that this was an unfounded assumption, as it became known that he had been captured by some Indians, who took him prisoner to Acapulco. From there, he was transferred to Mexico and then to Vera Cruz, where he was put on a ship headed for Spain. The ship had to stop in Lisbon due to an accident, and Leger managed to escape to shore. The British consul sent him from there to England, where he brought back the first reliable account of the Commodore's safety and what he had done in the South Seas. He explained that he had wandered into the woods, a bit away from the barricade, where he first tried to pass but was stopped and threatened with punishment. His main goal was to gather some limes for his boss's store, and while doing this, he was unexpectedly ambushed by four Indians, who stripped him naked and took him to Acapulco, exposed to the scorching sun, which was particularly harsh at that time of year. Later in Mexico, his prison conditions were quite harsh, and the whole time he was captive was a clear example of the animosity that Spaniards have toward anyone who tries to disrupt their peaceful control of the South Sea coasts. In fact, Leger's fortune was quite unusual; after all the dangers he faced in the Commodore's squadron and the hardships he endured during his long captivity, a more disastrous fate awaited him on his return to England. Although, when he arrived in London, some of Mr. Anson's friends helped him out of the poverty his captivity had caused, he didn’t enjoy their kindness for long, as he was killed in a trivial night brawl, the reason for which was barely understood.

On the 28th of April the Centurion and the Gloucester weighed anchor. Being now in the offing of Chequetan, bound across the vast Pacific Ocean in our way to China, we were impatient to run off the coast as soon as possible, as the stormy season was approaching apace, and we had no further views in the American seas.

On April 28th, the Centurion and the Gloucester set sail. Now out in the open waters of Chequetan, heading across the vast Pacific Ocean toward China, we were eager to move along the coast quickly, as the stormy season was fast approaching, and we had no further plans in the American seas.

The sending away our prisoners* was our last transaction on the American coast, for no sooner had we parted with them than we and the Gloucester made sail to the south-west, proposing to get a good offing from the land, where we hoped in a few days to meet with the regular trade-wind. It has been esteemed no uncommon passage to run from hence to the easternmost parts of Asia in two months, and we flattered ourselves that we were as capable of making an expeditious passage as any ship that had ever run this course before us; so that we hoped soon to gain the coast of China. On the 6th of May we for the last time lost sight of the mountains of Mexico, persuaded that in a few weeks we should arrive at the river of Canton in China, where we expected to meet with many English ships, and numbers of our countrymen, and hoped to enjoy the advantages of an amicable, well-frequented spot, inhabited by a polished people, and abounding with the conveniences and indulgences of a civilised life--blessings which now for nearly twenty months had never been once in our power.

The sending away of our prisoners was our last activity on the American coast. As soon as we parted ways with them, we and the Gloucester set sail to the southwest, aiming to get a good distance from the land, where we hoped to catch the regular trade winds in a few days. It's known that the trip from here to the farthest parts of Asia can be done in about two months, and we believed we could make just as quick a journey as any ship that had taken this route before us; we were optimistic about reaching the coast of China soon. On May 6th, we saw the mountains of Mexico for the last time, convinced that in a few weeks we would arrive at the river in Canton, China, where we expected to encounter many English ships and fellow countrymen. We looked forward to enjoying the benefits of a friendly, well-populated place, inhabited by cultured people, full of the comforts and luxuries of a civilized life—blessings that had not been available to us for nearly twenty months.

(*Note. Before leaving the American coast for China, Anson released fifty-seven of his prisoners, including all the Spaniards, and sent them to Acapulco. A certain number of natives were retained to assist in working the ships. There had been some previous attempt at correspondence between Anson and the Spanish governor of Acapulco. The latter, with Spanish courtesy, when answering Anson's letter, despatched with his answer "a present of two boats laden with the choicest refreshments and provisions which were to be found in Acapulco." Unfortunately the boats were unable to find Anson, and he never received either the letter or the present.)
(*Note. Before leaving the American coast for China, Anson freed fifty-seven of his prisoners, including all the Spaniards, and sent them to Acapulco. He kept a number of locals to help operate the ships. There had been some earlier attempts at communication between Anson and the Spanish governor of Acapulco. The governor, displaying Spanish courtesy, sent a response to Anson's letter along with "a gift of two boats filled with the best refreshments and supplies available in Acapulco." Unfortunately, the boats couldn’t locate Anson, and he never received either the letter or the gift.)

CHAPTER 25.
DELAYS AND ACCIDENTS--SCURVY AGAIN--A LEAK--THE GLOUCESTER ABANDONED.

When on the 6th of May, 1742, we left the coast of America, we stood to the south-west with a view of meeting with the north-east trade wind, which the accounts of former writers made us expect at seventy or eighty leagues distance from the land. We had, besides, another reason for standing to the southward, which was the getting into the latitude of 13 or 14 degrees north, that being the parallel where the Pacific Ocean is most usually crossed, and consequently where the navigation is esteemed the safest. This last purpose we had soon answered, being in a day or two sufficiently advanced to the south. At the same time we were also farther from the shore than we had presumed was necessary for falling in with the tradewind; but in this particular we were most grievously disappointed, for the wind still continued to the westward, or at best variable. As the getting into the north-east trade was to us a matter of the last consequence, we stood more to the southward, and made many experiments to meet with it, but all our efforts were for a long time unsuccessful, so that it was seven weeks from our leaving the coast before we got into the true trade wind.

When we left the coast of America on May 6, 1742, we headed southwest, hoping to catch the northeast trade winds that previous writers said we would find about seventy or eighty leagues from shore. We also had another reason for heading south: to reach the latitude of 13 or 14 degrees north, where the Pacific Ocean is usually crossed and where navigation is considered the safest. We quickly met this goal, advancing far enough south in just a couple of days. However, at the same time, we were farther from the shore than we thought necessary to catch the trade winds, and we were terribly disappointed because the wind continued to blow from the west or was variable at best. Since getting into the northeast trade was extremely important to us, we continued to head farther south and tried many methods to find it, but for a long time, all our efforts failed, and it took us seven weeks after leaving the coast to finally reach the true trade wind.

CONTRARY AND VARIABLE WINDS.

Changing and unpredictable winds.

This was an interval in which we believed we should well-nigh have reached the easternmost parts of Asia, but we were so baffled with the contrary and variable winds which for all that time perplexed us, that we were not as yet advanced above a fourth part of the way. The delay alone would have been a sufficient mortification, but there were other circumstances attending it which rendered this situation not less terrible, and our apprehensions perhaps still greater, than in any of our past distresses, for our two ships were by this time extremely crazy, and many days had not passed before we discovered a spring in the foremast of the Centurion, which rounded about twenty-six inches of its circumference, and which was judged to be at least four inches deep; and no sooner had our carpenters secured this with fishing it but the Gloucester made a signal of distress, and we learned that she had a dangerous spring in her mainmast, so that she could not carry any sail upon it. Our carpenters, on a strict examination of this mast, found it so very rotten and decayed that they judged it necessary to cut it down as low as it appeared to have been injured, and by this it was reduced to nothing but a stump, which served only as a step to the topmast. These accidents augmented our delay and occasioned us great anxiety about our future security, for on our leaving the coast of Mexico the scurvy had begun to make its appearance again amongst our people, though from our departure from Juan Fernandez we had till then enjoyed a most uninterrupted state of health. We too well knew the effects of this disease from our former fatal experience to suppose that anything but a speedy passage could secure the greater part of our crew from perishing by it, and as, after being seven weeks at sea, there did not appear any reasons that could persuade us we were nearer the trade wind than when we first set out, there was no ground for us to suppose but our passage would prove at least three times as long as we at first expected, and consequently we had the melancholy prospect either of dying by the scurvy or perishing with the ship for want of hands to navigate her.

This was a time when we thought we were almost at the far eastern parts of Asia, but we were completely thrown off by the unpredictable and changing winds that confused us for that whole period, so we had only made it about a quarter of the way. The delay alone would have been enough to frustrate us, but there were other factors that made the situation just as terrible, if not worse, than any of our previous struggles. By this point, our two ships were in very bad condition, and before long, we found a significant crack in the foremast of the Centurion, about twenty-six inches around and at least four inches deep. As soon as our carpenters secured it, the Gloucester signaled for help, and we learned that they had a serious crack in their mainmast, which meant they couldn’t put any sails on it. Our carpenters examined that mast closely and found it so rotten that they decided it needed to be cut down to where the damage was visible, leaving just a stump to support the topmast. These problems added to our delays and caused us great concern about our future safety. After leaving the coast of Mexico, scurvy had reappeared among our crew, even though we’d enjoyed good health since departing from Juan Fernandez. We were all too aware of the effects of this disease from our past tragic experiences to think anything but a quick journey could prevent most of our crew from dying from it. And after being at sea for seven weeks, there were no signs indicating we were any closer to the trade winds than when we first set out. So, we had no reason to believe our journey would be anything less than three times longer than we originally expected, which left us with the grim outlook of either dying from scurvy or perishing with the ship due to the lack of crew to navigate it.

SLOW PROGRESS.

SLOW PROGRESS.

When we reached the trade wind, and it settled between the north and the east, yet it seldom blew with so much strength but the Centurion might have carried all her small sails abroad with the greatest safety, so that now, had we been a single ship, we might have run down our longitude apace, and have reached the Ladrones soon enough to have recovered great numbers of our men who afterwards perished. But the Gloucester, by the loss of her mainmast, sailed so very heavily that we had seldom any more than our topsails set, and yet were frequently obliged to lie to for her, and I conceive that in the whole we lost little less than a month by our attendance upon her, in consequence of the various mischances she encountered. In all this run it was remarkable that we were rarely many days together without seeing great numbers of birds, which is a proof that there are many islands, or at least rocks, scattered all along at no very considerable distance from our track. Some indeed there are marked in Spanish charts, but the frequency of the birds seems to evince that there are many more than have been hitherto discovered, for the greatest part of the birds, we observed, were such as are known to roost on shore, and the manner of their appearance sufficiently made out that they came from some distant haunt every morning, and returned thither again in the evening, for we never saw them early or late, and the hour of their arrival and departure gradually varied, which we supposed was occasioned by our running nearer their haunts or getting farther from them.

When we hit the trade winds and it settled between the north and east, it rarely blew strong enough for the Centurion to have fully deployed all her smaller sails safely. If we had been a single ship, we could have quickly covered our longitude and reached the Ladrones in time to rescue a lot of our men who later died. However, the Gloucester had lost her mainmast and was sailing so heavily that we barely managed to keep our topsails up and often had to stop for her. I believe we lost nearly a month due to the issues she faced. Throughout this journey, it was notable that we rarely went more than a few days without seeing a lot of birds, which indicates that there are many islands, or at least rocks, scattered pretty close to our route. Some of them are marked on Spanish charts, but the abundance of birds suggests that there are many more undiscovered, as most of the birds we saw were known to roost on land, and their behavior made it clear that they came from some distant place every morning and returned in the evening. We never saw them at dawn or dusk, and the times of their arrival and departure gradually changed, which we figured was because we were getting closer to or further away from their nesting sites.

The trade wind continued to favour us without any fluctuation from the end of June till towards the end of July, but on the 26th of July, being then, as we esteemed, about three hundred leagues distant from the Ladrones, we met with a westerly wind, which did not come about again to the eastward in four days' time. This was a most dispiriting incident, as it at once damped all our hopes of speedy relief, especially, too, as it was attended with a vexatious accident to the Gloucester, for in one part of those four days the wind flattened to a calm, and the ships rolled very deep, by which means the Gloucester's forecap split and her topmast came by the board and broke her foreyard directly in the slings. As she was hereby rendered incapable of making any sail for some time, we were obliged, as soon as a gale sprung up, to take her in tow, and near twenty of the healthiest and ablest of our seaman were taken from the business of our own ship and were employed for eight or ten days together on board the Gloucester in repairing her damages. But these things, mortifying as we thought them, were but the beginning of our disasters, for scarce had our people finished their business in the Gloucester before we met with a most violent storm in the western board, which obliged us to lie to. In the beginning of this storm our ship sprung a leak, and let in so much water that all our people, officers included, were employed continually in working the pumps, and the next day we had the vexation to see the Gloucester with her topmast once more by the board, and whilst we were viewing her with great concern for this new distress we saw her main-topmast, which had hitherto served as a jury mainmast, share the same fate. This completed our misfortunes and rendered them without resource, for we knew the Gloucester's crew were so few and feeble that without our assistance they could not be relieved, and our sick were now so far increased, and those that remained in health so continually fatigued with the additional duty of our pumps, that it was impossible for us to lend them any aid. Indeed, we were not as yet fully apprised of the deplorable situation of the Gloucester's crew, for when the storm abated (which during its continuance prevented all communication with them) the Gloucester bore up under our stern, and Captain Mitchel informed the Commodore that besides the loss of his masts, which was all that had appeared to us, the ship had then no less than seven feet of water in her hold, although his officers and men had been kept constantly at the pump for the last twenty-four hours, and that her crew was greatly reduced, for there remained alive on board her no more than seventy-seven men, eighteen boys, and two prisoners, officers included, and that of this whole number only sixteen men and eleven boys were capable of keeping the deck, and several of these very infirm.

The trade wind kept helping us steadily from the end of June until late July, but on July 26th, while we thought we were about three hundred leagues away from the Ladrones, we encountered a westerly wind that stuck around for four days without shifting back to the east. This was incredibly discouraging, as it crushed all our hopes for quick assistance, especially since the Gloucester faced a frustrating issue during those four days. At one point, the wind died down completely, causing the ships to roll heavily, which resulted in the Gloucester's forecap splitting, and her topmast coming down and breaking her foreyard while still in the slings. Since this made her unable to sail for a while, when the winds picked up again, we had to tow her, taking about twenty of our strongest and healthiest crew members away from our own ship to help repair her for eight to ten days. Although we found these setbacks disheartening, they were just the start of our troubles. Hardly had our crew finished with the Gloucester before we faced a severe storm from the west that forced us to stop. At the beginning of this storm, our ship developed a leak, taking in so much water that all hands on deck, including the officers, had to constantly work the pumps. The next day, to our dismay, we saw the Gloucester's topmast go down again, and while we were worried about her new troubles, the makeshift mainmast also met the same fate. This completed our series of misfortunes and left us feeling helpless, as we realized the Gloucester's crew was so small and weak that they couldn't manage without our help. Our own sick crew members had increased significantly, and those still healthy were too worn out from the extra pumping duties to assist. In fact, we didn’t fully grasp how dire the Gloucester's crew's situation was until the storm calmed down, which had kept us from communicating with them. The Gloucester came up behind us, and Captain Mitchel informed the Commodore that in addition to losing his masts, the ship had seven feet of water in her hold, even though his officers and men had been working the pumps non-stop for twenty-four hours. He reported that there were only seventy-seven men, eighteen boys, and two prisoners left on board, officers included, and out of this number, only sixteen men and eleven boys were fit to keep watch on deck, with several of them in poor condition.

THUS PERISHED H.M.S. GLOUCESTER.

Thus perished H.M.S. Gloucester.

It plainly appeared that there was no possibility of preserving the Gloucester any longer, as her leaks were irreparable, and the united hands on board both ships capable of working would not be able to free her, even if our own ship should not employ any part of them. The only step to be taken was the saving the lives of the few that remained on board the Gloucester, and getting out of her as much as was possible before she was destroyed; and therefore the Commodore immediately sent an order to Captain Mitchel, as the weather was now calm and favourable, to send his people on board the Centurion as expeditiously as he could and to take out such stores as he could get at whilst the ship could be kept above water. And as our leak required less attention whilst the present easy weather continued, we sent our boats, with as many men as we could spare, to Captain Mitchel's assistance.

It was clear that there was no way to save the Gloucester any longer, as her leaks were beyond repair, and the combined crew of both ships wouldn't be able to get her free, even if our ship didn't use any of them. The only thing we could do was to save the lives of the few people still on board the Gloucester and retrieve as much as we could before she sank. So, the Commodore quickly ordered Captain Mitchel, since the weather was now calm and favorable, to send his crew over to the Centurion as quickly as possible and to remove whatever supplies he could while the ship still floated. Since our leak required less attention in the current easy weather, we sent our boats, with as many men as we could spare, to help Captain Mitchel.

It was the 15th of August, in the evening, before the Gloucester was cleared of everything that was proposed to be removed; and though the hold was now almost full of water, yet as the carpenters were of opinion that she might still swim for some time if the calm should continue and the water become smooth, she was set on fire; for we knew not how near we might now be to the island of Guam, which was in the possession of our enemies, and the wreck of such a ship would have been to them no contemptible acquisition. When she was set on fire Captain Mitchel and his officers left her and came on board the Centurion, and we immediately stood from the wreck, not without some apprehensions (as we had now only a light breeze) that, if she blew up soon, the concussion of the air might damage our rigging; but she fortunately burned, though very fierce, the whole night, her guns firing successively as the flames reached them. And it was six in the morning, when we were about four leagues distant, before she blew up. The report she made upon this occasion was but a small one, but there was an exceeding black pillar of smoke, which shot up into the air to a very considerable height. Thus perished His Majesty's ship the Gloucester.

It was the evening of August 15th before the Gloucester was cleared of everything that was supposed to be removed. Although the hold was nearly full of water, the carpenters believed she could still float for a while if the calm weather continued and the water became smooth. So, she was set on fire; we didn’t know how close we might be to the island of Guam, which was held by our enemies, and they would have seen the wreck of such a ship as a valuable gain. After the fire was set, Captain Mitchel and his officers left her and came aboard the Centurion. We immediately moved away from the wreck, a bit worried (since we only had a light breeze) that if she exploded soon, the blast could damage our rigging. Fortunately, she burned fiercely throughout the night, her guns firing one after another as the flames reached them. It wasn't until six in the morning, when we were about four leagues away, that she finally blew up. The explosion itself was small, but a huge black pillar of smoke shot up into the air. Thus perished His Majesty's ship the Gloucester.

CHAPTER 26.
THE LADRONES SIGHTED--TINIAN.

The 23rd, at daybreak, we were cheered with the discovery of two islands in the western board. This gave us all great joy, and raised our drooping spirits, for before this a universal dejection had seized us, and we almost despaired of ever seeing land again. The nearest of these islands we afterwards found to be Anatacan. The other was the island of Serigan, and had rather the appearance of a high rock than a place we could hope to anchor at. We were extremely impatient to get in with the nearest island, where we expected to meet with anchoring ground and an opportunity of refreshing our sick; but the wind proved so variable all day, and there was so little of it, that we advanced towards it but slowly. However, by the next morning we were got so far to the westward that we were in view of a third island, which was that of Paxaros, though marked in the chart only as a rock. This was small and very low land, and we had passed within less than a mile of it in the night without seeing it. And now at noon, being within four miles of the island of Anatacan, the boat was sent away to examine the anchoring ground and the produce of the place, and we were not a little solicitous for her return, as we then conceived our fate to depend upon the report we should receive; for the other two islands were obviously enough incapable of furnishing us with any assistance, and we knew not then that there were any others which we could reach. In the evening the boat came back, and the crew informed us that there was no place for a ship to anchor.

On the 23rd, at dawn, we were excited to discover two islands to the west. This brought us all great joy and lifted our spirits because before this, we were feeling universally down and almost lost hope of ever seeing land again. The closest of these islands turned out to be Anatacan. The other island was Serigan, which looked more like a tall rock than a place where we could anchor. We were really eager to reach the nearest island, where we hoped to find a good spot to anchor and a chance to help our sick, but the wind was so unpredictable throughout the day, and there was barely any of it, so we moved toward it very slowly. However, by the next morning, we had made it far enough west that we could see a third island, Paxaros, which was only marked as a rock on the map. This island was small and quite low, and we passed within less than a mile of it during the night without noticing it. Now, at noon, being four miles away from Anatacan, we sent out a boat to check the anchoring area and the local resources, and we were quite anxious for its return since we believed our fate depended on the report we would get back; the other two islands were clearly unable to provide us with any help, and we didn’t know if there were any other islands we could reach. In the evening, the boat returned, and the crew told us there was no place for the ship to anchor.

This account of the impossibility of anchoring at this island occasioned a general melancholy on board, for we considered it as little less than the prelude to our destruction; and now the only possible circumstance that could secure the few that remained alive from perishing was the accidental falling in with some other of the Ladrone Islands better prepared for our accommodation, and as our knowledge of these islands was extremely imperfect, we were to trust entirely to chance for our guidance; only, as they are all of them usually laid down near the same meridian, and we had conceived those we had already seen to be part of them, we concluded to stand to the southward as the most probable means of falling in with the next. Thus, with the most gloomy persuasion of our approaching destruction, we stood from the island of Anatacan, having all of us the strongest apprehensions either of dying of the scurvy or perishing with the ship, which, for want of hands to work her pumps, might in a short time be expected to founder.

This account of the impossibility of anchoring at this island caused a general sadness on board, as we saw it as nothing less than the beginning of our doom. Now, the only thing that could possibly save the few of us left from perishing was by accidentally coming across another of the Ladrone Islands that was better set up for our needs. Since our knowledge of these islands was very limited, we had to rely completely on luck for our guidance. However, since they are usually positioned close to the same meridian, and we believed the ones we had already encountered to be part of them, we decided to head south as the most likely way to find the next one. So, with a heavy sense of impending doom, we set off from the island of Anatacan, all of us deeply worried about either dying from scurvy or sinking with the ship, which, due to a lack of crew to operate her pumps, was expected to go down soon.

TINIAN.

TINIAN.

It was the 26th of August, 1742, in the morning, when we lost sight of Anatacan. The next morning we discovered three other islands to the eastward, which were from ten to fourteen leagues from us. These were, as we afterwards learned, the islands of Saypan, Tinian and Aguigan. We immediately steered towards Tinian, which was the middle-most of the three, but had so much of calms and light airs, that though we were helped forwards by the currents, yet next day at daybreak we were at least five leagues distant from it. However, we kept on our course, and about ten in the morning we perceived a proa under sail to the southward, between Tinian and Aguigan. As we imagined from hence that these islands were inhabited, and knew that the Spaniards had always a force at Guam, we took the necessary precautions for our own security and for preventing the enemy from taking advantage of our present wretched circumstances, of which they would be sufficiently informed by the manner of our working the ship. We therefore mustered all our hands who were capable of standing to their arms and loaded our upper and quarter-deck guns with grapeshot, and that we might the more readily procure some intelligence of the state of these islands, we showed Spanish colours and hoisted a red flag at the foretop masthead, to give our ship the appearance of the Manila galleon, hoping thereby to decoy some of the inhabitants on board us. Thus preparing ourselves, and standing towards the land, we were near enough at three in the afternoon to send the cutter in shore to find out a proper berth for the ship, and we soon perceived that a proa came off the shore to meet the cutter, fully persuaded, as we afterwards found, that we were the Manila ship. As we saw the cutter returning back with the proa in tow, we immediately sent the pinnace to receive the proa and the prisoners, and to bring them on board that the cutter might proceed on her errand. The pinnace came back with a Spaniard and four Indians, who were the people taken in the proa. The Spaniard was immediately examined as to the produce and circumstances of this island of Tinian, and his account of it surpassed even our most sanguine hopes, for he informed us that it was uninhabited, which, in our present defenceless condition, was an advantage not to be despised, especially as it wanted but few of the conveniences that could be expected in the most cultivated country; for he assured us that there was great plenty of very good water, and that there were an incredible number of cattle, hogs, and poultry, running wild on the island, all of them excellent in their kind; that the woods produced sweet and sour oranges, limes, lemons, and cocoa-nuts in great plenty, besides a fruit peculiar to these islands (called by Dampier breadfruit); that, from the quantity and goodness of the provisions produced here, the Spaniards at Guam made use of it as a store for supplying the garrison; that he himself was a sergeant of that garrison, and was sent here with twenty-two Indians to jerk beef, which he was to load for Guam on board a small bark of about fifteen tons which lay at anchor near the shore.

It was the morning of August 26, 1742, when we lost sight of Anatacan. The next morning, we discovered three other islands to the east, about ten to fourteen leagues away. These were, as we later found out, the islands of Saypan, Tinian, and Aguigan. We immediately headed toward Tinian, which was the middle island, but the winds were so light and calm that even with the help of the currents, by the next morning we were at least five leagues away from it. However, we kept on our course, and around ten in the morning, we saw a proa sailing to the south between Tinian and Aguigan. Believing these islands were inhabited and knowing that the Spaniards always had a presence at Guam, we took the necessary precautions for our safety to prevent the enemy from taking advantage of our vulnerable situation, which they could easily assess by how we were handling the ship. So, we gathered all hands able to take up arms and loaded our upper and quarter-deck guns with grapeshot. To gather information about the state of these islands, we displayed Spanish colors and hoisted a red flag at the foretop masthead to make our ship resemble the Manila galleon, hoping to lure some of the inhabitants on board. As we prepared ourselves and moved closer to the land, we reached a point by three in the afternoon where we could send the cutter ashore to find a good anchorage for the ship. We soon noticed a proa coming off the shore to meet the cutter, convinced, as we later discovered, that we were the Manila ship. When we saw the cutter returning with the proa in tow, we immediately sent the pinnace to receive the proa and the people taken from it, so the cutter could continue its mission. The pinnace returned with a Spaniard and four Indians who were captured from the proa. We quickly questioned the Spaniard about the resources and circumstances of Tinian, and his report exceeded our most optimistic expectations. He told us it was uninhabited, which was a significant advantage for us in our vulnerable condition, especially since it had most of the amenities one would expect in a well-cultivated land. He assured us there was a lot of very good water available, and an incredible number of cattle, hogs, and poultry roamed the island, all of excellent quality. The woods were filled with sweet and sour oranges, limes, lemons, and coconuts, plus a unique fruit found on these islands (which Dampier called breadfruit). He explained that due to the abundance and quality of provisions here, the Spaniards at Guam used it as a storage supply for the garrison. He himself was a sergeant of that garrison and had been sent with twenty-two Indians to process beef, which he was supposed to load onto a small bark of about fifteen tons that lay anchored near the shore.

PLEASING SCENES.

Pleasant views.

This account was received by us with inexpressible joy. Part of it we were ourselves able to verify on the spot, as we were by this time near enough to discover several numerous herds of cattle feeding in different places of the island, and we did not anyways doubt the rest of his relation, as the appearance of the shore prejudiced us greatly in its favour, and made us hope that not only our necessities might be there fully relieved and our diseased recovered, but that amidst those pleasing scenes which were then in view, we might procure ourselves some amusement and relaxation after the numerous fatigues we had undergone.

We received this news with overwhelming joy. We were able to verify part of it ourselves, as we were close enough to see several large herds of cattle grazing in different areas of the island. We had no doubts about the rest of his story, as the appearance of the shore greatly encouraged us and made us hopeful that not only could we meet our needs and recover from our ailments, but that we could also find some enjoyment and relaxation amidst the beautiful sights we were seeing after all the hardships we had endured.

The Spanish sergeant, from whom we received the account of the island, having informed us that there were some Indians on shore under his command employed in jerking beef, and that there was a bark at anchor to take it on board, we were desirous, if possible, to prevent the Indians from escaping, who doubtless would have given the Governor of Guam intelligence of our arrival, and we therefore immediately despatched the pinnace to secure the bark, which the sergeant told us was the only embarkation on the place. And then, about eight in the evening, we let go our anchor in twenty-two fathoms.

The Spanish sergeant, who gave us the information about the island, told us that there were some Indians on shore under his command busy drying beef, and that there was a boat at anchor to take it on board. We wanted to prevent the Indians from escaping, as they would likely inform the Governor of Guam about our arrival. So, we quickly sent the small boat to secure the vessel, which the sergeant said was the only one in the area. Then, around eight in the evening, we dropped anchor in twenty-two fathoms.

CHAPTER 27.
LANDING THE SICK. CENTURION DRIVEN TO SEA.

When we had furled our sails, the remaining part of the night was allowed to our people for their repose, to recover them from the fatigue they had undergone, and in the morning a party was sent on shore well armed, of which I myself was one, to make ourselves masters of the landing-place, as we were not certain what opposition might be made by the Indians on the island. We landed without difficulty, for the Indians having perceived by our seizure of the bark the night before, that we were enemies, they immediately fled into the woody parts of the island. We found on shore many huts which they had inhabited, and which saved us both the time and trouble of erecting tents. One of these huts, which the Indians made use of for a storehouse, was very large, being twenty yards long and fifteen broad; this we immediately cleared of some bales of jerked beef which we found in it, and converted it into an hospital for our sick, who, as soon as the place was ready to receive them, were brought on shore, being in all one hundred and twenty-eight. Numbers of these were so very helpless that we were obliged to carry them from the boats to the hospital upon our shoulders, in which humane employment (as before at Juan Fernandez) the Commodore himself and every one of his officers were engaged without distinction; and notwithstanding the great debility of the greatest part of our sick, it is almost incredible how soon they began to feel the salutary influence of the land. For though we buried twenty-one men on this and the preceding day, yet we did not lose above ten men more during our whole two months' stay here; and in general our diseased received so much benefit from the fruits of the island, particularly the fruits of the acid kind, that in a week's time there were but few who were not so far recovered as to be able to move about without help; and on the 12th of September all those who were so far relieved as to be capable of doing duty were sent on board the ship. And then the Commodore, who was himself ill of the scurvy, had a tent erected for him on shore, where he went with the view of staying a few days for the recovery of his health, being convinced, by the general experience of his people, that no other method but living on the land was to be trusted to for the removal of this dreadful malady. As the crew on board were now reinforced by the recovered hands returned from the island, we began to send our casks on shore to be fitted up, which till now could not be done, for the coopers were not well enough to work. We likewise weighed our anchors that we might examine our cables, which we suspected had by this time received considerable damage. And as the new moon was now approaching, when we apprehended violent gales, the Commodore, for our greater security, ordered that part of the cables next to the anchors to be armed with the chains of the fire-grapnels, and they were besides cackled twenty fathoms from the anchors and seven fathoms from the service, with a good rounding of a 4 1/2 inch hawser, and to all these precautions we added that of lowering the main and fore yards close down, that in case of blowing weather the wind might have less power upon the ship to make her ride a-strain.

After we had tucked away our sails, the rest of the night was given to our crew for some much-needed rest to recover from their exhaustion. In the morning, a well-armed group, including myself, was sent ashore to take control of the landing area, since we were unsure of any resistance the island's natives might put up. We landed without any trouble; upon noticing our capture of the boat the previous night, the natives quickly fled into the island's forested areas. On the shore, we found several huts they had used, which saved us the time and effort of setting up tents. One of these huts, used as a storehouse by the natives, was quite large—about twenty yards long and fifteen wide. We quickly cleared out some bales of dried beef we found inside and transformed it into a hospital for our sick, who totaled one hundred and twenty-eight. Many were so weak that we had to carry them from the boats to the hospital on our shoulders. In this compassionate task (as we had previously done in Juan Fernandez), the Commodore and every one of his officers participated without distinction. Remarkably, despite the severe condition of most of our sick, they began to feel the healing effects of being on land quite quickly. Although we buried twenty-one men on this and the previous day, we lost only about ten more during our entire two-month stay here. Overall, the sick benefited significantly from the island's produce, especially the sour fruits. Within a week, there were only a few who hadn’t improved enough to move about on their own. On September 12th, all who were well enough to perform duties were sent back to the ship. The Commodore, who was also suffering from scurvy, had a tent set up for him on the beach, planning to stay a few days to recover his health, convinced, based on his crew's experiences, that living on land was the only reliable way to combat this dreadful illness. Now that the crew on board was bolstered by those who had recovered from the island, we started sending our barrels ashore for repair, which hadn’t been possible until now since the coopers were too unwell to work. We also weighed our anchors to check our cables, which we suspected had been significantly damaged by then. With the new moon approaching, and the forecast of strong gales, the Commodore ordered the cables near the anchors to be reinforced with fire-grapnel chains. These were secured twenty fathoms from the anchors and seven fathoms from the service, aided by a sturdy 4 ½ inch rope. To further ensure safety, we also lowered our main and fore yards as much as possible, so that in case of rough weather, the wind would have less force against the ship.

A FURIOUS STORM.

A violent storm.

Thus effectually prepared, as we conceived, we expected the new moon, which was the 18th of September; and riding safe that and the three succeeding days (though the weather proved very squally and uncertain), we flattered ourselves (for I was then on board) that the prudence of our measures had secured us from all accidents. But on the 22nd the wind blew from the eastward with such fury that we soon despaired of riding out the storm; and therefore we should have been extremely glad that the Commodore and the rest of our people on shore, which were the greatest of our hands, had been on board with us, since our only hopes of safety seemed to depend on our putting immediately to sea. But all communication with the shore was now effectually cut off, for there was no possibility that a boat could live so that we were necessitated to ride it out till our cables parted. Indeed, it was not long before this happened, for the small bower parted at five in the afternoon, and the ship swung off to the best bower; and as the night came on the violence of the wind still increased. But, notwithstanding its inexpressible fury, the tide ran with so much rapidity as to prevail over it; for the tide, having set to the northward in the beginning of the storm, turned suddenly to the southward about six in the evening, and forced the ship before it in despite of the storm, which blew upon the beam. And now the sea broke most surprisingly all round us, and a large tumbling swell threatened to poop us; the long-boat, which was at this time moored astern, was on a sudden canted so high that it broke the transom of the Commodore's gallery, and would doubtless have risen as high as the taffrail had it not been for this stroke which stove the boat all to pieces; but the poor boat-keeper, though extremely bruised, was saved almost by miracle. About eight the tide slackened, but the wind did not abate; so that at eleven the best bower cable, by which alone we rode, parted. Our sheet anchor, which was the only one we had left, was instantly cut from the bow; but before it could reach the bottom we were driven from twenty-two into thirty-five fathoms; and after we had veered away one whole cable and two-thirds of another, we could not find ground with sixty fathoms of line. This was a plain indication that the anchor lay near the edge of the bank, and could not hold us long.

Effectively prepared, as we thought, we were looking forward to the new moon on September 18th. We managed to ride out that day and the next three (even though the weather turned really squally and unpredictable), and we felt confident (since I was on board) that our careful planning had kept us safe from any accidents. But on the 22nd, the wind came from the east with such force that we soon gave up hope of riding out the storm; therefore, we would have been really grateful if the Commodore and our main crew, who were all on shore, had been on board with us, as our only chance for safety relied on getting out to sea immediately. However, all communication with the shore was now completely cut off, as there was no way a boat could survive the conditions, forcing us to hang on until our cables broke. It wasn't long before that happened, as the small bower cable snapped at five in the afternoon, causing the ship to swing to the best bower; and as night fell, the wind's intensity only grew stronger. Yet, despite its terrifying strength, the tide was flowing so swiftly that it overcame the wind; the tide, which had initially flowed northward at the start of the storm, suddenly shifted south around six in the evening, pushing the ship despite the fierce wind hitting us broadside. The sea broke violently all around us, and a huge rolling swell threatened to capsize us; the long boat, which was moored behind us, suddenly lurched up so high that it shattered the transom of the Commodore's gallery, and it surely would have risen high enough to hit the taffrail if it weren't for this impact that smashed the boat to pieces. Fortunately, the poor boat-keeper, though badly bruised, was saved almost by a miracle. Around eight, the tide slowed down, but the wind didn’t let up; so by eleven, the best bower cable, which was the only one we had left to hold us, broke. We quickly cut our sheet anchor from the bow, but before it could touch the bottom, we were pushed from twenty-two to thirty-five fathoms. After we let out a whole cable plus two-thirds of another, we couldn’t find the ground even with sixty fathoms of line. This clearly indicated that the anchor was near the edge of the bank and wouldn’t hold us for long.

In this pressing danger Mr. Suamarez, our first lieutenant, who now commanded on board, ordered several guns to be fired and lights to be shown, as a signal to the Commodore of our distress; and in a short time after, it being then about one o'clock, and the night excessively dark, a strong gust, attended with rain and lightning, drove us off the bank and forced us out to sea, leaving behind us on the island Mr. Anson, with many more of our officers, and great part of our crew, amounting in the whole to one hundred and thirteen persons. Thus were we all, both at sea and on shore, reduced to the utmost despair by this catastrophe; those on shore conceiving they had no means left them ever to leave the island, and we on board utterly unprepared to struggle with the fury of the seas and winds we were now exposed to, and expecting each moment to be our last.

In this urgent situation, Mr. Suamarez, our first lieutenant and leader on board, ordered several guns to be fired and lights to be shown as a signal to the Commodore about our crisis. Shortly after, around one o'clock in the morning, the night was extremely dark, and a strong gust of wind, along with rain and lightning, pushed us off the bank and out to sea, leaving behind Mr. Anson, many other officers, and a large part of our crew, totaling one hundred and thirteen people, on the island. This disaster left all of us, both at sea and on land, in complete despair; those on land believed they had no way of ever leaving the island, while we on board were completely unprepared to fight against the raging seas and winds we now faced, expecting each moment could be our last.

CHAPTER 28.
ANSON CHEERS HIS MEN--PLANS FOR ESCAPE--RETURN OF THE CENTURION.

The storm which drove the Centurion to sea blew with too much turbulence to permit of either the Commodore or any of the people on shore hearing the guns which she fired as signals of distress, and the frequent glare of the lightning had prevented the explosions from being observed; so that when at daybreak it was perceived from the shore that the ship was missing, there was the utmost consternation amongst them. For much the greatest part of them immediately concluded that she was lost, and entreated the Commodore that the boat might be sent round the island to look for the wreck; and those who believed her safe had scarcely any expectation that she would ever be able to make the island again; for the wind continued to blow strong at east, and they knew how poorly she was manned and provided for struggling with so tempestuous a gale. And if the Centurion was lost, or should be incapable of returning, there appeared in either case no possibility of their ever getting off the island, for they were at least six hundred leagues from Macao, which was their nearest port; and they were masters of no other vessel than the small Spanish bark, of about fifteen tons, which they seized at their first arrival, and which would not even hold a fourth part of their number. And the chance of their being taken off the island by the casual arrival of any other ship was altogether desperate, as perhaps no European ship had ever anchored here before, and it were madness to expect that like incidents should send another here in a hundred ages to come; so that their desponding thoughts could only suggest to them the melancholy prospect of spending the remainder of their days on this island, and bidding adieu forever to their country, their friends, their families, and all their domestic endearments.

The storm that drove the Centurion out to sea was so intense that neither the Commodore nor anyone on shore could hear the distress signals the ship fired, and the frequent flashes of lightning made the explosions go unnoticed. So, by daybreak, when people on shore realized the ship was missing, panic set in. Most of them immediately thought she was lost and begged the Commodore to send a boat around the island to search for the wreck. Those who believed she was safe had little hope that she could return to the island; the strong east wind continued, and they knew the crew was poorly equipped to handle such a violent storm. If the Centurion was indeed lost or unable to return, they saw no chance of ever leaving the island, as they were at least six hundred leagues away from Macao, their nearest port. They only had a small Spanish bark, about fifteen tons, which they had taken when they first arrived, and it wouldn’t even hold a quarter of their number. The chance of being rescued by the arrival of another ship was slim since no European ship had ever anchored here before, and it would be foolish to expect that the same circumstances would lead another vessel to this place for hundreds of years. Their despair left them with the grim thought of spending the rest of their lives on this island, saying goodbye forever to their homeland, friends, families, and all their comforts.

A MELANCHOLY PROSPECT.

A SAD OUTLOOK.

Nor was this the worst they had to fear: for they had reason to expect that the Governor of Guam, when he should be informed of their situation, might send a force sufficient to overpower them and to remove them to that island; and then the most favourable treatment they could hope for would be to be detained prisoners for life; since, from the known policy and cruelty of the Spaniards in their distant settlements, it was rather to be expected that the Governor, if he once had them in his power, would make their want of commissions (all of them being on board the Centurion) a pretext for treating them as pirates, and for depriving them of their lives with infamy.

Nor was this the worst they had to worry about: they had reason to believe that the Governor of Guam, once he learned about their situation, might send a force large enough to take them down and move them to that island; and then the best they could hope for would be to be held as prisoners for life. Given the known policies and cruelty of the Spaniards in their distant colonies, it was more likely that the Governor, if he got them in his grasp, would use their lack of commissions (since they all were on board the Centurion) as an excuse to treat them as pirates and execute them in disgrace.

In the midst of these gloomy reflections Mr. Anson had doubtless his share of disquietude, but he always kept up his usual composure and steadiness; and having soon projected a scheme for extricating himself and his men from their present anxious situation, he first communicated it to some of the most intelligent persons about him; and having satisfied himself that it was practicable, he then endeavoured to animate his people to a speedy and vigorous prosecution of it. With this view he represented to them how little foundation there was for their apprehensions of the Centurion's being lost; that he was not without hopes that she might return in a few days, but if she did not, the worst that could be supposed was that she was driven so far to the leeward of the island that she could not regain it, and that she would consequently be obliged to bear away for Macao, on the coast of China; that, as it was necessary to be prepared against all events, he had, in this case, considered of a method of carrying them off the island and joining their old ship the Centurion again at Macao; that this method was to haul the Spanish bark on shore, to saw her asunder, and to lengthen her twelve feet, which would enlarge her to near forty tons burthen, and would enable her to carry them all to China. He added that for his own part he would share the fatigue and labour with them, and would expect no more from any man than what he, the Commodore himself, was ready to submit to, and concluded with representing to them the importance of saving time, and that, in order to be the better prepared for all events, it was necessary to set to work immediately and to take it for granted that the Centurion would not be able to put back (which was indeed the Commodore's secret opinion); since, if she did return, they should only throw away a few days' application, but, if she did not, their situation and the season of the year required their utmost despatch.

In the middle of these dark thoughts, Mr. Anson was definitely feeling some anxiety, but he maintained his usual calm and steadiness. After quickly coming up with a plan to get himself and his men out of their current stressful situation, he first shared his idea with some of the most capable people around him. Once he was confident it was feasible, he encouraged his team to act quickly and energetically on it. He pointed out to them how little reason there was to worry about the Centurion being lost; he had some hope that she might return in a few days. However, if she didn’t come back, the worst-case scenario was that she got blown far away from the island and couldn’t make it back, which would mean she would have to head to Macao, on the coast of China. Realizing they needed to be ready for any situation, he had considered a way to get them off the island and reunite with their old ship, the Centurion, in Macao. His plan involved hauling the Spanish bark ashore, cutting her in half, and extending her by twelve feet. This would increase her capacity to nearly forty tons and allow her to transport everyone to China. He mentioned that he would also share the hard work with them and expected no more from anyone than what he, the Commodore, was willing to do himself. He concluded by stressing the importance of saving time and insisted they start working immediately, assuming that the Centurion wouldn’t be able to come back, which was indeed the Commodore's private belief. If she did return, they would only lose a few days of effort, but if she didn’t, their situation and the time of year demanded they act as quickly as possible.

These remonstrances, though not without effect, did not immediately operate so powerfully as Mr. Anson could have wished. It was some days before they were all of them heartily engaged in the project; but at last, being in general convinced of the impossibility of the ship's return, they set themselves zealously to the different tasks allotted them, and were as industrious and as eager as their commander could desire, punctually assembling at daybreak at the rendezvous, whence they were distributed to their different employments, which they followed with unusual vigour till night came on.

These objections, while impactful, didn’t have the immediate effect that Mr. Anson had hoped for. It took several days for everyone to become fully committed to the project; however, eventually, they were generally convinced that the ship couldn’t return. They then set to work on their assigned tasks with enthusiasm, showing as much diligence and eagerness as their commander could want. They gathered punctually at dawn at the meeting point, where they were assigned to various jobs, which they tackled with exceptional energy until nightfall.

And now the work proceeded very successfully. The necessary ironwork was in great forwardness, and the timbers and planks (which, though not the most exquisite performances of the sawyer's art, were yet sufficient for the purpose) were all prepared; so that on the 6th of October, being the fourteenth day from the departure of the ship, they hauled the bark on shore, and on the two succeeding days she was sawn asunder (though with great care not to cut her planks), and her two parts were separated the proper distance from each other; and, the materials being all ready beforehand, they the next day, being the 9th of October, went on with great despatch in their proposed enlargement of her. And by this time they had all their future operations so fairly in view, and were so much masters of them, that they were able to determine when the whole would be finished, and had accordingly fixed the 5th of November for the day of their putting to sea.

And now the work was going very well. The necessary ironwork was well advanced, and the timbers and planks (which, although not the finest examples of the sawyer's craft, were good enough for the task) were all ready; so on October 6th, the fourteenth day since the ship left, they pulled the bark ashore. Over the next two days, they carefully cut her in half (making sure not to damage her planks), and the two halves were moved the right distance apart. With all the materials prepared beforehand, on October 9th, they quickly continued with their plan to enlarge her. By this point, they had a clear view of their future operations and were so in control of the process that they could set a completion date, deciding on November 5th as the day they would head out to sea.

THE CENTURION RETURNS.

THE CENTURION IS BACK.

But their projects and labours were now drawing to a speedier and happier conclusion, for on the 11th of October, in the afternoon, one of the Gloucester's men, being upon a hill in the middle of the island, perceived the Centurion at a distance, and running down with his utmost speed towards the landing-place, he in the way saw some of his comrades, to whom he hallooed out with great ecstasy, "That ship! The ship!" This being heard by Mr. Gordon, a lieutenant of marines, who was convinced by the fellow's transport that his report was true, Mr. Gordon ran towards the place where the Commodore and his people were at work, and being fresh and in breath easily out stripped the Gloucester's man, and got before him to the Commodore, who, on hearing this happy and unexpected news, threw down his axe with which he was then at work, and by his joy broke through for the first time the equable and unvaried character which he had hitherto preserved. The others who were with him instantly ran down to the seaside in a kind of frenzy, eager to feast themselves with a sight they had so ardently wished for and of which they had now for a considerable time despaired. By five in the evening the Centurion was visible in the offing to them all; and, a boat being sent off with eighteen men to reinforce her, and with fresh meat and fruits for the refreshment of her crew, she the next afternoon happily came to an anchor in the road, where the Commodore immediately came on board her, and was received by us with the sincerest and heartiest acclamations.

But their projects and efforts were now wrapping up faster and more happily, because on October 11th in the afternoon, one of the Gloucester's crew, standing on a hill in the middle of the island, spotted the Centurion in the distance. He raced down toward the landing spot and along the way saw some of his fellow crew members, shouting with great excitement, "That ship! The ship!" Mr. Gordon, a lieutenant of marines, heard him and, convinced by the man's enthusiasm that the news was true, ran towards the Commodore and his crew, easily overtaking the Gloucester's man due to being fresh and energized. He reached the Commodore first and, upon hearing the joyful and unexpected news, dropped the axe he had been using, breaking his previously steady demeanor with a display of joy. The others with him immediately raced down to the seaside in a frenzy, eager to see the ship they had longed for but had nearly given up hope on. By five in the evening, the Centurion was in sight for all of them; a boat was sent out with eighteen men to support her, along with fresh meat and fruit for the crew. The next afternoon, she happily anchored in the bay, and the Commodore went aboard, where we welcomed him with sincere and hearty cheers.

CHAPTER 29.
THE CENTURION AGAIN DRIVEN TO SEA--HER RETURN--DEPARTURE FROM TINIAN.

When the Commodore came on board the Centurion on her return to Tinian as already mentioned, he resolved to stay no longer at the island than was absolutely necessary to complete our stock of water, a work which we immediately set ourselves about. But on the 14th of October, being but the third day after our arrival, a sudden gust of wind brought home our anchor, forced us off the bank and drove the ship out to sea a second time. However, as the weather was favourable, and our crew was now stronger than when we were first driven out, we in about five days' time returned again to an anchor at Tinian and relieved those we had left behind us from their second fears of being deserted by their ship.

When the Commodore came on board the Centurion during her return to Tinian, as mentioned earlier, he decided to stay on the island only as long as necessary to replenish our water supply, which we immediately began working on. However, on October 14th, just three days after our arrival, a sudden gust of wind pulled up our anchor, pushed us off the bank, and drove the ship out to sea again. Fortunately, the weather was good, and our crew was stronger than before, so after about five days, we returned to anchor at Tinian and reassured those we had left behind who were worried about being abandoned by the ship.

On our arrival we found that the Spanish bark, the old object of their hopes, had undergone a new metamorphosis, for those we had left on shore began to despair of our return, and conceiving that the lengthening the bark as formerly proposed was both a toilsome and unnecessary measure, considering the small number they consisted of, they had resolved to join her again and to restore her to her first state; and in this scheme they had made some progress for they had brought the two parts together, and would have soon completed her had not our coming back put a period to their labours and disquietude.

Upon our arrival, we discovered that the Spanish ship, once the object of their hopes, had gone through a transformation. Those we had left on shore had started to lose hope in our return and, thinking that lengthening the ship, as previously suggested, was both a laborious and unnecessary task given their small numbers, decided to rejoin her and restore her to her original state. They had made some progress in this plan, as they had brought the two parts together and would have soon finished the job if our return hadn’t interrupted their work and worries.

On our coming to an anchor again after our second driving off to sea, we laboured indefatigably in getting in our water; and having by the 20th of October completed it to fifty tuns, which we supposed would be sufficient for our passage to Macao, we on the next day sent one of each mess on shore to gather as large a quantity of oranges, lemons, cocoa-nuts, and other fruits of the island as they possibly could, for the use of themselves and messmates when at sea. And these purveyors returning on board us on the evening of the same day, we then set fire to the bark and proa, hoisted in our boats, and got under sail, steering away for the south end of the island of Formosa and taking our leave for the third and last time of the island of Tinian.

Once we dropped anchor again after being forced out to sea for the second time, we worked tirelessly to fill our water supply. By October 20th, we had managed to gather fifty tons, which we thought would be enough for our journey to Macao. The next day, we sent one person from each mess ashore to collect as many oranges, lemons, coconuts, and other fruits from the island as they could carry for themselves and their messmates while at sea. When these gatherers returned on board that evening, we set fire to the bark and proa, pulled our boats on deck, and set sail, heading towards the southern end of Formosa Island and taking our leave of Tinian for the third and final time.

CHAPTER 30.
CHINESE FISHING FLEETS--ARRIVAL AT MACAO.

The eastern monsoon was now, we reckoned, fairly settled, and we had a constant gale blowing right upon our stern, so that we generally ran from forty to fifty leagues a day. But we had a large hollow sea pursuing us, which occasioned the ship to labour much, whence we received great damage in our rigging, which was grown very rotten, and our leak was augmented; but happily for us our people were now in full health, so that there were no complaints of fatigue, but all went through their attendance on the pumps, and every other duty of the ship, with ease and cheerfulness.

The eastern monsoon was now, we thought, pretty well established, and we had a steady wind blowing right at our back, letting us travel about forty to fifty leagues a day. However, we were being chased by a large, choppy sea, which made the ship labor a lot, causing significant damage to our already rotten rigging, and increasing our leak. Thankfully, our crew was in good health, so there were no complaints of exhaustion; everyone handled their tasks on the pumps and other duties aboard the ship with ease and a positive attitude.

FORMOSA.

Taiwan.

The 3rd of November, about four in the afternoon, we saw the island of Botel Tobago Xima, and by eleven the next morning got a sight of the southern part of the island of Formosa. In the evening we were surprised with a view of what we at first sight conceived to have been breakers, but on a stricter examination we found them to be only a great number of fires on the island of Formosa. These, we imagined, were intended by the inhabitants of that island as signals for us to touch there; but that suited not our views, we being impatient to reach the port of Macao as soon as possible. From Formosa we steered west-north-west, and sometimes still more northerly, and on the 5th of November we at last about midnight, got sight of the mainland of China, bearing north by west, four leagues distant.

On November 3rd, around four in the afternoon, we spotted the island of Botel Tobago Xima, and by eleven the next morning, we caught a glimpse of the southern part of Formosa. In the evening, we were surprised to see what we initially thought were waves breaking, but upon closer inspection, we realized they were just a large number of fires on the island of Formosa. We figured these were signals from the island’s inhabitants for us to come ashore; however, that didn’t fit with our plans since we were eager to reach the port of Macao as quickly as possible. From Formosa, we headed west-northwest, and sometimes even further north, and on November 5th, around midnight, we finally sighted the mainland of China, about four leagues away, bearing north by west.

We then brought the ship to, with her head to the sea, proposing to wait for the morning; and before sunrise we were surprised to find ourselves in the midst of an incredible number of fishing-boats, which seemed to cover the surface of the sea as far as the eye could reach. I may well style their number incredible, since I cannot believe, upon the lowest estimate, that there were so few as 6,000 most of them manned with five hands, and none with less than three. Nor was this swarm of fishing vessels peculiar to this spot, for, as we ran onto the westward, we found them as abundant on every part of the coast. We at first doubted not but we should procure a pilot from them to carry us to Macao; but though many of them came close to the ship and we endeavoured to tempt them by showing them a number of dollars--a most alluring bait for Chinese of all ranks and professions--yet we could not entice them on board us; though I presume the only difficulty was their not comprehending what we wanted them to do, for we could have no communication with them but by signs. Indeed we often pronounced the word Macao, but this we had reason to suppose they understood in a different sense, for in return they sometimes held up fish to us, and we afterwards learned that the Chinese name for fish is of a somewhat similar sound. But what surprised us most was the inattention and want of curiosity which we observed in this herd of fishermen. A ship like ours had doubtless never been in those seas before; perhaps there might not be one amongst all the Chinese employed in this fishery who had ever seen any European vessel; so that we might reasonably have expected to have been considered by them as a very uncommon and extraordinary object.

We then anchored the ship, facing the sea, planning to wait for morning. Before sunrise, we were surprised to find ourselves surrounded by an incredible number of fishing boats, which seemed to blanket the sea as far as we could see. I can definitely call their number incredible, as I struggle to believe there were even as few as 6,000, most crewed by five people, and none by fewer than three. This swarm of fishing vessels wasn’t unique to this area; as we headed west, we found them just as plentiful along the entire coast. At first, we didn’t doubt we could find a pilot among them to take us to Macao. However, even though many boats came close and we tried to entice them by showing them dollars—a very tempting lure for people of all backgrounds in China—we couldn’t get anyone to come aboard. I assume the main issue was their misunderstanding of what we wanted them to do since we could only communicate with them through gestures. We often said the word Macao, but we had reason to think they understood it differently, as sometimes they held up fish in response, and we later learned that the Chinese word for fish sounds somewhat similar. But what surprised us the most was the indifference and lack of curiosity we noticed among this group of fishermen. A ship like ours had probably never been in these waters before; it’s possible that none of the Chinese involved in this fishery had ever seen a European vessel, so we would have reasonably expected them to find us a very unusual and extraordinary sight.

CHINESE INDIFFERENCE.

CHINESE APATHY.

But though many of their vessels came close to the ship, yet they did not appear to be at all interested about us. Nor did they deviate in the least from their course to regard us; which insensibility, especially of maritime persons about a matter in their own profession, is scarcely to be credited, did not the general behaviour of the Chinese in other instances furnish us with continual proof of a similar turn of mind.

But even though many of their boats came close to our ship, they didn't seem interested in us at all. They didn't change their course even a little to pay us any attention; this indifference, especially from seafaring people regarding something in their own line of work, is hard to believe, if we didn't have constant evidence from the general behavior of the Chinese in other situations showing a similar mindset.

The next day, about two o'clock, as we were standing to the westward within two leagues of the coast, and still surrounded by fishing vessels in as great numbers as at first, we perceived that a boat ahead of us waved a red flag and blew a horn. This we considered as a signal made to us either to warn us of some shoal or to inform us that they would supply us with a pilot, and in this belief we immediately sent our cutter to the boat to know their intentions; but we were soon made sensible of our mistake, and found that this boat was the Commodore of the whole fishery, and that the signal she had made was to order them all to leave off fishing and to return in shore, which we saw them instantly obey. On this disappointment we kept on our course to the westward, and the next day being the 7th, we were abreast of a chain of islands which stretched from east to west. These, as we afterwards found, were called the islands of Lema. These islands we left on the starboard side, passing within four miles of them, where we had twenty-four fathoms water. We were still surrounded by fishing-boats, and we once more sent the cutter on board one of them to endeavour to procure a pilot, but could not prevail. However, one of the Chinese directed us by signs to sail round the westernmost of the islands or rocks of Lema, and then to haul up. We followed this direction, and in the evening came to anchor in eighteen fathoms.

The next day, around two o'clock, as we were positioned to the west within two leagues of the coast and still surrounded by fishing vessels just as before, we noticed a boat ahead of us waving a red flag and blowing a horn. We thought this was a signal for us, either to warn us of some shallow waters or to inform us that they would provide us with a pilot. Believing this, we immediately sent our cutter to the boat to understand their intentions; however, we soon realized we were mistaken. It turned out that the boat was the Commodore of the entire fishery, and the signal was to order all the fishermen to stop and return to shore, which they quickly did. Disappointed, we continued on our westward course, and the next day, the 7th, we came alongside a chain of islands that stretched from east to west. We later learned that these were called the islands of Lema. We passed these islands on our right side, staying within four miles of them, where we found twenty-four fathoms of water. We were still surrounded by fishing boats and once again sent our cutter to board one of them to try to get a pilot, but we were unsuccessful. However, one of the Chinese pointed us in the right direction by making signs, suggesting we sail around the westernmost of the Lema islands or rocks and then head up. We followed this advice and anchored in the evening in eighteen fathoms.

After having continued at anchor all night, we on the 9th, at four in the morning, sent our cutter to sound the channel where we proposed to pass; but before the return of the cutter a Chinese pilot put on board us, and told us in broken Portuguese he would carry us to Macao for thirty dollars. These were immediately paid him, and we then weighed and made sail, and soon after several other pilots came on board us, who, to recommend themselves, produced certificates from the captains of several ships they had piloted in; but we continued the ship under the management of the Chinese who came first on board. By this time we learned that we were not far distant from Macao, and that there were in the river of Canton, at the mouth of which Macao lies, eleven European ships, of which four were English. Our pilot carried us between the islands of Bamboo and Cabouce, but the winds hanging in the northern board, and the tides often setting strongly against us, we were obliged to come frequently to an anchor, so that we did not get through between the two islands till the 12th of November at two in the morning. At ten o'clock we happily anchored in Macao road. Thus, after a fatiguing cruise of above two years' continuance, we once more arrived in an amicable port in a civilised country, where the conveniences of life were in great plenty; where the naval stores, which we now extremely wanted, could be in some degree procured; where we expected the inexpressible satisfaction of receiving letters from our relations and friends; and where our countrymen who were lately arrived from England would be capable of answering the numerous enquiries we were prepared to make both about public and private occurrences, and to relate to us many particulars which, whether of importance or not, would be listened to by us with the utmost attention, after the long suspension of our correspondence with our country to which the nature of our undertaking had hitherto subjected us.

After staying anchored all night, on the 9th at four in the morning, we sent our small boat to check the channel we planned to navigate. Before the boat returned, a Chinese pilot came on board and told us in broken Portuguese that he would take us to Macao for thirty dollars. We paid him right away, then set sail, and soon after, several other pilots boarded us, showing certificates from various ships they had piloted to prove their skills. However, we decided to stick with the first Chinese pilot. By this time, we had learned that we were close to Macao and that there were eleven European ships in the Canton river, four of which were English. Our pilot guided us between the islands of Bamboo and Cabouce, but with the winds coming from the north and the tides often pushing against us, we had to anchor frequently. We didn’t make it through the gap between the two islands until the 12th of November at two in the morning. By ten o'clock, we safely anchored in Macao road. After a tiring journey of over two years, we finally arrived in a friendly port in a civilized country, where life's conveniences were abundant; where we could get some of the naval supplies we desperately needed; where we anticipated the joy of receiving letters from family and friends; and where our fellow countrymen who had just arrived from England could answer the many questions we had about public and private events, as well as share numerous stories, regardless of their importance, which we would eagerly listen to after such a long break in our correspondence due to the nature of our mission.

CHAPTER 31.
MACAO--INTERVIEW WITH THE GOVERNOR--A VISIT TO CANTON.

The city of Macao is a Portuguese settlement situated in an island at the mouth of the river of Canton. It was formerly a very rich and populous city, and capable of defending itself against the power of the adjacent Chinese governors, but at present it is much fallen from its ancient splendour; for though it is inhabited by the Portuguese and has a governor nominated by the King of Portugal, yet it subsists merely by the sufferance of the Chinese, who can starve the place and dispossess the Portuguese whenever they please. This obliges the Governor of Macao to behave with great circumspection, and carefully to avoid every circumstance that may give offence to the Chinese. The river of Canton, at the mouth of which this city lies, is the only Chinese port frequented by European ships, and this river is indeed a more commodious harbour on many accounts than Macao. But the peculiar customs of the Chinese, only adapted to the entertainment of trading ships, and the apprehensions of the Commodore lest he should embroil the East India Company with the Regency of Canton if he should insist on being treated upon a different footing than the merchantmen, made him resolve to go first to Macao before he ventured into the port of Canton. Indeed, had not this reason prevailed with him, he himself had nothing to fear, for it is certain that he might have entered the port of Canton, and might have continued there as long as he pleased, and afterwards have left it again, although the whole power of the Chinese Empire had been brought together to oppose him.

The city of Macao is a Portuguese settlement on an island at the mouth of the Canton River. It used to be a very wealthy and populated city, capable of defending itself against the power of the nearby Chinese governors, but now it has greatly declined from its former glory. Although it is inhabited by the Portuguese and has a governor appointed by the King of Portugal, it relies entirely on the tolerance of the Chinese, who can cut off supplies and remove the Portuguese whenever they want. This situation forces the Governor of Macao to act with great caution and avoid any actions that might upset the Chinese. The Canton River, where this city is located, is the only Chinese port visited by European ships, and it actually offers a more convenient harbor than Macao for several reasons. However, the unique customs of the Chinese, which cater specifically to trading ships, along with the Commodore's concerns about potentially creating conflict between the East India Company and the Canton Regency if he insisted on different treatment than that given to merchant ships, led him to decide to go to Macao first before entering the port of Canton. In fact, if this concern hadn't influenced his decision, he personally had nothing to fear, as he could have entered the port of Canton and stayed there as long as he wanted, even if the full might of the Chinese Empire were assembled against him.

The Commodore, not to depart from his usual prudence, no sooner came to an anchor in Macao road than he despatched an officer with his compliments to the Portuguese Governor of Macao, requesting His Excellency by the same officer to advise him in what manner it would be proper to act to avoid offending the Chinese, which, as there were four of our ships in their power at Canton, was a matter worthy of attention. The difficulty which the Commodore principally apprehended related to the duty usually paid by all ships in the river of Canton, according to their tonnage. For as men-of-war are exempted in every foreign harbour from all manner of port charges, the Commodore thought it would be derogatory to the honour of his country to submit to this duty in China; and therefore he desired the advice of the Governor of Macao, who, being a European, could not be ignorant of the privileges claimed by a British man-of-war, and consequently might be expected to give us the best lights for avoiding this perplexity. Our boat returned in the evening with two officers sent by the Governor, who informed the Commodore that it was the Governor's opinion that if the Centurion ventured into the river of Canton, the duty would certainly be demanded; and therefore, if the Commodore approved of it, he would send him a pilot who should conduct us into another safe harbour, called the Typa, which was every way commodious for careening the ship (an operation which we were resolved to begin upon as soon as possible), and where the above-mentioned duty would in all probability be never asked for.

The Commodore, sticking to his usual cautious approach, had just anchored in Macao harbor when he sent an officer to convey his greetings to the Portuguese Governor of Macao, asking His Excellency to advise him on how to avoid upsetting the Chinese, especially since there were four of our ships under their control at Canton—this was a matter of significance. The main concern for the Commodore was the port fee typically charged to all ships in the Canton river based on their tonnage. Since warships are exempt from all harbor fees in foreign ports, the Commodore felt it would undermine his country’s honor to pay this fee in China. Therefore, he sought the guidance of the Governor of Macao, who, as a European, should understand the privileges granted to British warships and could provide the best advice to help us navigate this issue. Our boat came back in the evening with two officers sent by the Governor, who told the Commodore that the Governor believed that if the Centurion went into the Canton river, the fee would definitely be requested; so, if the Commodore agreed, he would send a pilot to take us to another safe harbor called Typa, which was ideal for repairing the ship (an operation we planned to start as soon as possible) and where it was unlikely we would ever be asked for the aforementioned fee.

This proposal the Commodore agreed to, and in the morning we weighed anchor, and, under the direction of the Portuguese pilot, steered for the intended harbour, where we moored in about five fathoms water. This harbour of the Typa is formed by a number of islands, and is about six miles distant from Macao. Here we saluted the Castle of Macao with eleven guns, which were returned by an equal number.

This proposal was agreed to by the Commodore, and in the morning we lifted anchor and, with the help of the Portuguese pilot, headed for the planned harbor, where we docked in about five fathoms of water. This harbor of Typa is made up of several islands and is about six miles from Macao. Here, we greeted the Castle of Macao with eleven cannon shots, which they returned with the same number.

The next day the Commodore paid a visit in person to the Governor, and was saluted at his landing by eleven guns, which were returned by the Centurion. Mr. Anson's business in this visit was to solicit the Governor to grant us a supply of provisions, and to furnish us with such stores as were necessary to refit the ship. The Governor seemed really inclined to do us all the service he could, and assured the Commodore, in a friendly manner, that he would privately give us all the assistance in his power; but he, at the same time, frankly owned that he dared not openly furnish us with anything we demanded, unless we first procured an order for it from the Viceroy of Canton, for that he neither received provisions for his garrison, nor any other necessaries, but by permission from the Chinese Government; and as they took care only to furnish him from day to day, he was indeed no other than their vassal, whom they could at all times compel to submit to their own terms, only by laying an embargo on his provisions.

The next day, the Commodore visited the Governor in person and was greeted at his arrival with eleven gun salutes, which were returned by the Centurion. Mr. Anson's purpose for this visit was to request that the Governor provide us with a supply of provisions and the necessary supplies to refit the ship. The Governor seemed genuinely willing to help us as much as he could and assured the Commodore, in a friendly way, that he would privately offer us all the assistance he was able to. However, he also openly admitted that he couldn't openly provide us with anything we asked for unless we first obtained an order from the Viceroy of Canton, as he received no provisions for his garrison or any other essentials without permission from the Chinese Government. Since they only supplied him on a daily basis, he was essentially their subordinate, susceptible to their terms at any moment simply by imposing a ban on his provisions.

On this declaration of the Governor, Mr. Anson resolved himself to go to Canton to procure a license from the Viceroy, and he accordingly hired a Chinese boat for himself and his attendants. On his arrival there he consulted with the super cargoes and officers of the English ships how to procure an order from the Viceroy for the necessaries he wanted. As it is the custom with these gentlemen never to apply to the supreme magistrate himself, whatever difficulties they labour under, but to transact all matters relating to the Government by the mediation of the principal Chinese merchants, Mr. Anson was advised to follow the same method upon this occasion, the English promising to exert all their interest to engage the merchants in his favour.

On the Governor's declaration, Mr. Anson decided to go to Canton to get a license from the Viceroy, so he hired a Chinese boat for himself and his crew. Once he arrived, he spoke with the super cargoes and officers of the English ships about how to get an order from the Viceroy for the supplies he needed. Since it's common for these men to avoid directly approaching the supreme magistrate about their issues and instead handle all government matters through the main Chinese merchants, Mr. Anson was advised to take the same approach this time, with the English promising to use their influence to get the merchants on his side.

CHINESE PROMISES.

CHINESE COMMITMENTS.

And when the Chinese merchants were applied to, they readily undertook the management of it, and promised to answer for its success; but after near a month's delay and reiterated excuses, during which interval they pretended to be often upon the point of completing the business, they at last threw off the mask, and declared they neither had applied to the Viceroy, nor could they, for he was too great a man, they said, for them to approach on any occasion.

And when the Chinese merchants were approached, they quickly agreed to take charge of it and promised to ensure its success. However, after nearly a month's delay and repeated excuses—during which they acted like they were about to finish the deal—they finally revealed their true intentions. They admitted they didn’t reach out to the Viceroy and claimed they were too insignificant to approach him at any time.

CHAPTER 32.
A LETTER TO THE VICEROY--A CHINESE MANDARIN--THE CENTURION IS REFITTED AND PUTS TO SEA.

Mr. Anson now saw clearly that if he had at first carried his ship into the river of Canton and had immediately applied himself to the mandarins, who are the chief officers of State, instead of employing the merchants to apply for him, he would in all probability have had all his requests granted, and would have been soon despatched. He had already lost a month by the wrong measures he had been put upon, but he resolved to lose as little more time as possible; and therefore, the 17th of December, being the next day after his return from Canton, he wrote a letter to the Viceroy of that place acquainting him that he was commander-in-chief of a squadron of his Britannic Majesty's ships of war, which had been cruising for two years past in the South Seas against the Spaniards, who were at war with the King his master; that, in his way back to England, he had put into the port of Macao, having a considerable leak in his ship, and being in great want of provisions, so that it was impossible for him to proceed on his voyage till his ship was repaired, and he was supplied with the necessaries he wanted; that he had been at Canton in hopes of being admitted to a personal audience of His Excellency, but being a stranger to the customs of the country, he had not been able to inform himself what steps were necessary to be taken to procure such an audience, and therefore was obliged to apply to him in this manner, to desire His Excellency to give orders for his being permitted to employ carpenters and proper workmen to refit his ship, and to furnish himself with provisions and stores, thereby to enable him to pursue his voyage to Great Britain with this monsoon;* hoping at the same time that these orders would be issued with as little delay as possible, lest it might occasion his loss of the season, and he might be prevented from departing till the next winter.

Mr. Anson now clearly realized that if he had initially taken his ship into the river at Canton and had directly approached the mandarins, who are the main government officials, instead of having the merchants do it for him, he would likely have had all his requests approved and would have been able to leave quickly. He had already wasted a month because of the wrong advice he had followed, but he was determined not to lose any more time. So, on December 17, the day after returning from Canton, he wrote a letter to the Viceroy of that area, informing him that he was the commander-in-chief of a squadron of ships from His Britannic Majesty that had been patrolling the South Seas for the past two years against the Spaniards, who were at war with his king. He mentioned that on his way back to England, he had stopped at the port of Macao due to a significant leak in his ship and a severe shortage of provisions, making it impossible for him to continue his journey until his ship was repaired and he had the necessary supplies. He explained that he had been to Canton hoping to have a personal meeting with His Excellency, but being unfamiliar with the customs of the country, he was unable to find out what steps to take to secure such a meeting. Therefore, he was forced to reach out in this way, asking His Excellency to issue orders to allow him to hire carpenters and skilled workers to fix his ship and to supply him with food and other essentials. He expressed his hope that these orders would be given without delay, so he wouldn't miss the sailing season and would be prevented from leaving until the following winter.

(*Note. Anson, of course, had no intention of sailing for England. His reason for the deception is given in chapter 33.)
(*Note: Anson definitely didn't plan on sailing to England. The reason for his deception is explained in chapter 33.)

A MANDARIN COMES ON BOARD.

A Mandarin joins the team.

This letter was written on the 17th of December, and on the 19th in the morning a mandarin of the first rank, who was Governor of the city of Janson, together with two mandarins of an inferior class, and a great retinue of officers and servants, having with them eighteen half-galleys decorated with a great number of streamers, and furnished with music, and full of men, came to grapnel ahead of the Centurion; whence the mandarin sent a message to the Commodore, telling him that he (the mandarin) was ordered by the Viceroy of Canton to examine the condition of the ship, and desiring the ship's boat might be sent to fetch him on board. The Centurion's boat was immediately despatched, and preparations were made for receiving him; for a hundred of the most sightly of the crew were uniformly dressed in the regimentals of the marines, and were drawn up under arms on the main-deck, against his arrival. When he entered the ship he was saluted by the drums and what other military music there was on board; and passing by the new-formed guard, he was met by the Commodore on the quarter-deck, who conducted him to the great cabin. Here the mandarin explained his commission, declaring that his business was to examine all the particulars mentioned in the Commodore's letter to the Viceroy; that he was particularly instructed to inspect the leak, and had for that purpose brought with him two Chinese carpenters.

This letter was written on December 17th, and on the morning of the 19th, a high-ranking mandarin, who was the Governor of the city of Janson, along with two lower-ranking mandarins and a large entourage of officers and servants, arrived with eighteen half-galleys adorned with numerous streamers, accompanied by music and filled with people. They came to anchor ahead of the Centurion; from there, the mandarin sent a message to the Commodore, informing him that he had been ordered by the Viceroy of Canton to inspect the condition of the ship and requested that the ship's boat be sent to bring him on board. The Centurion's boat was quickly dispatched, and preparations were made to welcome him; a hundred of the best-looking crew members were dressed in matching marine uniforms and were lined up under arms on the main deck, ready for his arrival. When he boarded the ship, he was greeted by the drums and whatever other military music was available on board; as he passed the newly formed guard, the Commodore met him on the quarter-deck and escorted him to the great cabin. Here, the mandarin explained his mission, stating that his role was to review all the details mentioned in the Commodore's letter to the Viceroy; he was specifically instructed to check the leak and had brought along two Chinese carpenters for this purpose.

This mandarin appeared to be a person of very considerable parts, and endowed with more frankness and honesty than is to be found in the generality of the Chinese. After the proper inquiries had been made, particularly about the leak, which the Chinese carpenters reported to be as dangerous as it had been represented, and consequently that it was impossible for the Centurion to proceed to sea without being refitted, the mandarin expressed himself satisfied with the account given in the Commodore's letter. And this magistrate, as he was more intelligent than any other person of his nation that came to our knowledge, so likewise was he more curious and inquisitive, viewing each part of the ship with particular attention, and appearing greatly surprised at the largeness of the lower-deck guns, and at the weight and size of the shot. The Commodore observing his astonishment thought this a proper opportunity to convince the Chinese of the prudence of granting him a speedy and ample supply of all he wanted. With this view he told the mandarin and those who were with him, that besides the demands he made for a general supply, he had a particular complaint against the proceedings of the custom-house of Macao; that at his first arrival the Chinese boats had brought on board plenty of greens and variety of fresh provisions for daily use, for which they had always been paid to their full satisfaction, but that the custom-house officers at Macao had soon forbid them, by which means he was deprived of those refreshments which were of the utmost consequence to the health of his men after their long and sickly voyage; that as they, the mandarins, had informed themselves of his wants, and were eye-witnesses of the force and strength of his ship, they might be satisfied it was not for want of power to supply himself that he desired the permission of the Government to purchase what provisions he stood in need of; that they must be convinced that the Centurion alone was capable of destroying the whole navigation of the port of Canton, or of any other port in China, without running the least risk from all the force the Chinese could collect; that it was true this was not the manner of proceeding between nations in friendship with each other, but it was likewise true that it was not customary for any nation to permit the ships of their friends to starve and sink in their ports, when those friends had money to supply their wants and only desired liberty to lay it out; that they must confess he and his people had hitherto behaved with great modesty and reserve, but that as his wants were each day increasing, hunger would at last prove too strong for any restraint, and necessity was acknowledged in all countries to be superior to every other law, and therefore it could not be expected that his crew would long continue to starve in the midst of that plenty to which their eyes were every day witnesses. To this the Commodore added (though perhaps with a less serious air) that if by the delay of supplying him with fresh provisions his men should be reduced to the necessity of turning cannibals, and preying upon their own species, it was easy to be foreseen that, independent of their friendship to their comrades, they would in point of luxury prefer the plump, well-fed Chinese to their own emaciated shipmates. The first mandarin acquiesced in the justness of this reasoning, and told the Commodore that he should that night proceed for Canton; that on his arrival a council of mandarins would be summoned, of which he himself was a member, and that all that was demanded would be amply and speedily granted. And with regard to the Commodore's complaint of the custom-house of Macao, he undertook to rectify that immediately by his own authority; for, desiring a list to be given him of the quantity of provision necessary for the expense of the ship for a day, he wrote a permit under it, and delivered it to one of his attendants, directing him to see that quantity sent on board early every morning; and this order from that time forward was punctually complied with.

This mandarin seemed to be a very capable person, with more honesty and openness than most Chinese people. After making the necessary inquiries, especially about the leak, which the Chinese carpenters said was as dangerous as it was reported, and therefore the Centurion couldn’t go to sea without repairs, the mandarin said he was satisfied with the Commodore's letter. This magistrate, being more intelligent than anyone else from his country that we encountered, was also more curious and inquisitive, examining each part of the ship carefully and appearing very surprised by the size of the lower-deck guns and the weight and size of the ammunition. Noticing his astonishment, the Commodore saw it as a good chance to convince the Chinese of the importance of providing him with a prompt and sufficient supply of everything he needed. With this in mind, he told the mandarin and his companions that in addition to the general supplies he requested, he had a specific complaint against the customs officers in Macao. He explained that when he first arrived, the Chinese boats brought plenty of greens and various fresh foods for daily use, for which they were always paid fairly, but that the customs officers in Macao soon prohibited them, depriving him of essential refreshments crucial for his men’s health after their long and arduous journey. He pointed out that since the mandarins were aware of his needs and had seen the strength of his ship, they could rest assured that he wasn’t asking for permission to purchase provisions due to a lack of means; they should understand that the Centurion alone could destroy all shipping in the port of Canton or any other port in China without facing any risk from the combined Chinese forces. While it was true that such behavior wasn’t typical between friendly nations, it was also true that no nation would let friendly ships starve and sink in their ports when those ships had money to spend and only sought permission to use it. They must admit that he and his crew had been very modest and restrained so far, but as his needs grew daily, hunger would eventually overpower any self-control, and necessity is recognized everywhere as the strongest law. Therefore, it was unreasonable to expect his crew to continue starving while surrounded by visible abundance. The Commodore also added (perhaps with a lighter tone) that if the delay in supplying fresh provisions led his men to resort to cannibalism, preferring the plump, well-fed Chinese over their own malnourished shipmates, it was easy to foresee the consequences. The first mandarin agreed with this reasoning and told the Commodore that he would go to Canton that night. Upon arrival, a council of mandarins, of which he was a member, would convene, and everything requested would be granted quickly and generously. Concerning the Commodore's complaint about the Macao customs, he promised to address that right away via his authority; asking for a list of the quantity of provisions needed daily for the ship, he wrote a permit and gave it to one of his attendants, instructing him to ensure that quantity was sent aboard early every morning, and from then on, this order was consistently followed.

A DINNER PARTY.

Dinner party.

When this weighty affair was thus in some degree regulated, the Commodore invited him and his two attendant mandarins to dinner, telling them at the same time that if his provision, either in kind or quantity, was not what they might expect, they must thank themselves for having confined him to so hard an allowance. One of his dishes was beef, which the Chinese all dislike, though Mr. Anson was not apprised of it; this seems to be derived from the Indian superstition,* which for some ages past has made a great progress in China. However, his guests did not entirely fast, for the three mandarins completely finished the white part of four large fowls. But they were extremely embarrassed with their knives and forks, and were quite incapable of making use of them, so that, after some fruitless attempts to help themselves, which were sufficiently awkward, one of the attendants was obliged to cut their meat in small pieces for them. But whatever difficulty they might have in complying with the European manner of eating, they seemed not to be novices in drinking. The Commodore excused himself in this part of the entertainment, under the pretence of illness; but there being another gentleman present, of a florid and jovial complexion, the chief mandarin clapped him on the shoulder, and told him by the interpreter that certainly he could not plead sickness, and therefore insisted on his bearing him company; and that gentleman perceiving that after they had despatched four or five bottles of Frontiniac, the mandarin still continued unruffled, he ordered a bottle of citron-water to be brought up, which the Chinese seemed much to relish; and this being near finished they arose from table, in appearance cool and uninfluenced by what they had drunk. And the Commodore, having, according to custom, made the mandarin a present, they all departed in the same vessels that brought them.

When this important matter was somewhat settled, the Commodore invited him and his two accompanying mandarins to dinner, mentioning that if his food, either in type or amount, wasn’t what they expected, they had only themselves to blame for limiting him to such a meager supply. One of the dishes was beef, which the Chinese dislike, although Mr. Anson was unaware of this; it seems to stem from an Indian superstition that has gained considerable ground in China over the past ages. Nonetheless, his guests didn’t completely abstain from eating, since the three mandarins polished off the white meat from four large chickens. However, they were pretty clumsy with their knives and forks and couldn't quite figure out how to use them, so after several awkward attempts to serve themselves, one of the attendants had to chop their meat into small pieces for them. Despite having trouble with the European style of eating, they clearly weren't inexperienced when it came to drinking. The Commodore excused himself from this part of the meal, citing illness; however, with another gentleman present who had a cheerful and hearty appearance, the chief mandarin slapped him on the shoulder and told him through the interpreter that he couldn’t use illness as an excuse and insisted that he drink with him. The gentleman, noticing that after they had finished four or five bottles of Frontiniac the mandarin remained unaffected, ordered a bottle of citron water, which the Chinese seemed to enjoy. When that was nearly finished, they got up from the table looking calm and unaffected by what they had consumed. The Commodore, as was customary, presented the mandarin with a gift, and they all left in the same boats that brought them.

(*Note. The cow has been held in high honour in India from early times. The slaughtering and eating the flesh of kine is considered an abominable crime. The connection between India and Chinese has always been close. The Buddhist religion was introduced from India during the first century of the Christian era, and with it no doubt the veneration of the cow.)
(*Note. The cow has been highly respected in India since ancient times. Killing and eating cows is seen as a terrible crime. India and China have always had a close relationship. Buddhism was introduced from India in the first century AD, bringing with it the reverence for the cow.)

After their departure the Commodore with great impatience expected the resolution of the council, and the necessary licences for his refitment. For it must be observed that he could neither purchase stores nor necessaries with his money, nor did any kind of workman dare to engage themselves to work for him, without the permission of the Government first obtained.

After they left, the Commodore eagerly awaited the council's decision and the necessary permits for his repairs. It's important to note that he couldn't buy supplies or essentials with his money, nor would any worker dare to take on a job for him without first getting permission from the Government.

Some time before this Captain Saunders took his passage to England on board a Swedish ship, and was charged with despatches from the Commodore; and soon after, in the month of December, Captain Mitchel and Colonel Cracherode embarked on board one of our company's ships; and I, having obtained the Commodore's leave to return home, embarked with them. I must observe, too (having omitted it before), that whilst we lay here at Macao we were informed by some of the officers of our Indiamen that the Severn and the Pearl, the two ships of our squadron which had separated from us off Cape Noir, were safely arrived at Rio Janeiro, on the coast of Brazil; and it was with great joy we received the news, after the strong persuasion, which had so long prevailed amongst us, of their having both perished.

Some time before this, Captain Saunders booked his passage to England on a Swedish ship, carrying important messages from the Commodore. Shortly after, in December, Captain Mitchel and Colonel Cracherode boarded one of our company’s ships, and I, having received permission from the Commodore to go home, joined them. I should also mention (having left this out earlier) that while we were at Macao, some of the officers from our Indiamen informed us that the Severn and the Pearl, the two ships from our squadron that had separated from us off Cape Noir, had safely arrived in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. We were overjoyed to hear this news, especially after the strong belief that had lingered among us for so long that both ships had been lost.

Notwithstanding the favourable disposition of the mandarin Governor of Janson at his leaving Mr. Anson, several days had elapsed before he had any advice from him, and Mr. Anson was privately informed there were great debates in council upon his affair. However, it should seem that the representation of the Commodore to the mandarins of the facility with which he could right himself, if justice were denied him, had at last its effect; for on the 6th of January, in the morning, the Governor of Janson, the Commodore's advocate, sent down the Viceroy of Canton's warrant for the refitment of the Centurion, and for supplying her people with all they wanted; and next day a number of Chinese smiths and carpenters went on board.

Despite the positive attitude of the mandarin Governor of Janson when he parted ways with Mr. Anson, several days went by without any updates from him, and Mr. Anson was privately informed that there were significant discussions in the council regarding his situation. However, it appears that the Commodore’s appeal to the mandarins about how easily he could resolve his issues if he was denied justice finally made an impact; on the morning of January 6th, the Governor of Janson, who supported the Commodore, sent the Viceroy of Canton’s order for the repairs of the Centurion and to provide her crew with everything they needed. The next day, several Chinese blacksmiths and carpenters boarded the ship.

It was the beginning of April before they had new-rigged the ship, stowed their provisions and water on board, and fitted her for the sea; and before this time the Chinese grew very uneasy and extremely desirous that she should be gone, either not knowing, or pretending not to believe, that this was a point the Commodore was as eagerly set on as they could be. On the 3rd of April two mandarin boats came on board from Macao to urge his departure; and this having been often done before, though there had been no pretence to suspect Mr. Anson of any affected delays, he at this last message answered them in a determined tone, desiring them to give him no further trouble, for he would go when he thought proper and not before. On this rebuke the Chinese (though it was not in their power to compel him to be gone) immediately prohibited all provisions from being carried on board him, and took such care that their injunctions should be complied with, that from that time forwards nothing could be purchased at any rate whatever.

It was early April when they finished rigging the ship, stowed their supplies and water on board, and prepared her for the sea. By this time, the Chinese became very anxious and really wanted her to leave, either not understanding or pretending not to believe that the Commodore was just as eager for this as they were. On April 3rd, two mandarin boats came on board from Macao to push for his departure; and since this had happened many times before, even though there was no reason to suspect Mr. Anson of delaying on purpose, he responded to their latest message firmly, telling them not to bother him anymore because he would leave when he decided was best, not before. Following this rebuke, the Chinese (even though they couldn’t force him to leave) immediately banned any provisions from being loaded onto his ship and ensured their orders were followed so strictly that from then on, nothing could be purchased at any price.

AT SEA AGAIN.

At sea again.

On the 6th of April the Centurion weighed from the Typa, and warped to the southward, and by the 15th she was got into Macao road, completing her water as she passed along, so that there remained now very few articles more to attend to; and her whole business being finished by the 19th, she, at three in the afternoon of that day, weighed and made sail, and stood to sea.

On April 6th, the Centurion set sail from Typa and moved south. By the 15th, she reached Macao road, taking on fresh water along the way, leaving very few things left to take care of. With all her tasks wrapped up by the 19th, she set sail at three in the afternoon of that day and headed out to sea.

CHAPTER 33.
WAITING FOR THE Manila GALLEON.

The Commodore was now got to sea, with his ship very well refitted, his stores replenished, and an additional stock of provisions on board. His crew, too, was somewhat reinforced, for he had entered twenty-three men during his stay at Macao, the greatest part of which were Lascars or Indian sailors, and some few Dutch. He gave out at Macao that he was bound to Batavia, and thence to England; and though the western monsoon was now set in, when that passage is considered as impracticable, yet by the confidence he had expressed in the strength of his ship and the dexterity of his people he had persuaded not only his own crew, but the people at Macao likewise, that he proposed to try this unusual experiment; so that there were many letters put on board him by the inhabitants of Canton and Macao for their friends at Batavia.

The Commodore was now at sea, with his ship fully refitted, supplies restocked, and extra provisions on board. His crew had also increased a bit, as he had recruited twenty-three men during his time in Macao, most of whom were Lascars or Indian sailors, along with a few Dutch. He claimed in Macao that he was headed to Batavia, and then on to England; and even though the western monsoon had started, making that route seem impractical, his confidence in the strength of his ship and the skills of his crew convinced not only his own men but also the people in Macao that he intended to attempt this unusual journey. As a result, many letters from the residents of Canton and Macao were sent with him for their friends in Batavia.

But his real design was of a very different nature, for he knew that instead of one annual ship from Acapulco to Manila there would be this year, in all probability, two, since by being before Acapulco he had prevented one of them from putting to sea the preceding season. He therefore resolved to cruise for these returning vessels off Cape Espiritu Santo, on the island of Samal, which is the first land they always make in the Philippine islands. And as June is generally the month in which they arrive there, he doubted not but he should get to his intended station in time enough to intercept them. It is true they were said to be stout vessels, mounting forty-four guns apiece, and carrying above 500 hands, and might be expected to return in company; and he himself had but 227 hands on board, of which near thirty were boys. But this disproportion of strength did not deter him, as he knew his ship to be much better fitted for a sea engagement than theirs, and as he had reason to expect that his men would exert themselves in the most extraordinary manner when they had in view the immense wealth of these Manila galleons.

But his actual plan was very different because he knew that instead of just one annual ship from Acapulco to Manila, there would likely be two this year, since by arriving before Acapulco, he had prevented one of them from setting sail the previous season. He decided to wait for these returning vessels off Cape Espiritu Santo, on the island of Samal, which is always the first land they encounter in the Philippine islands. Since June is usually when they arrive there, he was confident he would reach his intended spot in time to intercept them. It’s true that they were said to be strong ships, each with forty-four guns and carrying over 500 crew members, and they might be expected to return together; he himself had only 227 crew members on board, nearly thirty of whom were boys. But this imbalance in strength didn’t put him off because he knew his ship was much better equipped for a naval battle than theirs, and he had reason to believe that his men would perform extraordinarily, especially when motivated by the immense wealth of the Manila galleons.

This project the Commodore had resolved on in his own thoughts ever since his leaving the coast of Mexico, and the greatest mortification which he received from the various delays he had met with in China was his apprehension lest he might be thereby so long retarded as to let the galleons escape him. Indeed, at Macao, it was incumbent on him to keep these views extremely secret, for there being a great intercourse and a mutual connection of interests between that port and Manila, he had reason to fear that, if his designs were discovered, intelligence would be immediately sent to Manila and measures would be taken to prevent the galleons from falling into his hands. But being now at sea, and entirely clear of the coast, he summoned all his people on the quarter-deck, and informed them of his resolution to cruise for the two Manila ships, of whose wealth they were not ignorant. He told them he should choose a station where he could not fail of meeting with them; and though they were stout ships and full-manned, yet, if his own people behaved with their accustomed spirit, he was certain he should prove too hard for them both, and that one of them at least could not fail of becoming his prize. He further added that many ridiculous tales had been propagated about the strength of the sides of these ships, and their being impenetrable to cannon-shot; that these fictions had been principally invented to palliate the cowardice of those who had formerly engaged them; but he hoped they were none of those present weak enough to give credit to so absurd a story. For his own part he did assure them upon his word that, whenever he met with them, he would fight them so near that they should find his bullets, instead of being stopped by one of their sides, should go through them both.

This project had been on the Commodore's mind ever since he left the coast of Mexico, and the biggest frustration he faced with all the delays in China was his fear that he might be held up long enough for the galleons to escape. In Macao, he had to keep these plans extremely private because of the close ties and mutual interests between that port and Manila. He was worried that if anyone found out about his intentions, the news would quickly reach Manila, and they’d take steps to ensure the galleons didn’t end up in his hands. Now that he was at sea and far from the coast, he gathered all his crew on the quarter-deck and shared his plan to hunt for the two Manila ships, whose wealth they all knew about. He said he would pick a spot where he was sure to encounter them; even though they were strong ships with plenty of crew, he was confident that if his men acted with their usual bravery, he would overpower both vessels, and at least one of them would definitely become his prize. He added that many ridiculous stories had been spread about the strength of these ships and how their sides were impervious to cannon fire; these myths were mainly created to excuse the cowardice of those who had faced them before. He hoped nobody in his crew was gullible enough to believe such nonsense. For his part, he assured them that whenever he confronted them, he would do so up close, and they would find that his cannonballs would pass right through their ships instead of getting stopped by their sides.

CONFIDENT OF SUCCESS.

CONFIDENT ABOUT SUCCESS.

This speech of the Commodore's was received by his people with great joy, for no sooner had he ended than they expressed their approbation, according to naval custom, by three strenuous cheers, and all declared their determination to succeed or perish whenever the opportunity presented itself. And now their hopes, which since their departure from the coast of Mexico had entirely subsided, were again revived; and they all persuaded themselves that, notwithstanding the various casualties and disappointments they had hitherto met with, they should yet be repaid the price of their fatigues, and should at last return home enriched with the spoils of the enemy. For, firmly relying on the assurances of the Commodore that they should certainly meet with the vessels, they were all of them too sanguine to doubt a moment of mastering them; so that they considered themselves as having them already in their possession. And this confidence was so universally spread through the whole ship's company that, the Commodore having taken some Chinese sheep to sea with him for his own provision, and one day enquiring of his butcher why for some time past he had seen no mutton at his table, asking him if all the sheep were killed, the butcher very seriously replied that there were indeed two sheep left, but that if his honour would give him leave, he proposed to keep those for the entertainment of the General of the galleons.

This speech from the Commodore was met with great excitement from his crew. As soon as he finished, they cheered loudly three times, following naval tradition, and everyone declared their determination to succeed or die trying whenever the chance arose. Their hopes, which had completely faded since leaving the coast of Mexico, were reignited. They convinced themselves that, despite the various setbacks and disappointments they had faced, they would ultimately be rewarded for their hard work and would return home bearing the enemies’ spoils. Trusting the Commodore's assurance that they would definitely encounter the enemy ships, they were too optimistic to doubt their ability to capture them; they felt as though they already owned them. This confidence spread throughout the entire crew to the extent that when the Commodore, who had brought some Chinese sheep on board for his own supplies, asked his butcher why he hadn’t seen mutton at his table for a while and if all the sheep had been killed, the butcher solemnly replied that there were indeed two sheep left but suggested that if the Commodore would allow it, he wanted to keep them for the General of the galleons.

When the Centurion left the port of Macao she stood for some days to the westward, and on the 1st of May they saw part of the island of Formosa, and standing thence to the southward, they, on the 4th of May about seven in the evening, discovered from the masthead five small islands, which were judged to be the Bashees, and they had afterwards a sight of Botel Tobago Xima. After getting a sight of the Bashee Islands, they stood between the south and south-west for Cape Espiritu Santo, and the 20th of May at noon they first discovered that cape, which about four o'clock they brought to bear south-south-west, about eleven leagues distant. It appeared to be of a moderate height, with several round hummocks on it. As it was known that there were sentinels placed upon this cape to make signals to the Acapulco ship when she first falls in with the land, the Commodore immediately tacked, and ordered the top-gallant sails to be taken in to prevent being discovered; and this being the station in which it was resolved to cruise for the galleons, they kept the cape between the south and west, and endeavoured to confine themselves between the latitude of 12 degrees 50 minutes and 13 degrees 5 minutes.

When the Centurion left the port of Macao, she sailed west for several days, and on May 1, they spotted part of the island of Formosa. Continuing south, on May 4 at around seven in the evening, they spotted five small islands from the masthead, which were identified as the Bashees, and later they saw Botel Tobago Xima. After locating the Bashee Islands, they headed between south and southwest towards Cape Espiritu Santo. On May 20 at noon, they first sighted the cape, which they noted at around four o'clock to be south-southwest, about eleven leagues away. It looked moderately high, with several round hills on it. Knowing that sentinels were stationed on this cape to signal to the Acapulco ship upon its arrival, the Commodore immediately changed course and ordered the top-gallant sails to be taken in to avoid being spotted. Since it was decided to cruise in this area for the galleons, they kept the cape between the south and west and tried to stay within the latitude of 12 degrees 50 minutes and 13 degrees 5 minutes.

It was the last of May, by the foreign style, when they arrived off this cape; and the month of June, by the same style, being that in which the Manila ships are usually expected, the Centurion's people were now waiting each hour with the utmost impatience for the happy crisis which was to balance the account of all their past calamities. As from this time there was but small employment for the crew, the Commodore ordered them almost every day to be exercised in the management of the great guns and in the use of their small arms. This had been his practice, more or less, at all convenient seasons during the whole course of his voyage, and the advantages which he received from it in his engagement with the galleon were an ample recompense for all his care and attention. The men were taught the shortest method of loading with cartridges, and were constantly trained to fire at a mark, which was usually hung at the yard-arm, and some little reward was given to the most expert. The whole crew, by this management, were rendered extremely skilful, quick in loading, all of them good marksmen, and some of them most extraordinary ones, so that I doubt not but, in the use of small arms, they were more than a match for double their number who had not been habituated to the same kind of exercise.

It was the end of May, according to the foreign calendar, when they arrived near this cape; and June, by the same calendar, was when the Manila ships were typically expected. The crew of the Centurion was now waiting anxiously for the moment that would balance out all their past misfortunes. Since there wasn't much for the crew to do during this time, the Commodore instructed them almost every day to practice handling the large cannons and using their small arms. This had been his routine, more or less, whenever it was convenient throughout the entire voyage, and the benefits he gained from it during the encounter with the galleon were more than worth the effort. The men were taught the quickest way to load cartridges and were regularly trained to aim at a target, which was usually hung from the yard-arm, with some small rewards given to the most skilled. Thanks to this approach, the entire crew became extremely proficient, quick at loading, all of them good shots, and some of them exceptionally talented, so I have no doubt that, in terms of using small arms, they could easily outmatch double the number of people who hadn’t had the same training.

AN ILL-TIMED DISAGREEMENT.

A poorly timed disagreement.

It was the last of May, New Style, as has been already said, when the Centurion arrived off Cape Espiritu Santo, and consequently the next day began the month in which the galleons were to be expected. The Commodore therefore made all necessary preparations for receiving them. All this time, too, he was very solicitous to keep at such a distance from the cape as not to be discovered; but it has been since learned that notwithstanding his care, he was seen from the land, and advice of him was sent to Manila, where it was at first disbelieved; but on reiterated intelligence (for it seems he was seen more than once) the merchants were alarmed, and the Governor was applied to, who undertook (the commerce supplying the necessary sums) to fit out a force consisting of two ships of 32 guns, one of 20 guns, and two sloops of 10 guns each, to attack the Centurion on her station. And some of these vessels did actually weigh with this view, but the principal ship not being ready, and the monsoon being against them, the commerce and the Government disagreed, and the enterprise was laid aside. This frequent discovery of the Centurion from the shore was somewhat extraordinary, for the pitch of the cape is not high, and she usually kept from ten to fifteen leagues distant, though once, indeed, by an indraught of the tide, as was supposed, they found themselves in the morning within seven leagues of the land.

It was the end of May, New Style, as mentioned earlier, when the Centurion arrived off Cape Espiritu Santo. Consequently, the next day marked the beginning of the month during which the galleons were expected. The Commodore then made all the necessary preparations to receive them. During this time, he was also very concerned about staying far enough from the cape to avoid being spotted. However, it was later discovered that despite his caution, he was seen from the shore, and news of his presence was sent to Manila. Initially, this information was dismissed, but after repeated sightings (as it turned out he was spotted more than once), the merchants became alarmed. The Governor was approached and agreed (with funding from commerce) to dispatch a force consisting of two ships with 32 guns, one ship with 20 guns, and two sloops with 10 guns each, to confront the Centurion at her location. Some of these vessels did actually set sail for this purpose, but the main ship wasn't ready, and the monsoon winds were against them. Consequently, the merchants and the Government fell out, and the mission was abandoned. The frequent sightings of the Centurion from shore were quite unusual since the height of the cape is not significant, and she usually maintained a distance of ten to fifteen leagues. Although, at one point, due to what was believed to be an inward pull of the tide, they found themselves within seven leagues of the shore that morning.

CHAPTER 34.
THE CAPTURE OF THE GALLEON.

As the month of June advanced, the expectancy and impatience of the Commodore's people each day increased, and I think no better idea can be given of their great eagerness on this occasion than by copying a few paragraphs from the journal of an officer who was then on board, as it will, I presume, be a more natural picture of the full attachment of their thoughts to the business of their cruise than can be given by any other means. The paragraphs I have selected, as they occur in order of time are as follows:

As June went on, the excitement and impatience among the Commodore's crew grew every day. I believe the best way to convey their intense eagerness is by sharing a few excerpts from the journal of an officer who was on board at the time. This will provide a more authentic glimpse into how fully absorbed they were in the mission of their voyage than any other description could. The excerpts I've chosen, in chronological order, are as follows:

May 31. Exercising our men at their quarters, in great expectation of meeting with the galleons very soon, this being the 11th of June, their style.

May 31. Training our troops at their base, eagerly looking forward to encountering the galleons very soon, as today marks the 11th of June in their calendar.

June 3. Keeping in our stations and looking out for the galleons.

June 3. Staying in our positions and watching for the galleons.

June 5. Begin now to be in great expectations, this being the middle of June, their style.

June 5. Start now to have high hopes, since it's the middle of June, their time.

June 11. Begin to grow impatient at not seeing the galleons.

June 11. I start to get impatient for not seeing the galleons.

June 13. The wind having blown fresh easterly for the forty-eight hours past, gives us great expectations of seeing the galleons soon.

June 13. The wind has been blowing strongly from the east for the past forty-eight hours, making us hopeful that we will see the galleons soon.

June 15. Cruising on and off and looking out strictly.

June 15. Driving around and checking things out carefully.

June 19. This being the last day of June, New Style, the galleons, if they arrive at all, must appear soon.

June 19. Since this is the last day of June, New Style, the galleons, if they come at all, should show up soon.


From these samples it is sufficiently evident how completely the treasure of the galleons had engrossed their imagination, and how anxiously they passed the latter part of their cruise, when the certainty of the arrival of these vessels was dwindled down to probability only, and that probability became each hour more and more doubtful.

From these samples, it’s clear how completely the treasure of the galleons captivated their imagination, and how anxiously they spent the later part of their cruise, as the certainty of these vessels' arrival faded to just a possibility, and that possibility grew more and more uncertain with each passing hour.

THE GALLEON SIGHTED.

SPOTTED THE GALLEON.

However, on the 20th of June, Old Style, being just a month from their arrival on their station, they were relieved from this state of uncertainty when, at sunrise, they discovered a sail from the masthead in the south-east quarter. On this a general joy spread through the whole ship, for they had no doubt but this was one of the galleons, and they expected soon to see the other. The Commodore instantly stood towards her, and at half an hour after seven they were near enough to see her from the Centurion's deck, at which time the galleon fired a gun and took in her top-gallant sails, which was supposed to be a signal to her consort to hasten her up; and therefore the Centurion fired a gun to leeward,* to amuse her. The Commodore was surprised to find that in all this time the galleon did not change her course, but continued to bear down upon him, for he hardly believed, what afterwards appeared to be the case, that she knew his ship to be the Centurion and resolved to fight him.

However, on June 20th, Old Style, just a month after arriving at their station, they were relieved from their uncertainty when, at sunrise, they spotted a sail from the masthead in the southeast. A wave of joy spread across the ship, as they were convinced this was one of the galleons, and they expected to see the other soon. The Commodore immediately headed toward her, and by 7:30, they were close enough to see her from the Centurion’s deck. At that moment, the galleon fired a gun and brought in her top-gallant sails, which was thought to be a signal for her consort to hurry up; therefore, the Centurion fired a gun to leeward to keep her entertained. The Commodore was surprised that the galleon didn’t change her course but continued to approach, as he could hardly believe, which later turned out to be true, that she recognized his ship as the Centurion and had decided to fight him.

(*Note. Probably as a pretended signal to a consort. The two ships were endeavouring to deceive each other.)
(*Note: Likely a false signal to a partner. The two ships were attempting to mislead one another.)

About noon the Commodore was little more than a league distant from the galleon, and could fetch her wake, so that she could not now escape, and no second ship appearing, it was concluded that she had been separated from her consort. Soon after the galleon hauled up her foresail and brought to under topsails, with her head to the northward, hoisting Spanish colours and having the standard of Spain flying at the topgallant masthead. Mr. Anson in the meantime had prepared all things for an engagement on board the Centurion, and had taken all possible care both for the most effectual exertion of his small strength, and for avoiding the confusion and tumult too frequent in actions of this kind. He picked out about thirty of his choicest hands and best marksmen, whom he distributed into his tops, and who fully answered his expectation by the signal services they performed. As he had not hands enough remaining to quarter a sufficient number to each great gun in the customary manner, he therefore, on his lower tier, fixed only two men to each gun, who were to be solely employed in loading it, whilst the rest of his people were divided into different gangs of ten or twelve men each, who were constantly moving about the decks to run out and fire such guns as were loaded. By this management he was enabled to make use of all his guns, and, instead of firing broad sides with intervals between them, he kept up a constant fire without intermission, whence he doubted not to procure very signal advantages; for it is common with the Spaniards to fall down upon the decks when they see a broadside preparing and to continue in that posture till it is given; after which they rise again and, presuming the danger to be for some time over, work their guns, and fire with great briskness till another broadside is ready; but the firing gun by gun in the manner directed by the Commodore rendered this practice of theirs impossible.

About noon, the Commodore was just over a league away from the galleon, close enough to follow her wake, meaning she couldn’t escape now. With no other ship in sight, it was assumed she had been separated from her partner. Soon after, the galleon raised her foresail and slowed down under topsails, heading north while flying Spanish colors and displaying the standard of Spain at the topgallant masthead. Meanwhile, Mr. Anson got everything ready for battle on the Centurion, taking careful steps to maximize his limited strength while trying to avoid the chaos that often happens in these situations. He selected around thirty of his best crew members and sharpest shooters, assigning them to the tops, who exceeded his expectations with their outstanding performance. Since he didn’t have enough crew to crew each big gun in the usual way, he assigned just two men to each gun on the lower tier, dedicated solely to loading it. The rest of his crew was split into groups of ten or twelve, constantly moving around the deck to run out and fire the loaded guns. With this setup, he was able to use all his guns effectively, maintaining a continuous fire instead of firing broadside with gaps in between. He believed this would give him a significant advantage because the Spaniards typically lie down on the decks when they see a broadside being prepared and stay that way until after it’s fired. Once they assume the danger has passed, they get back up and fire their guns vigorously until another broadside is ready. However, the method of firing one gun at a time that the Commodore implemented made it impossible for them to use that tactic.

A GALLANT FIGHT.

A BRAVE FIGHT.

The Centurion being thus prepared, and nearing the galleon apace, there happened, a little after noon, several squalls of wind and rain, which often obscured the galleon from their sight; but whenever it cleared up they observed her resolutely lying to, and towards one o'clock the Centurion hoisted her broad pendant and colours, she being then within gun shot of the enemy; and the Commodore, observing the Spaniards to have neglected clearing their ship till that time, as he then saw them throwing over board cattle and lumber, he gave orders to fire upon them with the chase guns to embarrass them in their work, and prevent them from completing it, though his general directions had been not to engage till they were within pistol-shot. The galleon returned the fire with two of her stern-chasers, and the Centurion getting her sprit sail-yard fore and aft, that if necessary she might be ready for boarding, the Spaniards in a bravado rigged their spritsail-yard fore and aft likewise. Soon after the Centurion came abreast of the enemy within pistol-shot, keeping to the leeward with a view of preventing them from putting before the wind and gaining the port of Jalapay, from which they were about seven leagues distant. And now the engagement began in earnest, and for the first half-hour Mr. Anson overreached the galleon and lay on her bow, where by the great wideness of his ports he could traverse almost all his guns upon the enemy, whilst the galleon could only bring a part of hers to bear. Immediately on the commencement of the action the mats with which the galleon had stuffed her netting took fire and burned violently, blazing up half as high as the mizzen top. This accident (supposed to be caused by the Centurion's wads) threw the enemy into great confusion, and at the same time alarmed the Commodore, for he feared lest the galleon should be burned, and lest he himself too might suffer by her driving on board him. But the Spaniards at last freed themselves from the fire by cutting away the netting, and tumbling the whole mass which was in flames into the sea. But still the Centurion kept her first advantageous position, firing her cannon with great regularity and briskness, whilst at the same time the galleon's decks lay open to her topmen, who having at their first volley driven the Spaniards from their tops, made prodigious havoc with their small arms, killing or wounding every officer but one that ever appeared on the quarter-deck, and wounding in particular the General of the galleon himself; and though the Centurion, after the first half-hour, lost her original situation and was close alongside the galleon, and the enemy continued to fire briskly for near an hour longer, yet at last the Commodore's grape-shot swept their decks so effectually, and the number of their slain and wounded was so considerable, that they began to fall into great disorder, especially as the General, who was the life of the action, was no longer capable of exerting himself. Their embarrassment was visible from on board the Commodore, for the ships were so near that some of the Spanish officers were seen running about with great assiduity to prevent the desertion of their men from their quarters. But all their endeavours were in vain, for after having, as a last effort, fired five or six guns with more judgment than usual, they gave up the contest, and the galleon's colours being singed off the ensign staff in the beginning of the engagement, she struck the standard at her main top-gallant masthead, the person who was employed to do it having been in imminent peril of being killed, had not the Commodore, who perceived what he was about, given express orders to his people to desist from firing.

The Centurion, all set and getting closer to the galleon, faced several squalls of wind and rain shortly after noon, which often blocked their view of the galleon. But whenever the weather cleared, they saw her bravely standing her ground. Around one o'clock, the Centurion raised her broad pendant and colors, now within gunshot of the enemy. The Commodore noticed that the Spaniards had delayed clearing their ship, as he saw them throwing cattle and supplies overboard. He ordered them to fire with the chase guns to disrupt their efforts and stop them from completing their task, even though his general orders were to wait until they were within pistol-shot. The galleon fired back with two of her stern-chasers, and the Centurion rigged her sprit sail-yard fore and aft to be ready for boarding if needed, prompting the Spaniards to do the same in a display of bravado. Soon after, the Centurion reached a position alongside the enemy within pistol-shot, staying to the leeward to prevent them from catching the wind and making it to the port of Jalapay, which was about seven leagues away. The battle began in earnest, and for the first half-hour, Mr. Anson outmaneuvered the galleon, positioning the Centurion to fire nearly all her guns at the enemy, while the galleon could only use part of hers. As the action started, the mats the galleon had stuffed in her netting caught fire and burned fiercely, shooting flames half as high as the mizzen top. This incident, believed to be sparked by the Centurion's wads, caused panic among the enemy and alarmed the Commodore, who feared the galleon might burn and that she could also drift into him. Eventually, the Spaniards managed to extinguish the fire by cutting away the netting and throwing the flaming debris overboard. Still, the Centurion maintained her advantageous position, firing her cannons consistently and energetically, while the galleon’s decks were exposed to her topmen. After their initial volley pushed the Spanish from their tops, the Centurion's crew caused significant damage with their small arms, killing or wounding every officer except one who appeared on the quarter-deck, including the General of the galleon himself. Though the Centurion lost her original position after that first half-hour and was now close alongside the galleon, the enemy continued firing fiercely for nearly another hour. However, the Commodore’s grape-shot decimated their decks, and with a considerable number of their crew killed or wounded, they began to lose cohesion, especially since the General—who was vital to the attack—could no longer manage. Their disarray was evident from the Commodore's ship, as they were close enough to see Spanish officers scurrying around, trying to keep their men from abandoning their posts. Ultimately, all their efforts were in vain; after a final attempt, firing five or six shots with greater precision, they conceded. The galleon's colors were burned off the ensign staff at the start of the fight, and she lowered her standard at her main top-gallant masthead. The person assigned to do it was in grave danger of being killed, but the Commodore, noticing this, ordered his crew to stop firing.

Thus was the Centurion possessed of this rich prize, amounting in value to near a million and a half of dollars. She was called the "Nuestra Senora de Cabadonga", and was commanded by the General Don Jeronimo de Montero, a Portuguese by birth, and the most approved officer for skill and courage of any employed in that service. The galleon was much larger than the Centurion, and had five hundred and fifty men and thirty-six guns mounted for action, besides twenty-eight pidreroes in her gunwale, quarters, and tops, each of which carried a four-pound ball. She was very well furnished with small arms, and was particularly provided against boarding, both by her close quarters and by a strong network of 2-inch rope, which was laced over her waist and was defended by half-pikes. She had sixty-seven killed in the action and eighty-four wounded, whilst the Centurion had only two killed and a lieutenant and sixteen wounded, all of whom but one recovered; of so little consequence are the most destructive arms in untutored and unpractised hands.

Thus, the Centurion captured this valuable prize, worth nearly a million and a half dollars. It was called the "Nuestra Senora de Cabadonga," and was commanded by General Don Jeronimo de Montero, a Portuguese by birth and the most skilled and courageous officer in that service. The galleon was much larger than the Centurion, with five hundred and fifty men and thirty-six cannons ready for action, along with twenty-eight pidreroes on her sides, quarters, and tops, each capable of firing a four-pound ball. She was well-equipped with small arms and especially designed to resist boarding, featuring close quarters and a strong network of 2-inch rope laced over her waist, protected by half-pikes. In the battle, she had sixty-seven killed and eighty-four wounded, while the Centurion had only two killed and one lieutenant and sixteen wounded, all but one of whom recovered; highlighting how insignificant even the most devastating weapons can be in the hands of the untrained and inexperienced.

The treasure thus taken by the Centurion having been for at least eighteen months the great object of their hopes, it is impossible to describe the transport on board when, after all their reiterated disappointments, they at last saw their wishes accomplished. But their joy was near being suddenly damped by a most tremendous incident, for no sooner had the galleon struck than one of the lieutenants, coming to Mr. Anson to congratulate him on his prize, whispered him at the same time that the Centurion was dangerously on fire near the powder-room. The Commodore received this dreadful news without any apparent emotion, and taking care not to alarm his people, gave the necessary orders for extinguishing it, which was happily done in a short time, though its appearance at first was extremely terrible. It seems some cartridges had been blown up by accident between decks, whereby a quantity of oakum in the after hatchway near the after powder-room was set on fire, and the great smother and smoke of the oakum occasioned the apprehension of a more extended and mischievous fire. At the same instant, too, the galleon fell on board the Centurion on the starboard quarter, but she was cleared without doing or receiving any considerable damage.

The treasure taken by the Centurion had been their main hope for at least eighteen months, so it’s hard to describe the excitement on board when, after all their repeated disappointments, they finally saw their dreams come true. However, their joy was almost cut short by a terrifying incident. As soon as the galleon was boarded, one of the lieutenants came to Mr. Anson to congratulate him on his prize and simultaneously whispered that the Centurion was dangerously on fire near the powder room. The Commodore received this alarming news with no visible reaction and, making sure not to panic his crew, quickly ordered efforts to put out the fire. Luckily, it was extinguished in no time, although it initially looked very severe. It turned out that some cartridges had accidentally exploded below decks, igniting a quantity of oakum in the rear hatchway near the powder room. The resulting smoke and thick mess from the oakum caused fear of a larger and more dangerous fire. At the same time, the galleon collided with the Centurion on the starboard side, but they managed to separate without sustaining any significant damage.

The Commodore made his first lieutenant, Mr. Suamarez, captain of this prize, appointing her a post-ship in His Majesty's service. Captain Suamarez, before night, sent on board the Centurion all the Spanish prisoners but such as were thought the most proper to be retained to assist in navigating the galleon.

The Commodore appointed his first lieutenant, Mr. Suamarez, as captain of this prize, making her a post-ship in His Majesty's service. By nightfall, Captain Suamarez sent all the Spanish prisoners aboard the Centurion except for those considered most suitable to help navigate the galleon.

WHAT MIGHT HAVE BEEN.

WHAT COULD HAVE BEEN.

And now the Commodore learned from some of these prisoners that the other ship, which he had kept in the port of Acapulco the preceding year, instead of returning in company with the present prize, as was expected, had set sail from Acapulco alone much sooner than usual, and had in all probability got into the port of Manila long before the Centurion arrived off Cape Espiritu Santo, so that Mr. Anson, notwithstanding his present success, had great reason to regret his loss of time at Macao, which prevented him from taking two rich prizes instead of one.

And now the Commodore learned from some of the prisoners that the other ship, which he had kept in the port of Acapulco the year before, instead of returning alongside the current prize as expected, had set sail from Acapulco alone much earlier than usual. It had most likely reached the port of Manila long before the Centurion arrived off Cape Espiritu Santo, so Mr. Anson, despite his current success, had plenty of reason to regret the time he lost in Macao, which kept him from capturing two valuable prizes instead of just one.

CHAPTER 35.
SECURING THE PRISONERS--MACAO AGAIN--AMOUNT OF THE TREASURE.

The Commodore, when the action was ended, resolved to make the best of his way with his prize for the river of Canton, being in the meantime fully employed in securing his prisoners, and in removing the treasure from on board the galleon into the Centurion. The last of these operations was too important to be postponed, for as the navigation to Canton was through seas but little known, and where, from the season of the year, much bad weather might be expected, it was of great consequence that the treasure should be sent on board the Centurion, which ship, by the presence of the Commander-in-chief, the greater number of her hands, and her other advantages, was doubtless much safer against all the casualties of winds and seas than the galleon; and the securing the prisoners was a matter of still more consequence, as not only the possession of the treasure, but the lives of the captors depended thereon. This was indeed an article which gave the Commodore much trouble and disquietude, for they were above double the number of his own people, and some of them, when they were brought on board the Centurion and had observed how slenderly she was manned, and the large proportion which the striplings bore to the rest, could not help expressing themselves with great indignation to be thus beaten by a handful of boys.

The Commodore, after the battle was over, decided to head straight to the river of Canton with his prize, while also busy securing his prisoners and moving the treasure from the galleon to the Centurion. It was crucial to complete the latter operation without delay because the route to Canton was through largely uncharted waters, and with the time of year, they were likely to face bad weather. It was important to transfer the treasure onto the Centurion, which was safer due to the Commander-in-chief's presence, a larger crew, and other advantages, making it less vulnerable to the dangers of wind and sea than the galleon. Securing the prisoners was even more critical, as both the treasure and the captors' lives depended on it. This issue caused the Commodore a lot of worry and stress, especially since the prisoners outnumbered his crew by more than two to one. Some of the prisoners, once brought aboard the Centurion and seeing how few crew members there were and the significant number of young boys among them, couldn’t help but express their anger at being defeated by such a small group.

THE SUFFERINGS OF THE PRISONERS.

THE PLIGHT OF THE PRISONERS.

The method which was taken to hinder them from rising was by placing all but the officers and the wounded in the hold, where to give them as much air as possible, two hatchways were left open; but then (to avoid all danger whilst the Centurion's people should be employed upon the deck) there was a square partition of thick planks, made in the shape of a funnel, which enclosed each hatchway on the lower deck and reached to that directly over it on the upper deck. These funnels served to communicate the air to the hold better than could have been done without them, and at the same time added greatly to the security of the ship, for they being seven or eight feet high, it would have been extremely difficult for the Spaniards to have clambered up, and, still to augment that difficulty, four swivel-guns loaded with musket bullets were planted at the mouth of each funnel, and a sentinel with lighted match constantly attended, prepared to fire into the hold amongst them in case of any disturbance. Their officers, who amounted to seventeen or eighteen, were all lodged in the first lieutenant's cabin, under a constant guard of six men, and the General, as he was wounded, lay in the Commodore's cabin with a sentinel always with him, and they were all informed that any violence or disturbance would be punished with instant death; and that the Centurion's people might be at all times prepared, if notwithstanding these regulations any tumult should arise, the small arms were constantly kept loaded in a proper place, whilst all the men went armed with cutlasses and pistols, and no officer ever pulled off his clothes, and when he slept had always his arms lying ready by him.

The way to stop them from rising was by putting everyone except the officers and the wounded in the hold. To provide as much air as possible, two hatches were left open. However, to avoid any danger while the Centurion's crew worked on the deck, there was a square partition made of thick planks shaped like a funnel, enclosing each hatch on the lower deck and extending up to the one above it on the upper deck. These funnels helped circulate air to the hold better than without them, while also significantly enhancing the ship's security. Being seven or eight feet high, it would have been extremely difficult for the Spaniards to climb up. To increase that difficulty, four swivel guns loaded with musket bullets were positioned at the entrance of each funnel, with a sentry holding a lighted match always ready to fire into the hold in case of any trouble. Their officers, numbering around seventeen or eighteen, were all kept in the first lieutenant's cabin under constant guard from six men. The General, who was wounded, lay in the Commodore's cabin with a sentinel always by his side. They were all warned that any violence or disturbance would result in instant death. To ensure the Centurion's crew could respond at any moment, small arms were kept loaded in a designated place, and all the men carried cutlasses and pistols. No officer removed his clothes, and when they slept, they always had their weapons close by.

These measures were obviously necessary, considering the hazards to which the Commodore and his people would have been exposed had they been less careful. Indeed, the sufferings of the poor prisoners though impossible to be alleviated, were much to be commiserated, for the weather was extremely hot, the stench of the hold loathsome beyond all conception, and their allowance of water but just sufficient to keep them alive, it not being practicable to spare them more than at the rate of a pint a day for each, the crew themselves having only an allowance of a pint and a half. All this considered, it was wonderful that not a man of them died during their long confinement, except three of the wounded, who died the same night they were taken; though it must be confessed that the greatest part of them were strangely metamorphosed by the heat of the hold, for when they were first taken they were sightly, robust fellows, but when, after above a month's imprisonment, they were discharged in the river of Canton, they were reduced to mere skeletons, and their air and looks corresponded much more to the conception formed of ghosts and spectres than to the figure and appearance of real men.

These measures were clearly necessary, given the dangers the Commodore and his crew would have faced if they hadn't been so careful. The struggles of the unfortunate prisoners, though beyond anyone's power to ease, were truly heartbreaking. The weather was extremely hot, the smell in the hold was utterly disgusting, and their water supply was barely enough to keep them alive, as they couldn't give them more than a pint a day each, while the crew only got a pint and a half. Considering all of this, it’s amazing that none of them died during their long imprisonment, except for three of the wounded who passed away the same night they were captured. However, it has to be said that most of them were drastically changed by the heat in the hold; when they were first captured, they were strong, healthy men, but after more than a month in confinement, when they were released in the river of Canton, they had been reduced to mere skeletons, and their appearance and demeanor resembled more that of ghosts and specters than of real men.

Thus employed in securing the treasure and the prisoners, the Commodore, as has been said, stood for the river of Canton, and on the 30th of June, at six in the evening, got sight of Cape Delangano, which then bore west ten leagues distant, and the next day he made the Bashee Islands, and the wind being so far to the northward that it was difficult to weather them, it was resolved to stand through between Grafton and Monmouth Islands, where the passage seemed to be clear; but in getting through the sea had a very dangerous aspect, for it rippled and foamed as if it had been full of breakers, which was still more terrible as it was then night. But the ships got through very safe, the prize always keeping ahead, and it was found that the appearance which had alarmed them had been occasioned only by a strong tide, and on the 11th of July, having taken on board two Chinese pilots, one for the Centurion and the other for the prize, they came to an anchor off the city of Macao.

Thus engaged in securing the treasure and the prisoners, the Commodore, as mentioned earlier, headed for the river of Canton. On June 30th, at six in the evening, he spotted Cape Delangano, which was then about ten leagues to the west. The next day, he reached the Bashee Islands, and since the wind was blowing so hard from the north that it was challenging to navigate around them, they decided to pass between Grafton and Monmouth Islands, where the route seemed clear. However, as they made their way through, the sea looked very dangerous, rippling and foaming as if it were full of breakers, which was even more frightening since it was night. Fortunately, the ships made it through safely, with the prize always staying ahead. It turned out that the frightening appearance had been caused only by a strong tide. On July 11th, after taking on two Chinese pilots—one for the Centurion and the other for the prize—they anchored off the city of Macao.

By this time the particulars of the cargo of the galleon were well ascertained, and it was found that she had on board 1,313,843 pieces of eight and 35,682 ounces of virgin silver, besides some cochineal and a few other commodities, which, however, were but of small account in comparison of the specie. And this being the Commodore's last prize, it hence appears that all the treasure taken by the Centurion was not much short of 400,000 pounds independent of the ships and merchandise which she either burnt or destroyed, and which by the most reasonable estimation could not amount to so little as 600,000 more; so that the whole loss of the enemy by our squadron did doubtless exceed a million sterling. To which, if there be added the great expense of the court of Spain in fitting out Pizarro, and in paying the additional charges in America incurred on our account, together with the loss of their men-of-war, the total of all these articles will be a most exorbitant sum, and is the strongest conviction of the utility of this expedition, which, with all its numerous disadvantages, did yet prove so extremely prejudicial to the enemy.

By this time, the details of the galleon's cargo were well known, and it was discovered that she was carrying 1,313,843 pieces of eight and 35,682 ounces of pure silver, along with some cochineal and a few other minor goods, which were insignificant compared to the cash. Since this was the Commodore's last prize, it suggests that all the treasure taken by the Centurion was nearly 400,000 pounds, not counting the ships and goods she either burned or destroyed, which could reasonably add up to at least another 600,000 pounds; therefore, the total loss for the enemy due to our squadron certainly surpassed a million sterling. Furthermore, if we include the substantial expenses the Spanish court incurred in outfitting Pizarro, as well as the additional costs in America caused by our actions, along with the loss of their warships, the overall total would be a staggering amount, strongly demonstrating the value of this expedition, which, despite its many drawbacks, still significantly harmed the enemy.

CHAPTER 36.
THE CANTON RIVER--NEGOTIATING WITH THE CHINESE--PRISONERS RELEASED.

The Commodore, having taken pilots on board, proceeded with his prize for the river of Canton, and on the 14th of July came to an anchor short of the Bocca Tigris, which is a narrow passage forming the mouth of that river. This entrance he proposed to stand through the next day, and to run up as far as Tiger Island, which is a very safe road, secured from all winds.

The Commodore, after bringing on board the pilots, set off with his prize for the river of Canton, and on July 14th, he anchored just before the Bocca Tigris, a narrow passage that marks the mouth of that river. He planned to navigate through this entrance the following day and travel as far as Tiger Island, which is a very secure area protected from all winds.

CHINESE INQUIRIES.

CHINA INQUIRIES.

But whilst the Centurion and her prize were thus at anchor, a boat with an officer came off from the mandarin commanding the forts at Bocca Tigris to examine what the ships were and whence they came. Mr. Anson informed the officer that his ship was a ship of war, belonging to the King of Great Britain, and that the other in company with him was a prize he had taken; that he was going into Canton River to shelter himself against the hurricanes which were then coming on; and that as soon as the monsoon shifted he should proceed for England. The officer then desired an account of what men, guns, and ammunition were on board, a list of all which, he said, was to be sent to the Government of Canton. But when these articles were repeated to him, particularly when he was told that there were in the Centurion four hundred fire locks and between three hundred and four hundred barrels of powder, he shrugged up his shoulders and seemed to be terrified with the bare recital, saying that no ships ever came into Canton River armed in that manner; adding that he durst not set down the whole of this force, lest it should too much alarm the Regency. After he had finished his enquiries, and was preparing to depart, he desired to leave the two custom-house officers behind him, on which the Commodore told him that though as a man-of-war he was prohibited from trading, and had nothing to do with customs or duties of any kind, yet for the satisfaction of the Chinese he would permit two of their people to be left on board, who might themselves be witnesses how punctually he should comply with his instructions. The officer seemed amazed when Mr. Anson mentioned being exempted from all duties, and told him that the Emperor's duty must be paid by all ships that came into his ports.

But while the Centurion and her prize were anchored, a boat with an officer came from the mandarin in charge of the forts at Bocca Tigris to check out the ships and where they were coming from. Mr. Anson told the officer that his ship was a warship belonging to the King of Great Britain and that the other ship with him was a prize he had captured; that he was heading into the Canton River to protect himself from the hurricanes approaching; and that as soon as the monsoon changed, he would sail for England. The officer then wanted to know the number of men, guns, and ammunition on board, saying that a list of these would be sent to the Government of Canton. However, when he heard the details, especially when informed that the Centurion had four hundred muskets and between three hundred and four hundred barrels of gunpowder, he shrugged his shoulders and appeared alarmed by the mere mention, stating that no ships ever came into the Canton River armed like that; adding that he couldn't report the full extent of this force, as it might unduly alarm the Regency. After completing his inquiries and preparing to leave, he requested to leave two customs officers behind. The Commodore replied that although as a warship he was not allowed to engage in trade and had nothing to do with customs or duties, he would let two of their people stay on board to witness how strictly he would follow his orders. The officer looked surprised when Mr. Anson mentioned being exempt from all duties and told him that all ships coming into the Emperor's ports had to pay the duty.

On the 16th of July the Commodore sent his second lieutenant to Canton with a letter to the Viceroy, informing him of the reason of the Centurion's putting into that port, and that the Commodore himself soon proposed to repair to Canton to pay a visit to the Viceroy. The lieutenant was very civilly received, and was promised that an answer should be sent to the Commodore the next day. In the meantime Mr. Anson gave leave to several of the officers of the galleon to go to Canton, they engaging their parole to return in two days. When these prisoners got to Canton the Regency sent for them and examined them, enquiring particularly by what means they had fallen into Mr. Anson's power. And on this occasion the prisoners were honest enough to declare that as the Kings of Great Britain and Spain were at war, they had proposed to themselves the taking of the Centurion, and had bore down upon her with that view, but that the event had been contrary to their hopes. However, they acknowledged that they had been treated by the Commodore much better than they believed they should have treated him had he fallen into their hands. This confession from an enemy had great weight with the Chinese, who till then, though they had revered the Commodore's power, had yet suspected his morals, and had considered him rather as a lawless free booter than as one commissioned by the State for revenge of public injuries. But they now changed their opinion, and regarded him as a more important person, to which perhaps the vast treasure of his prize might not a little contribute, the acquisition of wealth being a matter greatly adapted to the estimation and reverence of the Chinese nation.

On July 16th, the Commodore sent his second lieutenant to Canton with a letter to the Viceroy, explaining why the Centurion had docked there and that the Commodore planned to visit the Viceroy soon. The lieutenant received a warm welcome and was assured that an answer would be sent to the Commodore the following day. Meanwhile, Mr. Anson allowed several officers from the galleon to go to Canton, as they promised to return in two days. Once these officers arrived in Canton, the Regency summoned them for questioning, specifically asking how they ended up in Mr. Anson's custody. During this inquiry, the officers candidly stated that since Great Britain and Spain were at war, they had intended to capture the Centurion and approached her with that plan, but the outcome was not what they had hoped for. Nevertheless, they admitted that the Commodore had treated them far better than they would have treated him had he been captured by them. This confession from an enemy carried significant weight with the Chinese, who, until then, had respected the Commodore's power but had been skeptical of his ethics, viewing him more as a lawless pirate than a state-appointed figure seeking justice for public wrongs. However, they revised their opinion and saw him as a more significant person, likely influenced by the substantial treasure from his prize, as acquiring wealth greatly impacted the Chinese people's esteem and respect.

In this examination of the Spanish prisoners, though the Chinese had no reason in the main to doubt the account which was given them, yet there were two circumstances which appeared to them so singular as to deserve a more ample explanation. One of them was the great disproportion of men between the Centurion and the galleon, the other was the humanity with which the people of the galleon were treated after they were taken. The mandarins therefore asked the Spaniards how they came to be overpowered by so inferior a force, and how it happened, since the two nations were at war, that they were not put to death when they came into the hands of the English. To the first of these enquiries the Spanish replied that though they had more hands than the Centurion, yet she, being intended solely for war, had a great superiority in the size of her guns, and in many other articles, over the galleon, which was a vessel fitted out principally for traffic. And as to the second question, they told the Chinese that amongst the nations of Europe it was not customary to put to death those who submitted, though they readily owned that the Commodore, from the natural bias of his temper, had treated both them and their countrymen, who had formerly been in his power, with very unusual courtesy, much beyond what they could have expected, or than was required by the customs established between nations at war with each other. These replies fully satisfied the Chinese, and at the same time wrought very powerfully in the Commodore's favour.

In this examination of the Spanish prisoners, even though the Chinese generally had no reason to doubt the account they were given, there were two circumstances that seemed so unusual to them that they warranted a more detailed explanation. One was the significant difference in the number of men between the Centurion and the galleon, and the other was the kindness shown to the galleon's crew after they were captured. The mandarins therefore asked the Spaniards how they were overpowered by such a smaller force, and how it happened that, since the two nations were at war, they were not executed when they fell into the hands of the English. In response to the first question, the Spanish explained that although they had more crew members than the Centurion, the Centurion was designed solely for warfare and had a significant advantage in the size of her guns and other features compared to the galleon, which was primarily a trading vessel. As for the second question, they informed the Chinese that among European nations, it was not customary to execute those who surrendered, although they did acknowledge that the Commodore, due to his natural disposition, had treated both them and their countrymen, who had been in his power before, with remarkable courtesy—much more than they could have anticipated, or than was customary between warring nations. These responses completely satisfied the Chinese and positively influenced their view of the Commodore.

A MESSAGE FROM THE VICEROY.

A MESSAGE FROM THE GOVERNOR.

On the 20th of July, in the morning, three mandarins, with a great number of boats and a vast retinue, came on board the Centurion and delivered to the Commodore the Viceroy of Canton's order for a daily supply of provisions, and for pilots to carry the ships up the river as far as the second bar; and at the same time they delivered him a message from the Viceroy in answer to the letter sent to Canton. The substance of the message was that the Viceroy desired to be excused from receiving the Commodore's visit during the then excessive hot weather, because the assembling the mandarins and soldiers necessary to that ceremony would prove extremely inconvenient and fatiguing; but that in September, when the weather would be more temperate, he should be glad to see both the Commodore himself and the English captain of the other ship that was with him. As Mr. Anson knew that an express had been dispatched to the court at Peking with an account of the Centurion and her prize being arrived in the river of Canton, he had no doubt but the principal motive for putting off this visit was that the regency at Canton might gain time to receive the Emperor's instructions about their behaviour on this unusual affair.

On the morning of July 20th, three mandarins, accompanied by many boats and a large entourage, boarded the Centurion and handed the Commodore an order from the Viceroy of Canton for daily supplies of provisions and for pilots to navigate the ships up the river to the second bar. At the same time, they delivered a message from the Viceroy in response to the letter sent to Canton. The main point of the message was that the Viceroy wished to excuse himself from receiving the Commodore's visit due to the intense heat, as gathering the mandarins and soldiers needed for that event would be very inconvenient and tiring. However, in September, when the weather would be more pleasant, he would be happy to meet both the Commodore and the English captain of the other ship accompanying him. Mr. Anson, knowing that an express letter had been sent to the court in Peking about the Centurion and her prize arriving in the river at Canton, suspected that the main reason for postponing the visit was so the regency in Canton could wait for the Emperor's instructions on how to handle this unusual situation.

When the mandarins had delivered their message they began to talk to the Commodore about the duties to be paid by his ships, but he immediately told them that he would never submit to any demand of that kind, adding that no duties were ever demanded of men-of-war by nations accustomed to their reception, and that his master's orders expressly forbade him from paying any acknowledgment for his ships anchoring in any port whatever. The mandarins being thus cut short on the subject of the duty, they said they had another matter to mention, which was the only remaining one they had in charge. This was a request to the Commodore that he would release the prisoners he had taken on board the galleon, for that the Viceroy of Canton apprehended the Emperor, his master, might be displeased if he should be informed that persons who were his allies, and carried on a great commerce with his subjects, were under confinement in his dominions. Mr. Anson was himself extremely desirous to get rid of the Spaniards, having on his first arrival sent about one hundred of them to Macao, and those who remained, which were near four hundred more, were on many accounts a great encumbrance to him. However, to enhance the favour, he at first raised some difficulties; but, permitting himself to be prevailed on, he at last told the mandarins that to show his readiness to oblige the Viceroy he would release the prisoners whenever they (the Chinese) would send boats to fetch them off. This matter being adjusted, the mandarins departed; and on the 28th of July two Chinese junks were sent from Canton to take on board the prisoners, and to carry them to Macao. And the Commodore, agreeable to his promise, dismissed them all, and ordered his purser to send with them eight days' provision for their subsistence during their sailing down the river. This being despatched, the Centurion and her prize came to her moorings above the second bar, where they proposed to continue till the monsoon shifted.

When the mandarins delivered their message, they started discussing the duties that the Commodore's ships would have to pay. He immediately responded that he would never comply with such demands, explaining that no duties were ever requested from warships by nations that were used to their presence, and that his orders directly prohibited him from paying anything for his ships anchoring in any port. With that topic shut down, the mandarins mentioned they had one last thing to discuss. They asked the Commodore to release the prisoners he had taken from the galleon because the Viceroy of Canton was concerned that the Emperor might be unhappy if he learned that allies engaged in significant trade with his subjects were imprisoned in his territory. Mr. Anson wanted to be rid of the Spaniards as well, having already sent about a hundred of them to Macao upon his arrival, and the nearly four hundred that remained were quite a burden for him. However, to stay in the Viceroy's good graces, he initially raised some objections. But ultimately, he agreed to let the mandarins know that to demonstrate his willingness to cooperate, he would release the prisoners as soon as they sent boats to pick them up. After settling this, the mandarins left, and on July 28th, two Chinese junks were sent from Canton to collect the prisoners and take them to Macao. True to his word, the Commodore released them all and instructed his purser to provide eight days' worth of provisions for their journey down the river. After that was taken care of, the Centurion and her prize anchored above the second bar, where they intended to stay until the monsoon changed.

CHAPTER 37.
CHINESE TRICKERY.

Though the ships, in consequence of the Viceroy's permit, found no difficulty in purchasing provisions for their daily consumption, yet it was impossible for the Commodore to proceed to England without laying in a large quantity both of provisions and stores for his use during the voyage. The procuring this supply was attended with much embarrassment, for there were people at Canton who had undertaken to furnish him with biscuit and whatever else he wanted, and his linguist, towards the middle of September, had assured him from day to day that all was ready and would be sent on board him immediately. But a fortnight being elapsed, and nothing being brought, the Commodore sent to Canton to enquire more particularly into the reasons of this disappointment, and he had soon the vexation to be informed that the whole was an illusion; that no order had been procured from the Viceroy to furnish him with his sea stores, as had been pretended; that there was no biscuit baked, nor any one of the articles in readiness which had been promised him; nor did it appear that the contractors had taken the least step to comply with their agreement. This was most disagreeable news, and made it suspected that the furnishing the Centurion for her return to Great Britain might prove a more troublesome matter than had been hitherto imagined; especially, too, as the month of September was nearly elapsed without Mr. Anson's having received any message from the Viceroy of Canton.

Though the ships, thanks to the Viceroy's permit, had no trouble buying food for their daily needs, the Commodore couldn't leave for England without stocking up on a lot of provisions and supplies for the journey. Collecting this supply was quite frustrating because there were people in Canton who had promised to provide him with biscuits and whatever else he needed, and his linguist had assured him daily since mid-September that everything was prepared and would be sent on board right away. However, two weeks passed without anything arriving, so the Commodore sent a message to Canton to find out why this was happening. He was soon annoyed to learn that it was all a lie; no order had been placed with the Viceroy to supply him with his sea stores, as had been claimed; no biscuits were baked, nor was any of the promised items ready; and it seemed that the contractors hadn't made any effort to fulfill their agreement. This was very disappointing news, raising concerns that getting the Centurion ready for her return to Great Britain might be more complicated than previously thought, especially since September was almost over and Mr. Anson hadn't received any communication from the Viceroy of Canton.

It were endless to recount all the artifices, extortions, and frauds, which were practised on the Commodore and his people by the Chinese. The method of buying all things in China being by weight, the tricks made use of by them to increase the weight of the provision they sold to the Centurion were almost incredible. One time, a large quantity of fowls and ducks being brought for the ship's use, the greatest part of them presently died. This alarmed the people on board with the apprehension that they had been killed by poison, but on examination it appeared that it was only owing to their being crammed with stones and gravel to increase their weight, the quantity thus forced into most of the ducks being found to amount to ten ounces in each. The hogs, too, which were bought ready killed of the Chinese butchers, had water injected into them for the same purpose, so that a carcase hung up all night for the water to drain from it has lost above a stone of its weight, and when, to avoid this cheat, the hogs were bought alive, it was found that the Chinese gave them salt to increase their thirst, and having by this means excited them to drink great quantities of water, they then took measures to prevent them from discharging it again, and sold the tortured animal in this inflated state. When the Commodore first put to sea from Macao, they practised an artifice of another kind, for as the Chinese never object to the eating of any food that dies of itself, they took care, by some secret practises, that great part of his live sea-store should die in a short time after it was put on board, hoping to make a second profit of the dead carcases which they expected would be thrown overboard, and two-thirds of the hogs dying before the Centurion was out of sight of land, many of the Chinese boats followed her only to pick up the carrion. These instances may serve as a specimen of the manners of this celebrated nation, which is often recommended to the rest of the world as a pattern of all kinds of laudable qualities.

It would take forever to recount all the tricks, extortions, and scams that the Chinese used on the Commodore and his crew. In China, things are bought by weight, and the methods they used to increase the weight of the supplies sold to the Centurion were almost unbelievable. One time, a large number of chickens and ducks were brought for the ship, but most of them died almost immediately. This worried the crew, fearing they had been poisoned, but upon inspection, it turned out that they had been stuffed with stones and gravel to add weight, with some ducks containing as much as ten ounces of this extra stuff. The hogs, which were bought already butchered from Chinese butchers, had water injected into them for the same reason, causing a carcass, which hung overnight to drain, to lose over a stone of its weight. To avoid this scam, when the hogs were bought alive, they found that the Chinese gave them salt to make them thirsty and then induced them to drink large amounts of water, while taking steps to ensure they couldn't relieve themselves, selling the suffering animals in this inflated state. When the Commodore first set sail from Macao, they used another trick: since the Chinese have no qualms about eating anything that dies naturally, they secretly made sure that many of his live seafood died shortly after being loaded onto the ship, hoping to profit a second time from the dead bodies they expected would be tossed overboard. With two-thirds of the hogs dying before the Centurion was out of sight of land, many Chinese boats followed her just to collect the carcasses. These examples show what the customs are like in this well-known nation, which is often praised to the rest of the world as a model of various admirable qualities.

CHAPTER 38.
PREPARATIONS FOR A VISIT TO CANTON.

The Commodore, towards the end of September, having found out (as has been said) that those who had contracted to supply him with sea provisions and stores had deceived him, and that the Viceroy had not sent to him according to his promise, he saw it would be impossible for him to surmount the embarrassment he was under without going himself to Canton, and visiting the Viceroy. And therefore, on the 27th of September, he sent a message to the mandarin who attended the Centurion to inform him that he, the Commodore, intended on the 1st of October to proceed in his boat to Canton, adding that the day after he got there he should notify his arrival to the Viceroy, and should desire him to fix a time for his audience; to which the mandarin returned no other answer than that he would acquaint the Viceroy with the Commodore's intentions. In the meantime all things were prepared for this expedition, and the boat's crew in particular which Mr. Anson proposed to take with him, were clothed in a uniform dress resembling that of the watermen on the Thames. They were in number eighteen and a coxswain. They had scarlet jackets and blue silk waistcoats, the whole trimmed with silver buttons, and with silver badges on their jackets and caps.

The Commodore, near the end of September, having discovered (as mentioned before) that those who had agreed to provide him with supplies and provisions had tricked him, and that the Viceroy had not communicated with him as promised, realized he would need to go to Canton himself to resolve the situation and meet the Viceroy. So, on September 27th, he sent a message to the mandarin accompanying the Centurion, letting him know that he planned to head to Canton in his boat on October 1st. He added that the day after he arrived, he would inform the Viceroy of his arrival and request a time for their meeting; to which the mandarin simply replied that he would relay the Commodore's plans to the Viceroy. Meanwhile, everything was arranged for this journey, particularly the crew for the boat that Mr. Anson intended to take with him, who were dressed in a uniform similar to that of the watermen on the Thames. There were eighteen crew members and a coxswain. They wore scarlet jackets and blue silk waistcoats, all trimmed with silver buttons and featuring silver badges on their jackets and caps.

A WISE PRECAUTION.

A smart precaution.

As it was apprehended, and even asserted, that the payment of the customary duties for the Centurion and her prize would be demanded by the Regency of Canton, and would be insisted on previous to the granting a permission for victualling the ship for her future voyage, the Commodore, who was resolved never to establish so dishonourable a precedent, took all possible precautions to prevent the Chinese from facilitating the success of their unreasonable pretentions by having him in their power at Canton. And, therefore, for the security of his ship and the great treasure on board her, he appointed his first lieutenant, Mr. Brett, to be captain of the Centurion under him, giving him proper instructions for his conduct, directing him particularly, if he, the Commodore, should be detained at Canton on account of the duties in dispute, to take out the men from the Centurion's prize and to destroy her, and then to proceed down the river through the Bocca Tigris with the Centurion alone, and to remain without that entrance till he received further orders from Mr. Anson.

As it was understood, and even stated, that the Regency of Canton would demand the standard fees for the Centurion and her prize before allowing the ship to be stocked with supplies for her next voyage, the Commodore, determined never to set such a dishonorable precedent, took every possible measure to keep the Chinese from putting him in a position where they could enforce their unreasonable claims while he was in Canton. Therefore, to protect his ship and the large amount of treasure on board, he assigned his first lieutenant, Mr. Brett, to act as captain of the Centurion under him, providing him with clear instructions on how to proceed. He specifically directed Mr. Brett that if the Commodore were held up in Canton regarding the disputed duties, he should remove the crew from the Centurion's prize and destroy it, then navigate the Centurion alone down the river through the Bocca Tigris, and wait outside that entrance until he received further orders from Mr. Anson.

These necessary steps being taken, which were not unknown to the Chinese, it should seem as if their deliberations were in some sort embarrassed thereby. It is reasonable to imagine that they were in general very desirous of getting the duties to be paid them, not perhaps solely in consideration of the amount of those dues, but to keep up their reputation for address and subtlety, and to avoid the imputation of receding from claims on which they had already so frequently insisted. However, as they now foresaw that they had no other method of succeeding than by violence, and that even against this the Commodore was prepared, they were at last disposed, I conceive, to let the affair drop, rather than entangle themselves in a hostile measure which they found would only expose them to the risk of having the whole navigation of their port destroyed, without any certain prospect of gaining their favourite point thereby.

These necessary steps were being taken, which the Chinese weren’t unaware of, and it seemed like their discussions were somewhat hindered by this. It’s reasonable to think they were generally eager to get the duties paid to them, not just because of the money involved, but also to maintain their image of skill and cleverness, and to avoid the accusation of backing down from claims they had previously insisted on. However, since they realized their only way to succeed was through force, and even that felt futile against the Commodore’s readiness, they were ultimately inclined to let the matter go rather than risk getting into a conflict that would only threaten the safety of their port’s navigation, with no guaranteed outcome of achieving their desired objective.

CHAPTER 39.
STORES AND PROVISIONS--A FIRE IN CANTON--SAILORS AS FIREMEN--THE VICEROY'S GRATITUDE.

BARGAINING.

Negotiating.

When the Commodore arrived at Canton he was visited by the principal Chinese merchants, who affected to appear very much pleased that he had met with no obstruction in getting thither. They added that, as soon as the Viceroy should be informed that Mr. Anson was at Canton, they were persuaded a day would be immediately appointed for the visit, which was the principal business that had brought the Commodore thither.

When the Commodore arrived in Canton, he was met by the main Chinese merchants, who seemed very pleased that he faced no obstacles in getting there. They mentioned that as soon as the Viceroy was informed that Mr. Anson was in Canton, they were sure a day would be set for the visit, which was the main reason the Commodore had come.

The next day the merchants returned to Mr. Anson, and told him that the Viceroy was then so fully employed in preparing his despatches for Pekin, that there was no getting admittance to him for some days; but that they had engaged one of the officers of his court to give them information as soon as he should be at leisure when they proposed to notify Mr. Anson's arrival, and to endeavour to fix the day of audience. The Commodore was by this time too well acquainted with their artifices not to perceive that this was a falsehood, and had he consulted only his own judgment he would have applied directly to the Viceroy by other hands. But the Chinese merchants had so far prepossessed the supercargoes of our ships with chimerical fears, that they were extremely apprehensive of being embroiled with the government and of suffering in their interest, if those measures were taken which appeared to Mr. Anson at that time to be the most prudential; and therefore, lest the malice and double-dealing of the Chinese might have given rise to some sinister incident which would be afterwards laid at his door, he resolved to continue passive as long as it should appear that he lost no time by thus suspending his own opinion. With this view he promised not to take any immediate step himself for getting admittance to the Viceroy, provided the Chinese with whom he contracted for provisions would let him see that his bread was baked, his meat salted, and his stores prepared with the utmost despatch. But if, by the time when all was in readiness to be shipped off (which it was supposed would be in about forty days), the merchants should not have procured the Viceroy's permission, then the Commodore proposed to apply for it himself. These were the terms Mr. Anson thought proper to offer to quiet the uneasiness of the supercargoes; and notwithstanding the apparent equity of the conditions, many difficulties and objections were urged, nor would the Chinese agree to them till the Commodore had consented to pay for every article he bespoke before it was put in hand. However, at last the contract being passed, it was some satisfaction to the Commodore to be certain that his preparations were now going on, and being himself on the spot, he took care to hasten them as much as possible.

The next day, the merchants came back to Mr. Anson and told him that the Viceroy was so busy preparing his messages for Beijing that they couldn’t see him for a few days. However, they had gotten one of the officers from his court to let them know as soon as the Viceroy was free, and to try to set a date for Mr. Anson’s audience. By this point, the Commodore was too familiar with their tricks to believe this was true. If he had only trusted his judgment, he would have gone directly to the Viceroy through other means. But the Chinese merchants had instilled such irrational fears in the supercargoes of our ships that they were extremely worried about getting tangled up with the government and facing repercussions if Mr. Anson pursued what he considered to be the most sensible approach. To avoid any potential backlash from the Chinese that could be blamed on him, he decided to remain passive as long as it seemed he wasn’t wasting time by holding back his own opinions. He agreed not to take any immediate action to meet the Viceroy, as long as the Chinese suppliers showed him that his bread was baked, his meat was salted, and his supplies were prepared promptly. If, by the time everything was ready to ship out (which they expected would be in about forty days), the merchants hadn’t secured the Viceroy’s permission, then the Commodore planned to request it himself. These were the terms Mr. Anson thought were suitable to calm the supercargoes' worries, and even though the conditions seemed fair, many difficulties and objections were raised. The Chinese wouldn’t agree until the Commodore agreed to pay for everything he ordered before it was started. Finally, after the contract was agreed upon, the Commodore felt some relief knowing that his preparations were underway. Being on-site, he made sure to speed up the process as much as possible.

During this interval, in which the stores and provisions were getting ready, the merchants continually entertained Mr. Anson with accounts of their various endeavours to get a licence from the Viceroy, and their frequent disappointments, which to him was now a matter of amusement, as he was fully satisfied there was not one word of truth in anything they said. But when all was completed, and wanted only to be shipped, which was about the 24th of November, at which time, too, the north-east monsoon was set in, he then resolved to apply himself to the Viceroy to demand an audience, as he was persuaded that without this ceremony the procuring a permission to send his stores on board would meet with great difficulty. On the 24th of November, therefore, Mr. Anson sent one of his officers to the mandarin who commanded the guard of the principal gate of the city of Canton with a letter directed to the Viceroy. When this letter was delivered to the mandarin, he received the officer who brought it very civilly, and took down the contents of it in Chinese, and promised that the Viceroy should be immediately acquainted with it, but told the officer it was not necessary for him to wait for an answer, because a message would be sent to the Commodore himself.

During this time, while the stores and supplies were being prepared, the merchants kept Mr. Anson entertained with stories about their attempts to get a license from the Viceroy and their constant setbacks. Mr. Anson found their tales amusing because he was convinced that none of it was true. However, once everything was ready to be shipped, which was around November 24th, just as the north-east monsoon had started, he decided to approach the Viceroy to request an audience. He believed that obtaining permission to load his supplies would be very difficult without this formal step. So, on November 24th, Mr. Anson sent one of his officers to the mandarin in charge of the main gate of the city of Canton with a letter addressed to the Viceroy. Upon receiving the letter, the mandarin welcomed the officer politely, wrote down the letter’s contents in Chinese, and assured him that the Viceroy would be informed right away. However, he told the officer that it wasn’t necessary to wait for a reply, as a message would be sent directly to the Commodore.

A FIRE AT CANTON.

Canton Fire.

Two days after the sending the above-mentioned letter a fire broke out in the suburbs of Canton. On the first alarm Mr. Anson went thither with his officers and his boat's crew to assist the Chinese. When he came there he found that it had begun in a sailor's shed, and that by the slightness of the buildings and the awkwardness of the Chinese it was getting head apace. But he perceived that by pulling down some of the adjacent sheds it might easily be extinguished; and particularly observing that it was running along a wooden cornice which would soon communicate it to a great distance, he ordered his people to begin with tearing away that cornice. This was presently attempted, and would have been soon executed, but in the meantime he was told that, as there was no mandarin there to direct what was to be done, the Chinese would make him (the Commodore) answerable for whatever should be pulled down by his orders. On this his people desisted, and he sent them to the English factory to assist in securing the Company's treasure and effects, as it was easy to foresee that no distance was a protection against the rage of such a fire, where so little was done to put a stop to it; for all this time the Chinese contented themselves with viewing it and now and then holding one of their idols near it, which they seemed to expect should check its progress. However, at last a mandarin came out of the city, attended by four or five hundred firemen. These made some feeble efforts to pull down the neighbouring houses, but by this time the fire had greatly extended itself, and was got amongst the merchants' warehouses, and the Chinese firemen, wanting both skill and spirit, were incapable of checking its violence, so that its fury increased upon them, and it was feared the whole city would be destroyed. In this general confusion the Viceroy himself came thither, and the Commodore was sent to and was entreated to afford his assistance, being told that he might take any measures he should think most prudent in the present emergency. And now he went thither a second time, carrying with him about forty of his people, who upon this occasion exerted themselves in such a manner as in that country was altogether without example. For they were rather animated than deterred by the flames and falling buildings amongst which they wrought, so that it was not uncommon to see the most forward of them tumble to the ground on the roofs and amidst the ruins of houses which their own efforts brought down with them. By their boldness and activity the fire was soon extinguished, to the amazement of the Chinese, and the building being all on one floor, and the materials slight, the seamen, notwithstanding their daring behaviour, happily escaped with no other injuries than some considerable bruises. The fire, though at last thus luckily extinguished, did great mischief during the time it continued, for it consumed an hundred shops and eleven streets full of warehouses, so that the damage amounted to an immense sum. It raged, indeed, with unusual violence, for in many of the warehouses there were large quantities of camphor, which greatly added to its fury, and produced a column of exceeding white flame, which shot up into the air to such a prodigious height that the flame itself was plainly seen on board the Centurion, though she was thirty miles distant.

Two days after sending the letter mentioned above, a fire broke out in the suburbs of Canton. When the first alarm sounded, Mr. Anson went there with his officers and boat crew to help the Chinese. When he arrived, he found that it had started in a sailor's shed, and because of the flimsy buildings and the clumsiness of the Chinese, it was spreading rapidly. He realized that by tearing down some of the nearby sheds, they could easily put it out; observing that it was spreading along a wooden cornice that would quickly spread the fire further, he ordered his crew to start by removing that cornice. They attempted this immediately and would have finished it soon, but he was informed that since there was no mandarin present to oversee the actions, the Chinese would hold him (the Commodore) responsible for whatever was pulled down by his orders. As a result, his crew stopped working, and he sent them to the English factory to help secure the Company’s treasure and belongings, knowing that no distance could protect against the ferocity of such a fire, especially since the Chinese were mostly just watching and occasionally holding one of their idols near the flames, seemingly expecting it to stop the fire's spread. Eventually, a mandarin came from the city with four or five hundred firefighters. They made some half-hearted attempts to take down nearby houses, but by then the fire had spread significantly and had reached the merchants' warehouses. The Chinese firefighters, lacking both skill and determination, were unable to control the blaze, and its intensity increased to the point where there were fears that the entire city would be destroyed. Amid the chaos, the Viceroy himself arrived, and they sought out the Commodore, asking him for assistance and telling him he could take any actions he deemed necessary in the emergency. He returned to the scene, this time bringing about forty of his crew, who acted in a way that was unprecedented in that area. Instead of being intimidated by the flames and crumbling buildings around them, they were energized, making it common to see the bravest among them fall to the ground on roofs and among the ruins they had created. Through their bravery and effort, the fire was quickly extinguished, stunning the Chinese. Since the buildings were only single-story and constructed from light materials, the sailors, despite their bold actions, fortunately only suffered some significant bruises. Although the fire was ultimately subdued, it caused considerable damage while it lasted, destroying a hundred shops and eleven streets full of warehouses, leading to immense financial loss. It burned with unusual ferocity because many of the warehouses contained large amounts of camphor, which intensified the flames, producing an extremely bright column of white fire that shot into the sky, visible even from the Centurion, which was thirty miles away.

Whilst the Commodore and his people were labouring at the fire, and the terror of its becoming general still possessed the whole city, several of the most considerable Chinese merchants came to Mr. Anson to desire that he would let each of them have one of his soldiers (for such they styled his boat's crew from the uniformity of their dress) to guard their warehouses and dwelling-houses, which, from the known dishonesty of the populace, they feared would be pillaged in the tumult. Mr. Anson granted them this request, and all the men that he thus furnished to the Chinese behaved greatly to the satisfaction of their employers, who afterwards highly applauded their great diligence and fidelity. By this means the resolution of the English at the fire, and their trustiness and punctuality elsewhere, was the subject of general conversation amongst the Chinese, and the next morning many of the principal inhabitants waited on the Commodore to thank him for his assistance, frankly owning to him that they could never have extinguished the fire of themselves, and that he had saved their city from being totally consumed. And soon after a message came to the Commodore from the Viceroy, appointing the 30th of November for his audience, which sudden resolution of the Viceroy, in a matter that had been so long agitated in vain, was also owing to the signal services performed by Mr. Anson and his people at the fire, of which the Viceroy himself had been in some measure an eye-witness. The fixing this business of the audience was, on all accounts, a circumstance which Mr. Anson was much pleased with, as he was satisfied that the Chinese Government would not have determined this point without having agreed among themselves to give up their pretensions to the duties they claimed, and to grant him all he could reasonably ask; for, as they well knew the Commodore's sentiments, it would have been a piece of imprudence not consistent with the refined cunning of the Chinese to have admitted him to an audience only to have contested with him.

While the Commodore and his crew were working on the fire, and fear of it spreading still gripped the entire city, several of the top Chinese merchants approached Mr. Anson asking if they could have one of his soldiers (as they referred to his boat's crew due to their matching uniforms) to guard their warehouses and homes. They worried that, given the known dishonesty of the locals, their properties might be looted during the chaos. Mr. Anson agreed to their request, and all the men he provided impressed the merchants with their diligence and loyalty. This led to widespread discussions among the Chinese about the competence of the English at the fire, and how trustworthy and punctual they were elsewhere. The next morning, many prominent citizens came to thank the Commodore for his help, openly admitting they could never have put out the fire on their own and that he had saved their city from being completely destroyed. Shortly after, a message arrived for the Commodore from the Viceroy, scheduling an audience for November 30th—a sudden decision that stemmed from the notable actions of Mr. Anson and his crew at the fire, which the Viceroy had partially witnessed. Mr. Anson was very pleased with the arrangement, as he believed the Chinese Government would not have made this decision without agreeing among themselves to drop their claims to the duties they sought and to grant him everything he could reasonably ask for. They understood the Commodore's views well enough, and it would have been foolish and not in line with the subtle cleverness of the Chinese to allow him an audience just to dispute with him.

CHAPTER 40.
ANSON RECEIVED BY THE VICEROY--CENTURION SETS SAIL--TABLE BAY--SPITHEAD.

THE VICEROY.

THE GOVERNOR.

At ten o'clock in the morning, on the day appointed, a mandarin came to the Commodore to let him know that the Viceroy was ready to receive him, on which the Commodore and his retinue immediately set out. And as soon as he entered the outer gate of the city, he found a guard of two hundred soldiers drawn up ready to attend him; these conducted him to the great parade before the Emperor's palace, where the Viceroy then resided. In this parade a body of troops, to the number of ten thousand, were drawn up under arms, and made a very fine appearance, being all of them new clothed for this ceremony, and Mr. Anson and his retinue having passed through the middle of them, he was then conducted to the great hall of audience, where he found the Viceroy seated under a rich canopy in the Emperor's chair of state, with all his Council of Mandarins attending. Here there was a vacant seat prepared for the Commodore, in which he was placed on his arrival. He was ranked the third in order from the Viceroy, there being above him only the head of the law and of the treasury, who in the Chinese Government take place of all military officers. When the Commodore was seated he addressed himself to the Viceroy by his interpreter, and began with reciting the various methods he had formerly taken to get an audience, adding that he imputed the delays he had met with to the insincerity of those he had employed, and that he had therefore no other means left than to send, as he had done, his own officer with a letter to the gate. On the mention of this the Viceroy stopped the interpreter, and bid him assure Mr. Anson that the first knowledge they had of his being at Canton was from the letter. Mr. Anson then proceeded, acquainting the Viceroy that the proper season was now set in for returning to Europe, and that he waited only for a license to ship off his provisions and stores, which were all ready, and that, as soon as this should be granted to him, and he should have got his necessaries on board, he intended to leave the river of Canton and to make the best of his way to England. The Viceroy replied to this that the license should be immediately issued, and that everything should be ordered on board the following day. The Viceroy continued the conversation for some time, acknowledging in very civil terms how much the Chinese were obliged to him for his signal services at the fire, and owning that he had saved the city from being destroyed; and then, observing that the Centurion had been a good while on their coast, he closed his discourse by wishing the Commodore a good voyage to Europe. After which, the Commodore thanking him for his civility and assistance, took his leave.

At ten o'clock in the morning on the scheduled day, a mandarin visited the Commodore to inform him that the Viceroy was ready to see him, prompting the Commodore and his group to set off immediately. As soon as they entered the outer gate of the city, they encountered a guard of two hundred soldiers lined up to escort them. These soldiers led him to the grand parade in front of the Emperor's palace, where the Viceroy was residing at the time. In the parade, a group of ten thousand troops was assembled, all freshly dressed for the occasion, creating a stunning display. After passing through the center of the troops, the Commodore was then taken to the great hall of audience, where he found the Viceroy seated beneath a luxurious canopy in the Emperor's state chair, with all his Council of Mandarins present. There was a reserved seat prepared for the Commodore, in which he was seated upon arrival. He was ranked third next to the Viceroy, with only the head of the law and the head of the treasury above him, as these officials take precedence over all military officers in the Chinese government. Once seated, the Commodore spoke to the Viceroy through his interpreter, beginning by recounting his previous attempts to gain an audience, stating that he believed the delays were due to the dishonesty of those he had sent before and that he had no choice but to send his own officer with a letter to the gate. Upon hearing this, the Viceroy interrupted the interpreter and instructed him to assure Mr. Anson that the first notice they had of his presence in Canton was from the letter. Mr. Anson then continued, informing the Viceroy that the appropriate time had come for him to return to Europe and that he was only waiting for a license to ship his provisions and supplies, which were all ready. He added that once this license was granted and he had loaded his necessities on board, he intended to leave the Canton River and make his way back to England. The Viceroy responded that the license would be issued immediately and that everything would be arranged for boarding the next day. The Viceroy continued the conversation for a while, expressing gratitude for the Commodore's extraordinary assistance during the fire and acknowledging that he had saved the city from destruction. Noticing that the Centurion had been on their coast for quite some time, he concluded by wishing the Commodore a safe journey to Europe. After expressing his appreciation for the Viceroy's courtesy and help, the Commodore took his leave.

Thus the Commodore, to his great joy, at last finished this troublesome affair, which for the preceding four months had given him great disquietude. Indeed, he was highly pleased with procuring a licence for the shipping his stores and provisions; for thereby he was enabled to return to Great Britain with the first of the monsoon, and to prevent all intelligence of his being expected. But this, though a very important point, was not the circumstance which gave him the greatest satisfaction, for he was more particularly attentive to the authentic precedent established on this occasion, by which His Majesty's ships of war are for the future exempted from all demands of duty in any of the ports of China.

Thus, the Commodore was thrilled to finally wrap up this troublesome situation that had troubled him for the past four months. He was really pleased to get a license to ship his supplies and provisions; this allowed him to return to Great Britain with the first of the monsoon and keep his departure under wraps. However, while this was a significant achievement, it wasn't what made him the happiest. He was especially focused on the official precedent set during this occasion, which ensured that His Majesty's warships would be exempt from all duty demands in any Chinese ports in the future.

HOMEWARD BOUND.

Heading home.

In pursuance of the promises of the Viceroy, the provisions were begun to be sent on board the day after the audience, and four days after the Commodore embarked at Canton for the Centurion, and on the 7th of December the Centurion and her prize unmoored and stood down the river, passing through the Bocca Tigris on the 10th. And on this occasion I must observe that the Chinese had taken care to man the two forts on each side of that passage with as many men as they could well contain, the greatest part of them armed with pikes and matchlock muskets. These garrisons affected to show themselves as much as possible to the ships, and were doubtless intended to induce Mr. Anson to think more reverently than he had hitherto done of the Chinese military power. For this purpose they were equipped with much parade, having a great number of colours exposed to view, and on the castle in particular there were laid considerable heaps of large stones, and a soldier of unusual size, dressed in very sightly armour, stalked about on the parapet with a battleaxe in his hand endeavouring to put on as important and martial an air as possible, though some of the observers on board the Centurion shrewdly suspected, from the appearance of his armour, that instead of steel, it was composed only of a particular kind of glittering paper.

In keeping with the promises of the Viceroy, the supplies were started to be loaded onto the ship the day after the meeting, and four days later, the Commodore set sail from Canton for the Centurion. On December 7th, the Centurion and her captured ship unmoored and began their journey down the river, passing through the Bocca Tigris on the 10th. I should point out that the Chinese had made sure to staff the two forts on either side of that passage with as many soldiers as they could fit, most of them armed with pikes and matchlock muskets. These garrisons aimed to show themselves as much as possible to the ships, likely hoping to make Mr. Anson regard the Chinese military power with more respect than he had previously. To this end, they made a big show of it, displaying a lot of colors, and at the castle in particular, there were large piles of heavy stones. A particularly tall soldier, dressed in impressive armor, walked around on the parapet with a battleaxe in hand, trying to look as important and martial as possible, though some of the observers aboard the Centurion suspected, based on the appearance of his armor, that it was actually made of a kind of shiny paper rather than steel.

The Commodore, on the 12th of December, anchored before the town of Macao. Whilst the ships lay here the merchants of Macao finished their agreement for the galleon, for which they had offered 6,000 dollars; this was much short of her value, but the impatience of the Commodore to get to sea, to which the merchants were no strangers, prompted them to insist on so unequal a bargain. Mr. Anson had learnt enough from the English at Canton to conjecture that the war betwixt Great Britain and Spain was still continued, and that probably the French might engage in the assistance of Spain before he could arrive in Great Britain; and therefore, knowing that no intelligence could get to Europe of the prize he had taken, and the treasure he had on board, till the return of the merchantmen from Canton, he was resolved to make all possible expedition in getting back, that he might be himself the first messenger of his own good fortune, and might thereby prevent the enemy from forming any projects to intercept him. For these reasons he, to avoid all delay, accepted the sum offered for the galleon, and she being delivered to the merchants, the 15th of December 1743, the Centurion the same day got under sail on her return to England. And on the 3rd of January she came to an anchor at Prince's Island, in the Straits of Sunda, and continued there wooding and watering till the 8th, when she weighed and stood for the Cape of Good Hope, where on the 11th of March she anchored in Table Bay.

The Commodore anchored in front of the town of Macao on December 12th. While the ships were there, the merchants in Macao finalized their deal for the galleon, offering $6,000; this was well below its actual value, but the Commodore's eagerness to set sail, which the merchants were aware of, pushed them to insist on such an unfair bargain. Mr. Anson had gathered enough information from the English in Canton to suspect that the war between Great Britain and Spain was still ongoing and that the French might join Spain’s side before he could reach Great Britain. Knowing that no news about the prize he had captured and the treasure on board could reach Europe until the merchant ships returned from Canton, he was determined to hurry back so he could be the first to share news of his good luck and prevent the enemy from planning any moves to intercept him. For these reasons, to avoid any delays, he accepted the amount offered for the galleon, and once she was handed over to the merchants on December 15, 1743, the Centurion set sail that same day on her journey back to England. On January 3rd, she anchored at Prince's Island in the Straits of Sunda and remained there to gather supplies until the 8th, when she left to head for the Cape of Good Hope, where she anchored in Table Bay on March 11th.

Here the Commodore continued till the beginning of April, highly delighted with the place, which by its extraordinary accommodations, the healthiness of its air, and the picturesque appearance of the country, all enlivened by the addition of a civilised colony, was not disgraced in an imaginary comparison with the valleys of Juan Fernandez and the lawns of Tinian. During his stay he entered about forty new men, and having by the 3rd of April, 1744, completed his water and provision, he on that day weighed and put to sea. The 19th of the same month they saw the island of St. Helena, which, however, they did not touch at, but stood on their way; and on the 10th of June, being then in soundings, they spoke with an English ship from Amsterdam bound for Philadelphia, whence they received the first intelligence of a French war. The 12th they got sight of the Lizard, and the 15th, in the evening, to their infinite joy, they came safe to an anchor at Spithead. But that the signal perils which had so often threatened them in the preceding part of the enterprise might pursue them to the very last, Mr. Anson learned on his arrival that there was a French fleet of considerable force cruising in the chops of the Channel, which, by the account of their position, he found the Centurion had run through and had been all the time concealed by a fog. Thus was this expedition finished, when it had lasted three years and nine months, after having, by its event, strongly evinced this important truth: That though prudence, intrepidity, and perseverance united are not exempted from the blows of adverse fortune, yet in a long series of transactions they usually rise superior to its power, and in the end rarely fail of proving successful.

Here the Commodore stayed until the beginning of April, very pleased with the location, which, thanks to its excellent facilities, healthy air, and beautiful landscape—enhanced by the presence of a civilized colony—could proudly hold its own against the valleys of Juan Fernandez and the lawns of Tinian. During his time there, he welcomed about forty new crew members, and by April 3, 1744, after stocking up on water and provisions, he set out to sea that day. On the 19th of the same month, they spotted the island of St. Helena but did not stop there, continuing on their journey. On June 10, while in waters with depth, they encountered an English ship coming from Amsterdam and heading for Philadelphia, where they learned about the onset of a French war. On the 12th, they sighted the Lizard, and on the 15th, in the evening, to their immense relief, they safely anchored at Spithead. However, to remind them of the dangers that had frequently threatened them throughout their journey, Mr. Anson found out upon arrival that a French fleet of significant strength was patrolling the Channel, which, according to their reported position, the Centurion had successfully navigated thanks to the cover of a fog. Thus, this expedition concluded after three years and nine months, demonstrating a vital truth: that while prudence, courage, and perseverance may still suffer setbacks, over a long series of events they often triumph over adversity and rarely fail to succeed.

GLOSSARY

Anchors:

Anchors:

Bower anchors (the best bower and the small bower). The anchors carried at the bows of a vessel.

Bower anchors (the best bower and the small bower). The anchors used at the front of a ship.

The sheet anchor (= shoot anchor). An anchor to be shot out or lowered in case of a great danger, carried abaft the forerigging; formerly the largest anchor.

The sheet anchor (= shoot anchor). An anchor that can be shot out or lowered in case of serious danger, carried behind the fore rigging; previously the largest anchor.

Bag-wig. See Wig.

Bag wig. See wig.

Barge. See Boats.

Barge. See Boats.

Bilging. To bilge = to be stove in, or suffer serious injury in the bilge, which is the bottom part of a ship's hull.

Bilging. To bilge = to be damaged or suffer serious injury in the bilge, which is the lowest part of a ship's hull.

Boats:

Boats:

Barge. The second boat of a man-of-war; a long narrow boat, generally with not less than ten oars, for the use of the chief officers.

Barge. The second boat of a warship; a long, narrow boat, usually with at least ten oars, for the use of the chief officers.

Cutter. A boat belonging to a ship of war, shorter and in proportion broader than the barge or pinnace, fitted for rowing and sailing, and used for carrying light stores, passengers, etc.

Cutter. A boat that belongs to a warship, shorter and wider in proportion than a barge or pinnace, designed for rowing and sailing, and used for transporting light cargo, passengers, etc.

Longboat. The principal boat of the old man-of-war. Now replaced by steam launches.

Longboat. The main boat of the old warship. Now replaced by steam-powered launches.

Pinnace. A boat for the accommodation of the inferior officers of a man-of-war, resembling the barge.

Pinnace. A boat for the use of lower-ranking officers on a warship, similar to a barge.

Yawl. A small boat used for much the same purposes as the cutter.

Yawl. A small boat used for the same purposes as the cutter.

Bow-chasers. See Chasers.

Bow-chasers. See Chasers.

Bower. See Anchor.

Bower. See Anchor.

Bring to. To bring a vessel's head up to the wind so that the wind blows from bow to stern.

Bring to. To turn a boat's bow into the wind so that the wind blows from the front to the back.

Broad pennant. See Commodore.

Broad pennant. See Commodore.

Cacao. Chocolate nuts.

Cacao. Chocolate.

Cackle. To cover a cable spirally with old three-inch rope to protect it from chafing.

Cackle. To wrap a cable in a spiral with old three-inch rope to protect it from wear.

Callous (of a broken bone). The new bony tissue formed between and around the fractured ends of a broken bone in the process of reuniting.

Callus (of a broken bone). The new bone tissue that develops between and around the broken ends of a bone as it heals.

Careening is the operation of heaving down a ship on one side, in order to expose the other side for cleaning.

Careening is the process of leaning a ship to one side to expose the other side for cleaning.

Cartel. A written agreement between belligerents for an exchange of prisoners.

Cartel. A written agreement between opposing parties for an exchange of prisoners.

Caulk. To make a ship's seams watertight by plugging the crevices with oakum (i.e. old untwisted rope).

Caulk. To seal a ship's seams so they don't leak by filling the gaps with oakum (which is old untwisted rope).

Chasers. Bow-chasers were two long chase-guns placed forward in the bow ports to fire directly ahead. Stern-chasers were similar guns mounted astern.

Chasers. Bow-chasers were two long guns positioned in the front bow ports to fire straight ahead. Stern-chasers were similar guns mounted at the back.

Clean. A clean ship is one whose bottom is free from barnacles and weed that check the pace.

Clean. A clean ship is one whose bottom is free from barnacles and seaweed that slow it down.

Clearing for action. To get ready for battle by clearing the decks from encumbrances and anything unnecessary or dangerous, such as wooden partitions between cabins, etc.

Clearing for action. To prepare for battle by removing obstacles and anything unnecessary or dangerous, like wooden partitions between cabins, etc.

Cochineal. A dye stuff consisting of female cochineal insects killed and dried by heat. They yield a brilliant scarlet dye.

Cochineal. A dye made from female cochineal insects that are killed and dried with heat. They produce a vibrant scarlet dye.

Cohorn mortars. See Mortar.

Cohorn mortars. See mortar.

The commerce. Used several times in the sense of "the traders."

The commerce. Used several times to mean "the traders."

Commodore. A naval officer ranking above a captain and below a rear-admiral. In the British Navy the rank is a temporary one, given to senior officers in command of detached squadrons. The broad pennant (chapter 4) is the flag that marks the presence of a commodore on board.

Commodore. A naval officer who ranks above a captain and below a rear-admiral. In the British Navy, this rank is temporary and is assigned to senior officers in charge of independent squadrons. The broad pennant (chapter 4) is the flag that indicates a commodore's presence on board.

Courses. The sails below the topsails and next to the deck.

Courses. The sails under the topsails and next to the deck.

Cutter. See Boats.

Cutter. See Boats.

Dollar. A corruption of the German "thaler," a name for a silver coin worth about four shillings. The name was extended in the form "dollar" to other coins of similar size, notably the old Spanish "piece of eight." See Pieces of eight.

Dollar. A variation of the German "thaler," which was a silver coin worth around four shillings. The term was then applied in the form "dollar" to other coins of similar size, particularly the old Spanish "piece of eight." See Pieces of eight.

Doubloon. A former Spanish gold coin worth about eight dollars.

Doubloon. A former Spanish gold coin valued at around eight dollars.

Eight. See Pieces of.

Eight. View Pieces of.

Embargo. A temporary order from Government to prevent the arrival or departure of ships.

Embargo. A temporary order from the government to stop ships from arriving or leaving.

Fetch (the wake of). To reach the track left by a ship.

Fetch (the wake of). To reach the path left by a ship.

File (of musketeers). Latin filum, French file = a row. The word is used to signify any line of men standing directly behind one another. In ordinary two-deep formations a file consists of two men, one in the front rank and one in the rear rank.

File (of musketeers). Latin filum, French file = a row. The word is used to mean any line of men standing directly behind one another. In standard two-deep formations, a file consists of two men, one in the front rank and one in the rear rank.

Fishing (a mast). To strengthen or mend a mast by fastening strips of wood or iron along a weak or broken place.

Fishing (a mast). To reinforce or repair a mast by attaching strips of wood or metal along a weak or damaged area.

Foot-rope. A rope stretched under a yard arm for sailors to stand on while reefing or furling sails.

Foot-rope. A rope stretched under a yard arm for sailors to stand on while tying up or rolling sails.

Fore-cap. The cap is a stout block joining the bottom of one mast to the top of another; as where the foretopmast joins the foremast.

Fore-cap. The cap is a strong block connecting the bottom of one mast to the top of another; like where the foretopmast connects to the foremast.

Foremast, foretopmast, etc. See Mast.

Foremast, foretopmast, etc. See Mast.

Fore-reach. To gain upon or pass; to beat in sailing.

Fore-reach. To get ahead or pass; to win in sailing.

Foreyard. The lowest yard on the foremast of a square-rigged vessel.

Foreyard. The lowest yard on the front mast of a square-rigged ship.

Grapnel. A boat's anchor having more than two flukes. Come to grapnel, cf. Come to anchor.

Grapnel. A boat's anchor with more than two flukes. Come to grapnel, cf. Come to anchor.

Half-galleys. A galley is a low, flat-built sea-going vessel with one deck, propelled by sails and oars. A half-galley is a similar vessel, but much shorter.

Half-galleys. A galley is a low, flat-built sea-going ship with one deck, powered by sails and oars. A half-galley is a similar ship, but much shorter.

Half-pike. See Pike.

Half-pike. See Pike.

Hand (the sails). To furl.

Trim (the sails). To furl.

Hawser. A large rope or small cable.

Hawser. A thick rope or a small cable.

Indulgences. The remission by authorised priests of the punishment due to sin. The sale of indulgences was one of the abuses that provoked the Reformation.

Indulgences. The cancellation by authorized priests of the punishment owed for sin. The sale of indulgences was one of the abuses that triggered the Reformation.

Jerk. To cure meat, especially beef, by cutting it into long thin slices and drying it in the sun.

Jerk. To cure meat, especially beef, by slicing it into long thin strips and drying it in the sun.

Jury-mast. A small temporary mast often made of a yard; set up instead of a mast that is broken down.

Jury mast. A small, temporary mast, usually made from a yard, set up in place of a broken mast.

Larboard (or port). The left side of a ship looking towards the bow.

Larboard (or port). The left side of a ship when facing the front.

Lay to (lie to). To reduce sail to the lowest limits, so as to become nearly stationary.

Lay to (lie to). To lower the sails to their minimum, making the vessel nearly stationary.

Lee. The side or direction opposite to that from which the wind comes.

Lee. The side or direction that is opposite to where the wind is coming from.

Line, ship of the. A ship of sufficient size and armament to take a place in the line of battle.

Line, ship of the. A ship that is large enough and has enough weapons to take a position in the line of battle.

Linguist. Interpreter.

Linguist. Translator.

Longboat. See Boats.

Longboat. See Boats.

Lumber. Sawn timber.

Lumber. Cut wood.

Masts: The masts of a full-rigged three-masted ship are the following: Fore-mast, topmast, topgallant-mast, royal mast. Main-mast, topmast, topgallant-mast, royal mast. Mizzen-mast, topmast, topgallant-mast, royal mast.

Masts: The masts of a fully-rigged three-masted ship are as follows: Fore-mast, topmast, topgallant-mast, and royal mast. Main-mast, topmast, topgallant-mast, and royal mast. Mizzen-mast, topmast, topgallant-mast, and royal mast.

Monsoon. See Winds.

Monsoon. See Wind Patterns.

Mortar. A kind of gun with a very short bore. It throws its projectile at a great elevation.

Mortar. A type of gun with a very short barrel. It shoots its projectile at a high angle.

Mortar, Cohorn (see chapter 7). Cohorn was a famous Dutch engineer and artillerist in the service of William III.

Mortar, Cohorn (see chapter 7). Cohorn was a well-known Dutch engineer and artillery expert in the service of William III.

Nailed up. Spiked. To spike a gun is to render it useless for the time by inserting into the vent a steel pin with side springs, which when inserted open outwards to the shape of an arrowhead so that it cannot be released.

Nailed up. Spiked. To spike a gun means to make it unusable for a while by placing a steel pin with side springs into the vent, which, when inserted, spreads out like an arrowhead so that it can't be fired.

Offing: 1. The most distant part of the sea visible from the shore. 2. A still greater distance, sufficient to avoid the dangers of shipwreck, as "a good offing."

Offing: 1. The farthest part of the sea that you can see from the shore. 2. An even greater distance, enough to stay clear of shipwreck hazards, like "a good offing."

Overreach. To pass.

Overstepping. To succeed.

Parallel, i.e. of latitude or longitude as the case may be.

Parallel, meaning either latitude or longitude, depending on the situation.

Pennant, Broad. See Commodore.

Pennant, Broad. See Commodore.

Pidreroes. Light Spanish cannon.

Pidreroes. Lightweight Spanish cannon.

Pieces of eight. Old Spanish coins worth about four shillings each. The piece of eight was divided into eight silver reals. Hence the name which was applied to it in the Spanish Main. It was also frequently called a dollar.

Pieces of eight. Old Spanish coins worth about four shillings each. The piece of eight was divided into eight silver reals. Hence the name that was used for it in the Spanish Main. It was also often called a dollar.

Pike. A long shaft or pole, having an iron or steel point, used in medieval warfare, now replaced by the bayonet. A half-pike was a similar weapon having a staff about half the length.

Pike. A long pole with an iron or steel tip, used in medieval combat, now replaced by the bayonet. A half-pike was a similar weapon with a staff about half the length.

Pink. An obsolete name for a small sailing ship.

Pink. An outdated term for a small sailing vessel.

Pinnace. See Boats.

Pinnace. See boats.

Port (or larboard). The left side of a ship looking towards the bow.

Port (or larboard). The left side of a ship when facing the front.

Post-captain. An obsolete title for a captain of three years' standing.

Post-captain. An outdated title for a captain who has served for three years.

Proa. A small Malay vessel.

Proa. A small Malay boat.

Quarter. The upper part of a vessel's side from abaft the main mast to the stern.

Quarter. The upper part of a ship's side from behind the main mast to the rear.

Quarter gallery. A gallery is a balcony built outside the body of a ship: at the stern (stern gallery) or at the quarters (quarter gallery).

Quarter gallery. A gallery is a balcony that extends outside the main structure of a ship: at the back (stern gallery) or at the sides (quarter gallery).

Reef. A portion of a sail that can be drawn close together.

Reef. A part of a sail that can be pulled tight together.

Rosaries. Strings of beads used by Roman Catholics in praying. Each bead told (or counted) represents a prayer.

Rosaries. Strings of beads used by Roman Catholics for prayer. Each bead represents a prayer.

Scuttle. To make a hole in the bottom of a ship in order to sink it.

Scuttle. To create a hole in the bottom of a ship to sink it.

Serons (of dollars). A seron or seroon is a kind of small trunk made in Spanish America out of a piece of raw bullock's hide.

Serons (of dollars). A seron or seroon is a type of small trunk made in Spanish America from a piece of raw cowhide.

Service (of a cable). The part next the anchor secured by cordage wrapped round it.

Service (of a cable). The section next to the anchor that is secured by rope wrapped around it.

Ship of the line. See Line.

Ship of the line. See Line.

Shrouds. The stout ropes that are stretched from a masthead of a vessel to the sides or to the rims of a top, serving as a means of ascent and as a lateral strengthening stays to the masts.

Shrouds. The thick ropes that run from the top of a ship's mast to the sides or to the edges of a platform, used for climbing and as lateral support for the masts.

Sling. A rope or chain by which a lower yard is suspended.

Sling. A rope or chain used to hang a lower yard.

Sprit-sail. A quadrangular sail stretched from the mast by the help, not of a gaff along its top, but of a sprit (or yard) extending from the mast diagonally to the upper aftmost corner of the sail, as in the case of a London barge.

Sprit-sail. A four-sided sail attached to the mast not by a gaff along its top, but by a sprit (or yard) that extends diagonally from the mast to the upper back corner of the sail, similar to what is used on a London barge.

Sprit-sail yard. Another name for the sprit.

Sprit-sail yard. Another term for the sprit.

Standing rigging. The parts of a vessel's rigging that are practically permanent.

Standing rigging. The components of a ship's rigging that are essentially permanent.

Starboard. The right side of a ship looking towards the bow.

Starboard. The right side of a ship when you’re facing the front.

Stern-chasers. See Chasers.

Stern-chasers. See Chasers.

Streaks (or strakes). Lines of planking.

Streaks (or strakes). Rows of planks.

Supercargo. A person employed by the owners of a ship to go a voyage and to oversee the cargo.

Supercargo. A person hired by the ship's owners to go on a voyage and manage the cargo.

Tacks ("got our tacks on board," chapter 17). Ropes for hauling down and fastening the corners of certain sails.

Tacks ("got our tacks on board," chapter 17). Ropes for pulling down and securing the corners of certain sails.

Taffrail. The upper part of the stern of a ship.

Taffrail. The top section of the back of a ship.

Tie-wig. See Wig.

Tie wig. See Wig.

Tradewind. See Winds.

Trade winds. Check winds.

Transom. A beam across the stern-post to strengthen the after part of the ship.

Transom. A beam across the back of the ship to reinforce the rear section.

Traverse. To turn guns to the right or left in aiming.

Traverse. To adjust weapons to the right or left when aiming.

Wake. The track left by a ship.

Wake. The trail left by a boat.

Warp. To move a vessel into another position by hauling upon a hawser attached usually to the heads of piles or posts of a wharf.

Warp. To move a boat into a different position by pulling on a rope connected, usually to the tops of pilings or posts at a dock.

Wear (a ship). To bring a ship about by putting the helm up. The vessel is first run off before the wind and then brought to on the new tack.

Wear (a ship). To turn a ship around by adjusting the helm. The vessel is initially steered away from the wind and then brought to a new course.

Weather: 1. The windward side. 2. To go to windward of.

Weather: 1. The side facing the wind. 2. To head upwind of.

Wig. A bag-wig is a wig with a bag to hold the back hair. It was fashionable in the seventeenth century. A tie-wig is a court wig tied with ribbon at the bag.

Wig. A bag wig is a wig that includes a bag to hold the hair at the back. It was trendy in the seventeenth century. A tie wig is a court wig that is tied with a ribbon at the bag.

Winds. The tradewinds are winds which blow all the year through on the open ocean in and near the torrid zone. In the northern hemisphere they blow from the north-east, in the southern from the south-east. The regularity of the tradewind is interfered with by the neighbourhood of large land masses. Their temperature varies much more with the change of seasons than that of the ocean; and this variation produces a change in the direction of the tradewind in the hot season, corresponding distantly to a phenomenon which may be observed, daily instead of half-yearly, on the English coast in hot summer weather, when a sea breeze blows during the day and a land breeze at night. In the northern hemisphere the monsoon--as this periodic wind is called--blows from the south-west (i.e. towards the heated continent of South Asia) from April to October, and from the north-east, as the ordinary trade wind, during the rest of the year.

Winds. The trade winds are winds that blow all year round over the open ocean in and around the tropical zone. In the northern hemisphere, they blow from the northeast, while in the southern hemisphere, they come from the southeast. The consistency of the trade wind is disrupted by the presence of large land masses. Their temperature changes much more with the seasons than the ocean does; this variation leads to a shift in the direction of the trade wind during the hot season, similar to a daily phenomenon seen on the English coast in hot summer weather, where a sea breeze blows during the day and a land breeze at night. In the northern hemisphere, the monsoon—this periodic wind—is known to blow from the southwest (toward the heated landmass of South Asia) from April to October, and from the northeast, like the regular trade wind, for the rest of the year.

Works, upper. The sides of a vessel's hull from the water-line to the covering board.

Works, upper. The sides of a boat's hull from the waterline to the deck.

THE END

THE END


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!